2018 HYBRID

OWNER’S MANUAL
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 0 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator
3 WARNING and/or brake pedal; and,
California Proposition 65 Warning • How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the
Operating, servicing and maintaining a circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data
passenger vehicle or off-highway motor are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation
vehicle can expose you to chemicals including occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving
engine exhaust, carbon monoxide, conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
phthalates, and lead, which are known to the crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law
State of California to cause cancer and birth enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of
defects or other reproductive harm. To personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash
minimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, investigation.
do not idle the engine except as necessary,
service your vehicle in a well-ventilated area To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required,
and wear gloves or wash your hands and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the
frequently when servicing your vehicle. For vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that
more information go to have the special equipment, can read the information if they have
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle. access to the vehicle or the EDR.

Event Data Recorders The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by
anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR).
vehicle owner.
The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a
Service Diagnostic Recorders
road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record
to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of information about powertrain performance. The data can be used
time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians
designed to record such data as: diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating; data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains
confidential. Some diagnostic and maintenance information is
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were
uploaded to Honda upon vehicle start up.
buckled/fastened;
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 1 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have
The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this provided operating procedures and other information on labels and
vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that
apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/ could hurt you or others.

As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the
by a NOTICE symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You
damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment. must use your own good judgment.

Software End User License Agreement You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms,
including:
Your vehicle comes equipped with software, which is governed by
the End User License Agreement in Owner’s Manual, and which ● Safety Labels - on the vehicle.
contains a binding arbitration clause. Please refer to the End User
● Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol 3 and
License Agreement for the terms and conditions governing your
use of the installed software, as well as the applications, services, one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION.
functions, and content provided through the software. Your use of These signal words mean:
the installed software will serve as your consent to the terms and
You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
conditions of the End User License Agreement. 3DANGER
You may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software you don’t follow instructions.
by sending a signed, written notice to HONDA at American Honda You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
3WARNING
Motor Co., Inc. Honda Automobile Customer Services Mail Stop you don’t follow instructions.
100-5E-8A, 1919 Torrance Blvd. Torrance, CA 90501-2746.
You CAN be HURT if you don’t follow
3CAUTION
instructions.
Privacy Notice
This vehicle may share location and usage information. To manage ● Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions.
this setting, visit www.hondalink.com/vehicle-data-choices. ● Safety Section - such as Safe Driving.
● Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.
A Few Words About Safety
This entire book is filled with important safety information - please
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And read it carefully.
operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility.
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 2 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Contents

This owner’s manual should be considered a permanent part of the 2 Safe Driving P. 37
vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold. For Safe Driving P. 38 Seat Belts P. 42 Airbags P. 49

2 Instrument Panel P. 81
This owner’s manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find
Indicators P. 82 Gauges and Displays P. 133
descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your
particular model. 2 Controls P. 163
Clock P. 164 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 166
Opening and Closing the Moonroof * P. 187
Images throughout this owner’s manual (including the front cover) Adjusting the Seats P. 208
represent features and equipment that are available on some, but
not all, models. Your particular model may not have some of these 2 Features P. 237
Audio System P. 238 Audio System Basic Operation P. 246, 267
features.
Customized Features P. 367, 378 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver * P. 397

This owner’s manual is for vehicles sold in the United States and 2 Driving P. 451
Canada. Before Driving P. 452 Towing a Trailer P. 457
Parking Your Vehicle P. 548 Multi-View Rear Camera P. 558

The information and specifications included in this publication were 2 Maintenance P. 565
in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd. Before Performing Maintenance P. 566 Maintenance MinderTM P. 569
reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 597
Climate Control System Maintenance P. 612
or design at any time without notice and without incurring any
obligation. 2 Handling the Unexpected P. 621
Tools P. 622 If a Tire Goes Flat P. 623
Jump Starting P. 639 Overheating P. 641
When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door P. 656

2 Information P. 659
Specifications P. 660 Identification Numbers P. 662
Emissions Testing P. 665 Warranty Coverages P. 667
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 3 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Contents
Quick Reference Guide P. 4
Child Safety P. 65 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 78 Safety Labels P. 79

Safe Driving P. 37

Instrument Panel P. 81
Opening and Closing the Trunk P. 178 Security System P. 181 Opening and Closing the Windows P. 184
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 188 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 206
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items P. 217 Climate Control System P. 232
Controls P. 163
Audio Error Messages P. 340 General Information on the Audio System P. 345
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 400, 424 Refuel Recommend P. 449 Features P. 237

When Driving P. 458 Honda SensingTM P. 492 Braking P. 539

Driving P. 451
Refueling P. 561 Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions P. 564

Maintenance Under the Hood P. 576 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 589 Maintenance P. 565
Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 600 12-Volt Battery P. 609 Remote Transmitter Care P. 611
Cleaning P. 613 Accessories and Modifications P. 618
Handling the Unexpected P. 621
Handling of the Jack P. 635 Power System Won’t Start P. 636
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 644 Fuses P. 651 Emergency Towing P. 655
Information P. 659
When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 657 Refueling P. 658

Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 663 Reporting Safety Defects P. 664 Index P. 671
Authorized Manuals P. 669 Customer Service Information P. 670
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 4 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Quick Reference Guide

Visual Index
❙ Brightness Control (P 201)
Quick Reference Guide

❙ TRIP Button (P 137)

❙ Head-Up Display (HUD) Buttons * (P 157)
❙ System Indicators (P 82)
❙ Gauges (P 133)
❙ Driver Information Interface (P 135)
❙ Audio System (P 246, 267)
❙ Navigation System *
() See Navigation System Manual
❙ Hazard Warning Button
❙ Front Seat Heater Buttons * (P 229)
❙ Front Seat Heaters and Seat Ventilation
Buttons * (P 230)
❙ Climate Control System (P 232)
❙ Rear Window Defogger (P 200)
❙ Heated Door Mirror Button (P 200)
❙ Center Pocket (P 219)
❙ POWER Button (P 188)
❙ (Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) System OFF) Button (P 479)
❙ Safety Support Switch (P 496, 528)
❙ Parking Sensor System Button * (P 549)
Canadian models
❙ Heated Windshield Button (P 200)
Canadian models
❙ Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System OFF Button (P 476)
4
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 5 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

❙ Headlights/Turn Signals (P 191)

❙ Fog Lights * (P 193)

Quick Reference Guide

Canadian models
❙ LaneWatchTM*(P 490)
❙ Selector ( - ) (P 472)
❙ Left Selector Wheel (P 136)
❙ (Home) Button (P 136)
❙ Horn (Press an area around .)
❙ (HUD) Button * (P159)
❙ MAIN Button (P 503)

❙ Wipers/Washers (P 198)
❙ Selector ( + ) (P 472)
❙ Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow (LSF) Buttons (P 502)
❙ Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Button
(P 520)

❙ Interval Button (P 512)

❙ Steering Wheel Adjustments (P 205)

❙ Voice Control Buttons
* (P 292)

❙ Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® System Buttons (P 400, 424)

❙ Audio Remote Controls (P 242)
* Not available on all models 5
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 6 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Visual Index
❙ Power Window Switches (P 184)
❙ Master Door Lock Switch (P 176)
Quick Reference Guide

❙ Door Mirror Controls (P 207)

❙ Memory Buttons * (P 204)
❙ SET Button * (P 204)
❙ Driver’s Front Airbag
(P 52)
❙ Rearview Mirror (P 206)
❙ HomeLink® Buttons * (P 397)
❙ Accessory Power Socket
(P 223)
❙ Passenger’s Front Airbag
(P 52)
❙ Wireless Charger * (P 224)
❙ USB Port (P 239)
❙ Glove Box (P 219)
❙ Trunk Main Switch (P 180)
❙ Shift Button
Transmission (P 465)
❙ Parking Brake (P 539)
❙ ECON Button (P 475)
❙ SPORT Button (P 471)
❙ EV Button (P 13)
❙ Automatic Brake Hold Button
(P 544)
❙ Interior Fuse Box (P 652)
❙ Hood Release Handle (P 577) ❙ Electric Parking Brake Switch
❙ Trunk Opener (P 178) (P 458)

6
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 7 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

❙ Side Curtain Airbags (P 61)

❙ Ceiling Light (P 217)

Quick Reference Guide

❙ Grab Handle
❙ Coat Hook (P 227)
❙ Seat Belts (P 42)
❙ Map Lights
(P 218)
❙ Moonroof
Switch * (P 187)
❙ Sunglasses
Holder (P 228)

❙ Sun Visors
❙ Vanity Mirrors

❙ Knee Airbags
(P 56)
❙ Front Seat
(P 208)

❙ Accessory Power
❙ Side Airbags (P 59) Socket (P 223)
❙ Seat Belt (Installing a Child Seat) (P 72) ❙ USB Port *
❙ Seat Belt to Secure a Child Seat (P 74) (P 239)
❙ Rear Seat (P 212)
❙ LATCH to Secure a Child Seat (P 70)
* Not available on all models 7
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 8 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Visual Index
Quick Reference Guide

❙ Maintenance Under the Hood (P 576)

❙ Windshield Wipers (P 198, 597)
❙ Power Door Mirrors (P 207)

❙ Door Lock/Unlock Control (P 168)

❙ Headlights (P 191, 589)

❙ Front Turn Signal/Side Marker Lights (P 191, 591)
❙ Parking/Daytime Running Lights (P 194, 591)
❙ Fog Lights * (P 193, 591)

❙ Tires (P 600, 623)

8
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 9 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Quick Reference Guide

❙ High-Mount Brake Light (P 596)

❙ Opening/Closing the Trunk (P 178)

❙ Emergency Trunk Release Lever (P 180)

❙ Trunk Release Button (P 179)

❙ Rear License Plate Light (P 596)
❙ Multi-View Rear Camera (P 558)
❙ Back-Up Lights (P 594)
❙ Taillights (P 594)
❙ Brake Lights * (P 594)
❙ Brake Lights (P 592)
❙ Rear Turn Signal Lights (P 592)
❙ Rear Side Marker/Taillights (P 592)
❙ How to Refuel (P 562)
* Not available on all models 9
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 10 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

SPORT HYBRID i-MMD (intelligent Multi Mode

Drive)
Quick Reference Guide

Your SPORT HYBRID i-MMD vehicle uses both an electric motor and a gasoline engine as propulsion sources, with the electric motor
receiving electricity from an internal High Voltage battery or internal generator. The High Voltage battery can be charged from the
generator driven by the engine or regenerative braking.

When driving, your vehicle is propelled exclusively by the electric motor, exclusively by the gasoline engine, or by a combination of the two.
The system selects which propulsion source is most appropriate and automatically switches to it. Under certain circumstances, pressing the
EV button can manually enable EV (driven only on electricity) mode.

● Energy efficiency
As with a gasoline-powered vehicle, hybrid vehicle fuel efficiency and driving range is most impacted by your driving style. Aggressive
acceleration and high-speed driving can easily trigger the system to switch the propulsion source to the gasoline-powered engine.
In addition, heavy climate control system use negatively affects vehicle range and efficiency. Either of these use patterns will more quickly
reduce the High Voltage battery's state of charge.

● Battery types
There are two types of batteries used in this vehicle; a standard 12-volt battery that powers the airbags, the interior and exterior lights, and
other standard 12-volt systems; and a high voltage battery that is used to power the propulsion motor and recharge the 12-volt battery.

10
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 11 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

SPORT HYBRID i-MMD SYSTEM MAIN COMPONENTS

Gasoline Engine– Provides propulsion to drive the wheels
under certain driving conditions, and turns the generator.

Quick Reference Guide

Generator– Starts the engine and generates electric power
when driven by the gasoline engine to supply electricity to
power the electric motor and/or to charge the High Voltage
battery.

Electric Motor– Provides propulsion to drive the wheels in

conjunction with the gasoline engine in certain conditions, and
provides electricity to the High Voltage battery through
regenerative braking. High Voltage
Battery
High Voltage Battery– Provides electrical storage and serves
as a power source for the electric motor. Generator & Electric Motor
Learning about the High Voltage battery’s characteristics will
help you get the best handling and maximize the range of your Gasoline Engine
electric vehicle. (P489)

High Voltage Battery Charge Level Indicator– Displays

battery state of charge.
When the indicator:
• Displays two or less segments, EV mode is no longer available.
• Displays ten segments, battery charge level is full.

11
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 12 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Vehicle
Speed
Quick Reference Guide

Time

Operating
Electric Vehicle (EV) Hybrid (HV) Engine (Direct Drive) Regeneration
mode
Stopped or driven at low speeds: Driven in high-load conditions Driven in high-speed, low-load The accelerator pedal is released
• Only the electric motor (e.g., when accelerating, going conditions: and the vehicle is decelerating.
provides propulsion to the uphill): • The gasoline engine provides • The electric motor provides
wheels. • The Electric Motor provides propulsion to the wheels. electricity to the High Voltage
propulsion to the wheels. • The High Voltage battery battery through regenerative
• The gasoline engine drives supplies electricity to the braking.
Driving state
the generator, supplying electric motor for added
electricity to the electric propulsion.
motor for added propulsion • The electric motor provides
or to the High Voltage battery electricity to the High Voltage
for charging. battery through regenerative
braking.

Power Flow
Monitor

Electric motor Stopped/Running Running Generating/Running Regenerating

Generator Stopped Generating No Output Stopped/No Output

Engine Stopped Running Running Stopped/No Output

High Voltage Discharge Charging/Discharge Charging/Discharge Charging

battery

12
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 13 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

EV Button
EV mode is enabled by pressing the EV button near the shift
button.

Quick Reference Guide

The EV mode indicator comes on in the instrument panel when EV
mode is enabled.
Press
Press the EV button again to switch back to HV mode.

Some conditions, such as a low High Voltage battery level and a

high vehicle speed, may keep the system from manually switching
into EV mode. The beeper sounds and a message appears on the
driver information interface with the button pressed when EV
mode is disabled.

Shifts in vehicle, driving or road conditions may automatically

cancel EV mode and switch back to HV mode.

A message will appear on the driver information interface and EV mode may be canceled automatically when:
● The High Voltage battery charge level is low.
● Your vehicle speed is too high.
● Your vehicle speed is above 25 mph (40 km/h) while the engine is in warming-up operation.
● You fully depress the accelerator pedal.
● You are driving on hilly road.
2 Driver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages (P108)

Canadian models
In EV mode, the acoustic vehicle alerting system is on.
2 Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System (P476)

13
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 14 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

● Regenerative Energy and Regenerative Braking

When regenerative braking is in When decelerating without the accelerator being depressed or the brake pedal being applied, or
operation while driving downhill, the electric motor acts as a generator that recovers a portion of the
electrical energy that was used to accelerate the vehicle. This regenerative braking slows the
Quick Reference Guide

Motor vehicle in a manner similar to engine braking in a gasoline-powered vehicle. You can control the
rate of deceleration by using the deceleration paddle selector.

High
Voltage
Battery

● Auto Engine Stop/Start

Your vehicle’s gasoline engine automatically stops running during vehicle operation or restarts while the vehicle is stationary when it is
appropriate.
In the following cases, however, auto engine stop may not activate.
• The vehicle momentarily needs additional power for aggressive acceleration, or driving uphill or at high speed.
• The climate control system is in heavy use.
• The High Voltage battery temperature is high or low.

● Sounds Unique to the SPORT HYBRID i-MMD System

When you first start driving this vehicle, you will likely hear some unfamiliar sounds, particularly when you turn on the power system, or
while you are driving or accelerating from a stop. Some of these sounds are unique to this vehicle‘s powertrain, fuel, and climate control
systems; others are similar to sounds generated by conventional automobiles that typically are masked by louder noises absent from a
vehicle of this design. These sounds are not a cause for concern, and you will soon recognize them as normal and thus be able to detect any
new or unusual noise should one develop.

14
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 15 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Safety Precautions
Do not touch the High Voltage system
Attempting to take a High Voltage system component apart or disconnect one of its wires
can cause severe electrical shock. Make sure that any maintenance or repairs to the High

Quick Reference Guide

Voltage system is performed by a Honda dealer.

If a crash occurs
●Be careful of electric shock hazard.
uIf a severe crash damages your vehicle’s High Voltage system, there is a possibility of
electrical shock due to exposed High Voltage components or wires. If this happens, do not
touch any of the High Voltage system components or any of its orange wires.
●Avoid contact with High Voltage battery fluid.
Do not cover the air intake. uThe High Voltage battery contains a flammable electrolyte that could leak as a result of
a severe crash. Avoid skin or eye contact with the electrolyte as it is corrosive. If you
accidentally come into contact with the electrolyte, rinse the exposed skin or flush your
eyes with copious amounts of water for at least five minutes, and seek medical attention
immediately.
●Use a fire extinguisher for an electrical fire.
uAttempting to extinguish an electrical fire with a small quantity of water, from a garden
hose for instance, can be dangerous.
●Anytime the vehicle is damaged in an accident, have it repaired by a dealer.
Air Intake

If the air intake is obstructed

Emergency Shutdown System for the High Voltage System
If the vehicle is involved in a crash, the emergency shutdown system will activate depending
during vehicle operation, the High
on the severity of the impact. When the system activates, the High Voltage system
Voltage battery can become too
automatically shuts down, and the vehicle can no longer move under its own power. To
hot. To protect the battery, the
return the High Voltage system back to normal operation, consult a dealer.
system may limit the battery’s
output and cause the power system
and 12-volt battery charging Honda collects and recycles High Voltage batteries used in its vehicles – consult a dealer for
system indicators to come on. more information.

15
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 16 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Eco Assist® System (P 475)

Quick Reference Guide

Ambient Meter
Ambient Meter
With SPORT mode off, the
color of the ambient meter
changes to green to indicate Range 200 miies

that the vehicle is being driven

in a fuel efficient manner.

*1

*2

The message is
displayed for a few ECON Mode Indicator (P 100) ECON Button (P 475)
seconds when the Comes on when the ECON button is Helps maximize fuel economy.
ECON button is pressed.
pressed.
*1 : Models without adaptive damper system
*2 : Models with adaptive damper system

16
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 17 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Drive Cycle Score/Lifetime Points

● Comes on when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF.

Quick Reference Guide

Drive Cycle
Score

Lifetime Points

Eco Drive Display (P154)

● Keep the vehicle icon near the center of the circle.

Fuel economy is: Worse Better Best Better Worse

Aggressive Moderate Slow Acceleration/ Moderate Aggressive

Deceleration Deceleration Deceleration Acceleration Acceleration

17
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 18 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Safe Driving (P 37)

Quick Reference Guide

Airbags (P 49)
● Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and
your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision.

Child Safety (P 65)

● All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat.
● Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat.
● Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat.

Exhaust Gas Hazard (P 78)

● Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain carbon
monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined spaces where carbon
monoxide gas can accumulate.

Seat Belts (P 42)

● Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well
back in the seat.
● Check that your passengers are wearing
Before Driving Checklist (P 41) their seat belts correctly.
● Before driving, check that the front seats, head
restraints, steering wheel, and mirrors have been
properly adjusted.
Fasten your lap belt as
low as possible.

18
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 19 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Instrument Panel (P 81)

Indicators (P 82)/Driver Information Interface (P 135)/Gauges (P 133)/

Quick Reference Guide

Head-Up Display * (P 157)
Head-Up Display *

POWER/CHARGE Gauge Speedometer

High Voltage Battery Fuel Gauge

Charge Level Gauge

Driver Information Interface Immobilizer System Indicator/

Security System Alarm Indicator
Shift Position Indicator/
Transmission System Indicator

Deceleration Paddle Selector

Indicator

* Not available on all models 19

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 20 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Controls (P 163)

Clock (P 164) Models with Display Audio Models with navigation system
Quick Reference Guide

To adjust time The navigation system receives signals from

GPS satellites, updating the clock
Models with color audio
automatically.

POWER Button (P 188)

Press the button to change the vehicle’s
power mode.
To adjust date
a Press and hold the MENU/CLOCK
button.

b Rotate to change hour, then press

.

c Rotate to change minute, then

press . a Select the (HOME) icon, then select
Settings.
d Select Set, then press .
b Select System, then Day & Time.
These indications are used to show how to
operate the selector knob. c Select Set Date & Time.
• Rotate to select.
• Press to enter. d Select Automatic Date & Time, then
select OFF.

e Select Set Date or Set Time.

f Adjust the dates, hours and minutes by

selecting 3 / 4 .

g Select Save to set the date or time.

20
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 21 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Turn Signals (P 191) Wipers and Washers Models with automatic intermittent wipers
AUTO should always be turned OFF before
Turn Signal Control Lever (P 198) the following situations in order to prevent
severe damage to the wiper system:
Right Wiper/Washer Control Lever

Quick Reference Guide

● Cleaning the windshield
Adjustment Ring ● Driving through a car wash
(- : Low Sensitivity*1 ● No rain
(- : Lower speed, fewer sweeps*2
(+ : High Sensitivity*1
(+ : Higher speed, more sweeps*2

Left

Lights (P 191) Steering Wheel (P 205)

Pull toward ● To adjust, push the adjustment lever
Light Control Switches you to spray down, adjust to the desired position, then
washer fluid. lock the lever back in place.
High Beam
To lock
MIST
Low Beam
OFF
AUTO*1: Wiper speed varies automatically
INT*2: Low speed with intermittent
Flashing
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe

*1:Models with automatic intermittent

wipers
*2:Models without automatic intermittent To adjust
wipers

21
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 22 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Unlocking the Front Trunk (P 178) Power Windows (P 184)

● Press and hold the trunk opener on the ● With the power mode in ON, open and
Doors from the Inside driver’s door unlocks and opens the close the power windows.
(P 174) trunk. ● If the power window lock button is in the
Quick Reference Guide

● Press the trunk release button on the off position, each passenger’s window
● Pull either front door inner handle to smart entry remote to unlock and open
unlock and open it at the same time. can be opened and closed with its own
the trunk.
switch.
● Press the trunk release button on the
trunk lid to unlock and open the trunk. ● If the power window lock button is in the
on position (indicator on), each
passenger’s window switch is disabled.

Indicator

Window
Switch

● Unlocking and opening the driver’s door

from the inner handle unlocks all the Trunk Opener
Power Window
other doors and fuel fill door.
Power Door Mirrors Lock Button

(P 207)
● With the power mode in ON, move the
selector switch to L or R.
● Push the appropriate edge of the
adjustment switch to adjust the mirror.

Selector Switch

Adjustment Switch

22
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 23 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Climate Control System (P 232)

● Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system.
● Press the button to turn the system on or off.
● Press the button to defrost the windshield.

Quick Reference Guide

Dashboard vents Dashboard and floor Floor vents Floor and
and back of the vents, and back of defroster
center console * the center console * vents

AUTO Button Fan Control Dial

(Recirculation) Button Passenger’s Side

Temperature Control
Dial
Driver’s Side
Temperature Control SYNC (Synchronization) Button
Dial
A/C (Air Conditioning) Button
MODE Control Button
(On/Off) Button
(Windshield Defroster) Button

* Not available on all models 23

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 24 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Features (P 237)

Audio Remote Controls Models with Display Audio

Roll up or down: To cycle through the
Quick Reference Guide

(P 242) (home) Button audio modes, roll up or down and then

press the left selector wheel:
Models with color audio / (Seek/
Skip) Buttons
FM
/ (Seek/
Skip) Buttons
Left Selector
AM
Wheel
SOURCE VOL (+ /VOL (- (Volume) Buttons
Button SiriusXM® *

VOL (+ /VOL (- (Volume) Buttons ● VOL (+ /VOL (- (Volume) Buttons

Press to adjust the volume up/down.
USB1
● Left Selector Wheel
● VOL (+ /VOL (- (Volume) Buttons
When selecting the audio mode
Press to adjust the volume up/down.
Press the (home) button, then roll up
● SOURCE Button USB2
or down to select Audio on the driver
Press to change the audio mode:
information interface, and then press the
FM1FM2AMUSB/iPodPandora®
left selector wheel.
Bluetooth® Audio. Bluetooth® Audio
● / (Seek/Skip) Buttons
Radio: Press / to change the
preset station. Smartphone Connection
iPod, USB device, or Bluetooth® Audio: (Apple CarPlay/Android Auto)
Press / to skip to the
beginning of the next song or
return to the beginning of the
current song.
USB device or Bluetooth® Audio:
Press and hold / to
change a folder/group.

24
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 25 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

● / (Seek/Skip) Buttons
Radio: Press / to change the
preset station.
iPod, USB device, Bluetooth® Audio or

Quick Reference Guide

Smartphone Connection:
Press / to skip to the
beginning of the next song or
return to the beginning of the
current song.
USB device:
Press and hold / to
change a folder.

* Not available on all models 25

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 26 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Audio System (P 246, 267)

Models with color audio (P 246)
Quick Reference Guide

Audio/Information Screen

(Day/Night) Button

RADIO Button (Phone) Button

MEDIA Button (Sound) Button

(Seek/Skip) Button MENU/CLOCK Button

(Seek/Skip) Button (Back) Button

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Selector Knob

Preset Buttons (1-6)

26
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 27 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Models with Display Audio (P267)

For navigation system operation () See the Navigation System Manual

Quick Reference Guide

Audio/Information Screen

(Clock) Button */ (Map) Button *

(Home) Button

(Back) Button (Phone) Button

(Day/Night) Button (Audio) Button

(Seek/Skip) Button SOURCE Button

(Seek/Skip) Button

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Selector Knob

Knob

* Not available on all models 27

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 28 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Driving (P 451)

Transmission (P 464)
Quick Reference Guide

● Select (P and depress the brake pedal when turning on the power.
● Shift selection

READY Indicator
On: You can start to drive.

Shift Position Indicator Shift Button

The shift position indicator
Indicator
and the shift button indicator
indicate the current shift
selection. Shift Position Indicator

Park
Press the (P button.
Used when parking or before turning the power on or off.
Transmission is locked.
Reverse
Press back the (R button.
Used when reversing.
Neutral
Press the (N button.
Transmission is not locked.
Drive
Press the (D button.
Used for normal driving.
The deceleration paddle selector can be used temporarily.
The deceleration paddle selector can be used when SPORT mode is on.

28
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 29 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Deceleration Paddle Selector (P472)

When you release the accelerator pedal, you can control the rate of
deceleration without removing your hands from the steering wheel. Using

Quick Reference Guide

the deceleration paddle selector situated on the steering wheel, you can
sequentially shift through four stages of deceleration.
Pull the (+ selector for a few seconds when you want to cancel the
deceleration paddle selector.
● When SPORT mode is OFF
If you pull back the paddle selector, the rate of deceleration will change
temporarily, and the stage will appear in the instrument panel.
● When SPORT mode is ON
If you pull back the paddle selector, the rate of deceleration will change
and the stage along with M will appear in the instrument panel.
When SPORT When SPORT
mode is OFF, mode is ON, the
the deceleration
deceleration stage and M
stage appears. appear.

(- Paddle (+ Paddle Deceleration

Selector Selector stage

29
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 30 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

VSA® On and Off (P 479) Refueling (P 561)

● The Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) system Fuel recommendation: Unleaded gasoline, pump octane number 87 or higher
helps stabilize the vehicle during
cornering, and helps maintain traction Fuel tank capacity: 12.81 US gal (48.5 L)
Quick Reference Guide

while accelerating on loose or slippery

road surfaces. a Unlock the driver’s
● VSA® comes on automatically every time door using the
you turn on the power system. master door lock
● To partially disable or fully restore VSA® switch.
function, press and hold the button until 2 Using the Master
you hear a beep.
Door Lock Switch
(P176)
CMBSTM On and Off
(P 493) b Press on the edge of
● When a possible collision is likely the fuel fill door to
unavoidable, the CMBSTM can help you to make it pop up
reduce the vehicle speed and the severity slightly.
of the collision.
● CMBSTM comes on automatically every
time you turn on the power system.
● To turn the CMBSTM on or off, use the c After refueling, wait
safety support switch. for about five
seconds before
removing the filler
Tire Pressure Monitoring nozzle.
System (TPMS) (P 481)
● Detects a change in tire conditions and
overall dimensions due to decrease in tire
pressures.
● The TPMS is turned on automatically
every time you turn on the power system.
● A calibration procedure must be
performed when certain conditions arise.

30
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 31 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Honda SensingTM (P 492)

Honda SensingTM is a driver support system Collision Mitigation Lane Keeping Assist

Quick Reference Guide

which employs the use of two distinctly
different kinds of sensors, a radar sensor Braking SystemTM System (LKAS) (P 518)
located at the lower part of the front
bumper and a front sensor camera mounted
(CMBSTM) (P 493) Provides steering input to help keep the
to the interior side of the windshield, vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and
Can assist you when there is a possibility of
behind the rearview mirror. provides tactile and visual alerts if the
your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.
pedestrian detected in front of yours. The
The camera is located CMBSTM is designed to alert you when a
behind the rearview potential collision is determined, as well as
Road Departure
mirror. to reduce your vehicle speed to help Mitigation (RDM) System
minimize collision severity when a collision is
Front Sensor (P 526)
deemed unavoidable.
Camera

Adaptive Cruise Control Alerts and helps to assist you when the
system detects a possibility of your vehicle
(ACC) with Low Speed unintentionally crossing over detected lane
markings and/or leaving the roadway
Follow (LSF) (P 502) altogether.
Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and
a set following interval behind a vehicle
Traffic Sign Recognition
Radar Sensor detected ahead of yours and, if the detected System (P530)
vehicle comes to a stop, can decelerate and
stop your vehicle, without you having to Reminds you of road sign information, such
keep your foot on the brake or the as the current speed limit and that
The radar sensor is at accelerator. overtaking is prohibited, your vehicle has
the lower part of the just passed through, showing it on the
front bumper. driver information interface and the head-
up display *.

* Not available on all models 31

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 32 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Maintenance (P 565)

Under the Hood (P 576)

Quick Reference Guide

● Check engine oil, engine coolant, inverter coolant, and windshield

washer fluid. Add when necessary.
● Check brake fluid. Wiper Blades (P 597)
● Check the 12-volt battery condition monthly. ● Replace blades if they leave streaks
across the windshield.
a Pull the hood release handle under the corner of the
dashboard.

b Locate the hood latch lever, push it to the side, and then raise
the hood. Once you have raised the hood slightly, you can
release the lever.

Tires (P 600) Lights (P 589)

● Inspect tires and wheels ● Inspect all lights regularly.
regularly.
● Check tire pressures regularly.
● Install snow tires for winter
driving.

c When finished, close the hood and make sure it is firmly locked
in place.

32
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 33 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Handling the Unexpected (P 621)

Flat Tire (P 623) Power System Won’t Overheating (P 641)

Quick Reference Guide

● Park in a safe location and repair the flat ● Park in a safe location. If you do not see
tire using the tire repair kit in the trunk.
Start (P 636) steam under the hood, open the hood,
● If the 12-volt battery is dead, jump start
and let the power system cool down.
using a booster battery.

Indicators Come On Blown Fuse (P 651) Emergency Towing

(P 644) ● Check for a blown fuse if an electrical (P 655)
device does not operate.
● Identify the indicator and consult the ● Call a professional towing service if you
owner’s manual. need to tow your vehicle.

33
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 34 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

What to Do If
Why does the brake pedal This can occur when the ABS activates and does not indicate a
Quick Reference Guide

pulsate slightly when problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never
applying the brakes? pump the brake pedal.
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) (P 546)

The rear door cannot be Check if the childproof lock is in

opened from inside the the lock position. If so, open the
vehicle. Why? rear door with the outside door
handle.
To cancel this function, slide the
lever up to the unlock position.

Why do the doors lock If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are
after I unlocked the doors? relocked automatically for security.

Why does the beeper The beeper sounds when:

sound when I open the • The power mode is in ACCESSORY.
driver’s door? • The exterior lights are left on.

34
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 35 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Why does a buzzer sound The buzzer sounds if you move outside the walk away auto
when I walk away from the door lock operating range before the door completely closes.
2 Locking the doors and trunk (Walk away auto lock) (P170)

Quick Reference Guide

vehicle after I close the
door?

Why does the beeper The beeper sounds when the driver and/or front passenger are
sound when I start driving? not wearing their seat belts.

Why do I hear a screeching The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle
sound when I apply the inspected by a dealer.
brake pedal?

I’m seeing an amber The Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) needs attention. If
indicator of a tire with an you recently inflated or changed a tire, you have to recalibrate
exclamation point. What is the system.
that? 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) (P 481)

Pressing the electric Press the electric parking brake switch with the brake pedal
parking brake switch does depressed.
not release the parking
brake. Why?

35
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 36 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Depressing the accelerator • Fasten the driver’s seat belt.

pedal does not release the • Check if the transmission is in (P or (N . If so, select any other
Quick Reference Guide

parking brake position.

automatically. Why?

Why does the shift position • Fasten the driver’s seat belt.
automatically change to (P • Close the driver’s door and manually change the shift
when I open the driver’s position.
door to check for parking 2 When opening the driver’s door (P468)
space lines when
reversing?

36
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 37 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Safe Driving
You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual.

For Safe Driving Knee Airbags ..................................... 56 Safety Labels

Important Safety Precautions.............. 38 Side Airbags....................................... 59 Label Locations .................................. 79
Your Vehicle’s Safety Features............ 40 Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 61
Safety Checklist ................................. 41 Airbag System Indicators.................... 62
Seat Belts Airbag Care ....................................... 64
About Your Seat Belts ........................ 42 Child Safety
Fastening a Seat Belt .......................... 45 Protecting Child Passengers ............... 65
Seat Belt Inspection............................ 48 Safety of Infants and Small Children... 67
Airbags Safety of Larger Children ................... 76
Airbag System Components ............... 49 Exhaust Gas Hazard
Types of Airbags ................................ 52 Carbon Monoxide Gas ....................... 78
Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 52

37
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 38 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

For Safe Driving

The following pages explain your vehicle's safety features and how to use them
properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the
most important.
Safe Driving

Important Safety Precautions 1Important Safety Precautions

Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use
■ Always wear your seat belt of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the
A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to driver while driving.
supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped
with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and
wear them properly.

■ Restrain all children

Children ages 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the
front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger
children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the
belt properly without a booster seat.

■ Be aware of airbag hazards

While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants
who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children,
and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and
warnings in this manual.

■ Don't drink and drive

Alcohol and driving don't mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to
changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink.
So don't drink and drive, and don't let your friends drink and drive, either.

38
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 39 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Safety Precautions

■ Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely

Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying
close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash.
Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to

Safe Driving
divert some attention away from driving.

■ Control your speed

Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher
the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds.
Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum
speed posted.

■ Keep your vehicle in safe condition

Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous.
To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition
frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.

■ Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle

Children left unattended in the vehicle may be injured if they activate one or more
of the vehicle controls. They may also cause the vehicle to move, resulting in a crash
in which the children and/or another person(s) can be injured or killed. Also,
depending on the ambient temperature, the temperature of the interior may reach
extreme levels, which can result in injury or death. Even if the climate control system
is on, never leave children in the vehicle unattended as the climate control system
can shut off at any time.

39
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 40 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle’s Safety Features

Your Vehicle’s Safety Features

1Your Vehicle’s Safety Features
Your vehicle is equipped with many features that
10 9 10
work together to help protect you and your
passengers during a crash.
Safe Driving

Some features do not require any action on your part.

6 These include a strong steel framework that forms a
11
safety cage around the passenger compartment,
front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering
7 column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat
9
belts in a sufficient crash.
11
8
However, you and your passengers cannot take full
advantage of these features unless you remain seated
12 in the correct position and always wear your seat
belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to
injuries if they are not used properly.
Safety Cage
7
Crush Zones
8
Seats and Seat-Backs
Head Restraints
Collapsible Steering Column
6 Seat Belts
7 Front Airbags
8 Knee Airbags
9 Side Airbags
10 Side Curtain Airbags
11 Door Locks
12 Seat Belt Tensioners

The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and
your passengers.

40
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 41 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuFor Safe DrivinguSafety Checklist

Safety Checklist
For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items 1Safety Checklist
each time before you drive. If the door and/or trunk open message appears on
• After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure all doors are closed and locked. the driver information interface, a door and/or the
Locking the doors helps prevent an occupant from being ejected and an outsider trunk is not completely closed. Close all doors and

Safe Driving
from unexpectedly opening a door. the trunk tightly until the message disappears.
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 174 2 Driver Information Interface Warning and
Information Messages P. 108
• Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are
adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the
vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a
crash.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 208
• Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective
when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller
persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position.
2 Adjusting the Front and Rear Outer Head Restraint Positions P. 214
• Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any
passengers are properly belted as well.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 45
• Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a child's age, height
and weight.
2 Child Safety P. 65

41
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 42 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts
Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you 1About Your Seat Belts
connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety
features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the 3 WARNING
vehicle, against any passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat
Safe Driving

Not wearing a seat belt properly increases

belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full the chance of serious injury or death in a
advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags. crash, even though your vehicle has
airbags.
In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including:
- frontal impacts Be sure you and your passengers always
- side impacts wear seat belts and wear them properly.
- rear impacts
- rollovers Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every
crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your
■ Lap/shoulder seat belts risk of serious injury.
All five seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with emergency
Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories
locking retractors. In normal driving the retractor lets you move freely while keeping require you to wear seat belts.
some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop the retractor locks to
restrain your body. The front passenger’s and rear seat belts also have a lockable If you extend the seat belt too quickly, it will lock in
retractor for use with child seats. place. If this happens, slightly retract the seat belt,
2 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 72 then extend it slowly.

42
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 43 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts

■ Proper use of seat belts 1About Your Seat Belts

Follow these guidelines for proper use: If a rear seat passenger moves around and extends
• All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position the seat belt, the lockable retractor may activate. If
for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduce the effectiveness of the this happens, release the retractor by unfastening the

Safe Driving
belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash. seat belt and allow the belt to retract completely.
Then refasten the belt.
• Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or
behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash.
• Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort
or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability
and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.

■ Seat Belt Reminder 1Seat Belt Reminder

The indicator will also come on if a front passenger
The seat belt system includes an indicator on does not fasten their seat belt within six seconds after
the instrument panel to remind the driver or a the power mode is set to ON.
front passenger or both to fasten their seat
belts. When no one is sitting in the front passenger’s seat,
If you set the power mode to ON and a seat the indicator will not come on and the beeper will not
sound. The indicator also may not come on and the
belt is not fastened, a beeper will sound and
beeper may not sound when the occupant is not
the indicator will blink. After a few seconds, heavy enough to trigger the weight sensor. Such
the beeper will stop and the indicator will occupants (e.g., infants and smaller children) should
come on and remain illuminated until the seat be moved to the rear seat as a deploying front airbag
belt is fastened. likely will injure or kill them.
2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 65
The beeper will also periodically sound and
the indicator will blink while the vehicle is
moving until the seat belt is fastened.

Continued 43
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 44 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts

■ Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners 1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners

The seat belt tensioners can only operate once.
The front seats are equipped with automatic seat belt tensioners to enhance safety. If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come
on. Have a dealer replace the tensioner and
Safe Driving

The tensioners automatically tighten the front seat belts during a moderate-to- thoroughly inspect the seat belt system as it may not
severe frontal collision, sometimes even if the collision is not severe enough to offer protection in a subsequent crash.
inflate the front airbags or the knee airbags.
During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the
tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates.

44
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 45 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

Fastening a Seat Belt

After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well 1Fastening a Seat Belt
back in the seat: No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 208 belt or one that does not appear to be working
1. Pull the seat belt out slowly. correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working

Safe Driving
Pull out slowly. properly may not protect the occupant in a crash.
Have a dealer check the belt as soon as possible.
Correct
Seated Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or
Posture. retractor mechanism.

2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then

Latch
Plate tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is
secure.
u Make sure that the belt is not twisted or
caught on anything.
Buckle

Continued 45
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 46 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as 1Fastening a Seat Belt
possible across your hips, then pull up on
the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part 3 WARNING
Lap belt as
fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic
Safe Driving

low as Improperly positioning the seat belts can

possible bones take the force of a crash and reduces cause serious injury or death in a crash.
the chance of internal injuries.
4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to Make sure all seat belts are properly
remove any slack, then check that the belt positioned before driving.
rests across the center of your chest and
over your shoulder. This spreads the forces To release the belt, push the red PRESS button and
of a crash over the strongest bones in your then guide the belt by hand until it has retracted
upper body. completely.
When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is properly
stowed so that it will not get caught in the closing
door.

■ Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor 1Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor

The shoulder anchor height can be adjusted to four
The front seats have adjustable shoulder anchors to accommodate taller and shorter levels. If the belt contacts your neck, lower the height
occupants. one level at a time.
1. Move the anchor up and down while
holding the release button. After an adjustment, make sure that the shoulder
2. Position the anchor so that the belt rests anchor position is secure.

Push across the center of your chest and over

your shoulder.

46
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 47 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

■ Advice for Pregnant Women 1Advice for Pregnant Women

Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is
If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when okay for you to drive.
driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the

Safe Driving
belt as low as possible across the hips. To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your
unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front
Wear the shoulder belt
airbag:
across the chest avoiding
the abdomen. • When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far
back as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle.
• When sitting in the front passenger's seat, adjust
the seat as far back as possible.

Wear the lap part of the

belt as low as possible
across the hips.

47
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 48 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection

Seat Belt Inspection

Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows: 1Seat Belt Inspection

• Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear. 3 WARNING
• Check that the latch plates and buckles work smoothly and the belts retract
Safe Driving

Not checking or maintaining seat belts can

easily. result in serious injury or death if the seat
u If a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only belts do not work properly when needed.
use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make
sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract. Check your seat belts regularly and have
any problem corrected as soon as possible.
Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper
protection and should be replaced as soon as possible.
A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of
protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by a dealer after
any collision.

48
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 49 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Airbags
Airbag System Components

9 11 10 9 8 6

Safe Driving
12

7 9

9
9

Continued 49
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 50 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components

The front, front knee, front side, and side e An electronic control unit that, when the i Impactsensors that can detect a
curtain airbags are deployed according to vehicle is on, continually monitors moderate-to-severe front or side impact.
the direction and severity of impact. Both information about the various impact
side curtain airbags are deployed in a sensors, seat and buckle sensors, rollover j An indicator on the dashboard that alerts
Safe Driving

rollover. The airbag system includes: sensor, airbag activators, seat belt you that the front passenger’s front
tensioners, and other vehicle airbag has been turned off.
a Two SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) information. During a crash event the
front airbags. The driver’s airbag is stored unit can record such information. k An indicator on the instrument panel that
in the center of the steering wheel; the alerts you to a possible problem with your
front passenger’s airbag is stored in the f Automatic front seat belt tensioners. In airbag system or seat belt tensioners.
dashboard. Both are marked SRS addition, the driver’s and front
AIRBAG. passenger’s seat belt buckles incorporate lA rollover sensor that can detect if your
sensors that detect whether or not the vehicle is about to roll over and signal the
b Two knee airbags. The driver’s knee belts are fastened. control unit to deploy both side curtain
airbag is stored under the steering airbags.
column; the front passenger’s knee gA driver’s seat position sensor. This
airbag is stored under the glove box. sensor determines the optimal force at
Both are marked SRS AIRBAG. which the airbag will deploy in a crash.

c Two side airbags, one for the driver and h Weight sensors in the front passenger’s
one for a front passenger. The airbags are seat. The front passenger’s airbag will be
stored in the outer edges of the seat- turned off if the weight on the seat is
backs. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG. approximately 65 lbs (29 kg) or less (the
weight of an infant or small child).
d Two side curtain airbags, one for each
side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored
in the ceiling, above the side windows.
The front and rear pillars are marked
SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG.

50
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 51 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components

■ Important Facts About Your Airbags 1Important Facts About Your Airbags
Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together,
Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with airbags and seat belts provide the best protection.
tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause burns, bruises,

Safe Driving
and other minor injuries, sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not wearing When driving, keep hands and arms out of the
their seat belts properly and sitting correctly. deployment path of the front airbag by holding each
side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over
the airbag cover.
What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly, and sit upright and as
far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as
possible.

Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that
can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags
deploy.

Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag.
Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp
object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates.

Do not attach or place objects on the front and front knee airbag covers.
Objects on the covers marked SRS AIRBAG could interfere with the proper
operation of the airbags or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the
airbags inflate.

51
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 52 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags

Types of Airbags
Your vehicle is equipped with four types of airbags: 1Types of Airbags
• Front airbags: Airbags in front of the driver’s and front passenger’s seats. The airbags can inflate whenever the power mode is
• Front knee airbags: Airbags under the steering column and under the glove in ON.
box.
Safe Driving

• Side airbags: Airbags in the driver’s and front passenger’s seat-backs. After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see a
small amount of smoke. This is from the combustion
• Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows.
process of the inflator material and is not harmful.
Each is discussed in the following pages. People with respiratory problems may experience
some temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of
the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
Front Airbags (SRS)
1Front Airbags (SRS)
The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect
the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger. During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or
both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate
at different rates, depending on the severity of the
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to crash, whether or not the seat belts are latched, and/
supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant’s primary or other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to
restraint system. supplement the seat belts to help reduce the
likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal
crashes.
■ Housing Locations
The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and
in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG.

52
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 53 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)

■ Operation
Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions.
When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control

Safe Driving
unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate.

A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a
vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall.

■ How the Front Airbags Work 1How the Front Airbags Work
Although the driver's and front passenger's airbags
While your seat belt restrains your torso, the normally inflate within a split second of each other, it
front airbag provides supplemental protection is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can
for your head and chest. happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin,
or threshold, that determines whether or not the
The front airbags deflate immediately so that airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will
provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental
they won't interfere with the driver's visibility
protection offered by the airbag would be minimal.
or the ability to steer or operate other
controls.

The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not
aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them.

Continued 53
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 54 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)

■ When front airbags should not deploy

Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and
help save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might occur
during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash.
Safe Driving

Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration
causes a driver or front passenger to move towards the front of the vehicle. Side
airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help reduce the
severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which
can cause the driver or passenger to move towards the side of the vehicle.
Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear
impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed
to deploy in such collisions.
Rollovers: In a rollover, your best form of protection is a seat belt or, if your vehicle
is equipped with a rollover sensor, both a seat belt and a side curtain airbag. Front
airbags, however, are not designed to deploy in a rollover as they would provide
little if any protection.
■ When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the
vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.
Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object
that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is
underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.
■ When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage
appears severe
Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of
visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some
collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags
would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they
had deployed.

54
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 55 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)

■ Advanced Airbags 1Advanced Airbags

If there is a problem with the driver’s seat position
The airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag related sensor, the SRS indicator will come on, and in the
injuries to smaller occupants. event of a crash, the airbag will deploy (regardless of

Safe Driving
The driver’s advanced airbag system includes a the driver’s seating position) with a force
seat position sensor. corresponding to the severity of the impact.

For the advanced airbags to work properly:

Based on information from this sensor and the
• Do not spill any liquid on or under the seats.
severity of the impact, the advanced airbag • Do not put any object under the passenger’s seat.
system determines the optimal deployment of • Make sure any objects are positioned properly on
Driver’s
Seat the driver’s airbag. the floor. Improperly positioned objects can
Position interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.
Sensor • All occupants should sit upright and wear their seat
The front passenger’s advanced airbag system belts properly.
has weight sensors. • Do not cover the passenger’s side dashboard with
a cloth, towel, cover, etc.
2 Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator
We advise against allowing a child age 12 or P. 63
under to ride in the front passenger’s seat.
However, if you do allow a child age 12 or
Passenger’s under to ride in the front passenger’s
Seat Weight seat, note that the system will automatically
Sensors turn off the front passenger’s airbag if the
sensors detect that the child is approximately
65 lbs (29 kg) or less.

55
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 56 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAirbagsuKnee Airbags

Knee Airbags
The knee SRS airbags inflates in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help keep 1Knee Airbags
the driver and/or front passenger in the proper position and to help maximize the Do not attach accessories on or near the knee
benefit provided by the vehicle’s other safety features. airbags. They can interfere with the proper operation
of the airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.
Safe Driving

SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to
The driver and front passenger should not store any
supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant’s primary
items under the seat or behind their feet. The items
restraint system. can interfere with proper airbag deployment in the
event of a moderate to sever frontal collision and may
■ Housing Locations result in inadequate protection.

The driver’s knee airbag is housed under the

steering column.

Housing
Location

The front passenger’s knee airbag is housed

under the glove box.
Housing
Location
Both are marked SRS AIRBAG.

56
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 57 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAirbagsuKnee Airbags

■ Operation
When
When the front airbags inflate, the knee
inflated airbags also inflate.

Safe Driving
Even if the collision is not severe enough to
deploy the front airbags, the knee airbags may
inflate alone.
Knee
Airbag

When
inflated

Knee
Airbag

Continued 57
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 58 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAirbagsuKnee Airbags

■ When knee airbags deploy with little or no visible damage

Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the
vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.
Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object
Safe Driving

that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is
underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.

■ When knee airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage
appears severe
Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of
visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some
collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags
would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they
had deployed.

58
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 59 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAirbagsuSide Airbags

Side Airbags
The side airbags help protect the torso and pelvis of the driver or a front passenger 1Side Airbags
during a moderate-to-severe side impact. Make sure you and your front seat passenger always
sit upright. Leaning into the path of a side airbag can
■ Housing Locations prevent the airbag from deploying properly and

Safe Driving
increases your risk of serious injury.
The side airbags are housed in the outside
edge of the driver’s and passenger’s seat- Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags.
backs. They can interfere with the proper operation of the
airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.

Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG. Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers
without consulting a dealer.
Housing Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back
Location covers can prevent your side airbags from properly
deploying during a side impact.

■ Operation
When
When the sensors detect a moderate-to-
inflated severe side impact, the control unit signals the
side airbag on the impact side to immediately
inflate.

Side
Airbag

Continued 59
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 60 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAirbagsuSide Airbags

■ When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage

Because the airbag systems senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side
of the vehicle's framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there
may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough
Safe Driving

impact to deploy the airbag.

■ When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears
severe
It is possible for a side airbag to not deploy during an impact that results in
apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was toward the
far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicle's crushable body parts absorbed
most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have been
needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed.

60
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 61 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags

Side Curtain Airbags

The side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and passengers in the 1Side Curtain Airbags
outer seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact. The side curtain If the SRS control unit senses that your vehicle is
airbags equipped in this vehicle are also designed to help reduce the likelihood of about to rollover, it immediately deploys both side
partial and complete ejection of vehicle occupants through side windows in crashes, curtain airbags and activates both front seat belt

Safe Driving
particularly rollover crashes. tensioners.

If the impact is on the passenger’s side, the

■ Housing Locations passenger’s side curtain airbag deploys even if there
are no occupants on that side of the vehicle.
The side curtain airbags are located in the
ceiling above the side windows on both sides To get the best protection from the side curtain
of the vehicle. airbags, occupants should wear their seat belts
properly and sit upright and well back in their seats.

Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof

pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation
of the side curtain airbags.
Side Curtain Airbag Storage

■ Operation
The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy
in a rollover or a moderate-to-severe side
impact.

Deployed Side Curtain Airbag

Continued 61
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 62 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators

■ When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision 1Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
One or both side curtain airbags may also inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled
frontal collision. 3 WARNING
Safe Driving

Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in

Airbag System Indicators serious injury or death if the airbag systems
or tensioners do not work properly.
If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on and a
message appears on the driver information interface. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as
soon as possible if the SRS indicator alerts
you to a possible problem.
■ Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
■ When the power mode is set to ON
The indicator comes on for a few seconds,
then goes off. This tells you the system is
working properly.

If the indicator comes on at any other time, or does not come on at all, have the
system checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If you don’t, your airbags and seat
belt tensioners may not work properly when they are needed.

62
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 63 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators

■ Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator 1Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator
To ensure the passenger is detected properly, confirm
■ When the passenger front airbag off that:
U.S. Canada indicator comes on • There is no child seat or other object pressing

Safe Driving
The indicator comes on to alert you that the against the rear of the seat-back.
• There is no rear passenger pushing or pulling on
passenger’s front airbag has been turned off. the back of the front passenger’s seat.
This occurs when the weight sensors detect • The front seat or seat-back is not forced back
about 65 lbs (29 kg) or less, the weight of an against an object on the seat or floor behind it.
infant or small child, on the seat. • There is no object placed under or beside the front
passenger’s seat.
• The occupant is sitting in an upright position and
the seat-back is not excessively reclined.
• The occupant is not leaning against the door or
Children age 12 or under should always ride properly restrained in a back seat. center console.
• The occupant’s feet are placed on the floor in front
2 Child Safety P. 65
of them.
• There are no objects hanging from the front
If the front passenger’s seat is empty, the indicator will come on and, in the event of passenger’s seat.
a crash, the front passenger’s airbag will not deploy. The front passenger’s knee • Only small, lightweight objects are in the seat-back
pocket.
airbag will not deploy either.
The passenger front airbag off indicator may come
on and go off repeatedly if the total weight on the
seat is near the airbag cutoff threshold.

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as

possible if:
• All of the above conditions are met, and the
indicator comes on with an adult seated in the
front passenger seat.
• The seat is empty and the indicator is off.

Do not allow an adult passenger to ride in the front

seat when the indicator is on.

63
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 64 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAirbagsuAirbag Care

Airbag Care
You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any 1Airbag Care
airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag
inspected by a dealer in the following situations: system components, including the airbag, tensioners,
sensors, and control unit.
Safe Driving

■ When the airbags have deployed

If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced.
Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be
replaced.

■ When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision

Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your dealer inspect the following: the driver’s
seat position sensor, weight sensors in the passenger’s seat, front seat belt
tensioners, and each seat belt that was worn during the crash.

■ Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting a dealer

This would likely disable or affect the proper operation of the driver’s seat position
sensor or the weight sensors in the passenger’s seat. If it is necessary to remove or
modify a front seat to accommodate a person with disabilities, contact a Honda
dealer, or for U.S. vehicles, American Honda Automobile Customer Service at 1-800-
999-1009 and for Canadian vehicles, Honda Canada Customer Relations at 1-888-
9-HONDA-9.

64
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 65 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers
Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are 1Protecting Child Passengers
either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle crashes are the
number one cause of death of children ages 12 and under. 3 WARNING

Safe Driving
Children who are unrestrained or
To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state, Canadian province improperly restrained can be seriously
and territory requires that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride injured or killed in a crash.
in a vehicle.
Any child too small for a seat belt should be
Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because: properly restrained in a child seat. A larger
• An inflating front or side airbag can injure child should be properly restrained with a
or kill a child sitting in the front seat. seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary.

• A child in the front seat is more likely to The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
interfere with the driver's ability to safely and Transport Canada recommend that all children
control the vehicle. ages 12 and under be properly restrained in a rear
seat. Some states or provinces/territories have laws
restricting where children may ride.
• Statistics show that children of all sizes and
ages are safer when they are properly
restrained in a rear seat.

Continued 65
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 66 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers

• Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an 1Protecting Child Passengers
approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the seat
belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system. 3 WARNING
Safe Driving

Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or

• Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the wrap one around their neck can result in
event of a collision. serious injury or death.

• Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would Instruct children not to play with any seat
likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries. belt and make sure any unused seat belt a
child can reach is buckled, fully retracted,
• Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very and locked.
seriously injured in a crash.
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
• Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows or seat adjustments. and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.

• Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when To remind you of the passenger’s front airbag
hazards and child safety, your vehicle has warning
the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate
labels on the dashboard (U.S. models) and on the
vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly. front visors. Please read and follow the instructions
on these labels.
2 Safety Labels P. 79

66
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 67 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safety of Infants and Small Children

■ Protecting Infants 1Protecting Infants

An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing, reclining child seat until the 3 WARNING
infant reaches the seat manufacturer’s weight or height limit for the seat, and the

Safe Driving
Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front
infant is at least one year old. seat can result in serious injury or death
■ Positioning a rear-facing child seat during a crash.
Child seats must be placed and secured in a
rear seating position. Always place a rear-facing child seat in the
rear seat, not the front.

Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat

for a child up to two years old if the child’s height and
weight are appropriate for a rear-facing seat.

Rear-facing child seats should never be installed in a

When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front forward facing position.
passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back
Always refer to the child seat manufacturer’s
in the desired position. Make sure that there is no contact between the child seat instructions before installation.
and the seat in front of it.
Do not allow a front seat to rest against a child seat
It can also interfere with proper operation of the passenger’s advanced front airbag installed in a rear seating position.
system. The weight sensor in the front seat may not correctly
2 Airbags P. 49 detect the actual weight of the occupant.

If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front
passenger’s seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied.
Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat.

Continued 67
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 68 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

■ Protecting Smaller Children 1Protecting Smaller Children

If a child is at least one year old and has exceeded the weight and height limitations 3 WARNING
of a rearward facing child seat, the child should be properly restrained in a firmly
Safe Driving

Placing a forward-facing child seat in the

secured forward-facing child seat until they exceed the weight and height front seat can result in serious injury or
limitations for the forward facing child seat. death if the front airbag inflates.
■ Forward-facing child seat placement
We strongly recommend placing a forward- If you must place a forward-facing child
facing child seat in a rear seating position. seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far
back as possible, and properly restrain the
child.

Educate yourself about the laws and regulations

regarding child seat use where you are driving, and
follow the child seat manufacturer’s instructions.

Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with
advanced front airbags that automatically turn the passenger’s front airbag off. A
rear seat is the safest place for a child.

68
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 69 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

■ Selecting a Child Seat 1Selecting a Child Seat

Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is
Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren). simple.
Some have a rigid-type connector while others have a flexible-type connector. Both

Safe Driving
are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed
installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat to simplify the installation process and reduce the
manufacturer’s use and care instructions including recommended expiration dates likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation.
as well as the instructions in this manual. Proper installation is key to maximizing
your child’s safety.

In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH-compatible

child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security.
This is because all child seats are required to be designed so that they can be secured
with a lap belt or the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. In addition, the child seat
manufacturer may advise that a seat belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat
once a child reaches a specified weight. Please read the child seat owner’s manual
for proper installation instructions.

■ Important consideration when selecting a child seat

Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements:
• The child seat is the correct type and size for the child.
• The child seat is the correct type for the seating position.
• The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

Continued 69
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 70 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

■ Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat 1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat

A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in either of the two outer rear seats. 3 WARNING
A child seat is attached to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible type of
Safe Driving

Never attach two child seats to the same

connectors. anchor. In a collision, one anchor may not
1. Locate the anchor marks affixed to the base be strong enough to hold two child seat
of the seat cushion. attachments and may break, causing
2. Pull out the anchor covers under the marks serious injury or death.
to expose the lower anchors.
Marks
For your child’s safety, when using a child seat
Covers
installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the
child seat is properly secured to the vehicle. A child
seat that is not properly secured will not adequately
protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the
Lower Anchors 3. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat, then child or other vehicle occupants.
attach the child seat to the lower anchors
according to the instructions that came
with the child seat.
Rigid Type u When installing the child seat, make sure
that the lower anchors are not
obstructed by the seat belt or any other
object.

70
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 71 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat

3 WARNING

Safe Driving
Do not use the lower inner anchors of the
outer rear seats to secure a LATCH-
compatible child seat to the rear center
seat, unless the manufacturer’s instructions
Flexible Type for that system permit the use of inner
anchors with the stated spacing.
Straight top tether Tether Strap 4. Open the tether anchor cover behind the
type head restraint.
Hook Installing a LATCH-compatible child seat in the
5. Raise the head restraint to its highest rear center seat
position, then route the tether strap Each outer rear seat is equipped with a pair of lower
between the head restraint legs, and secure anchors which are used to secure a LATCH-
the tether strap hook to the anchor. compatible child seat. The rear center seat, however,
is not equipped with anchors of any kind. The inner
6. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
and outer anchors are spaced apart at a standard
Anchor child seat manufacturer. distance of 11 inches (280 mm). The distance
7. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by between the two inner anchors is 15.4 inches (390
Other top tether Tether Strap rocking it forward and back and side to
type
mm).
Hook side; little movement should be felt. LATCH-compatible restraint systems that are fitted
8. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child with rigid-type attachments cannot be installed in the
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor rear center seat. However, a system fitted with
flexible-type attachments can be installed in the
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
center seat, provided that the manufacturer’s
and locked. instructions for that system permit the use of the
inner anchors with the stated spacing. Before seating
Anchor a child, make sure that the system is properly
attached to both the lower anchors and tether
anchors.

Continued 71
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 72 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

■ Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt 1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
A child seat that is not properly secured will not
A child seat can be installed with a lap/shoulder belt in any rear seat or, if absolutely adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause
necessary, the front passenger seat. injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.
Safe Driving

1. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat.

2. Route the seat belt through the child seat
according to the seat manufacturer’s
instructions, and insert the latch plate into
the buckle.
u Insert the latch plate fully until it clicks.

3. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all

the way out until it stops. This activates the
lockable retractor.
4. Let the seat belt retract a few inches and
check that the retractor has switched
modes by pulling on the webbing. It should
not pull out again until it is reset by
removing the latch plate from the buckle.
u If you are able to pull the shoulder belt
out, the lockable retractor is not
activated. Slowly pull the seat belt all the
way out, and repeat steps 3 – 4.

72
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 73 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near 1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
from the lap part of the belt. and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
u When doing this, place your weight on

Safe Driving
the child seat and push it into the vehicle
seat.

6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by

rocking it forward and back and side to
side; less than one inch of movement
should occur near the seat belt.
7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.

Continued 73
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 74 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

■ Adding Security with a Tether 1Adding Security with a Tether

Always use a tether for forward-facing child seats
Tether Anchorage Points A tether anchorage point is provided behind when using the seat belt or lower anchors.
each rear seating position. If you have a child
Safe Driving

restraint system that comes with a tether but

can be installed with a seat belt, the tether
may be used for additional security.

Cover

Anchor

Straight top tether Tether Strap ■ Using an outer anchor

type 1. Locate the appropriate tether anchorage
Hook
point and lift the cover.
2. Raise the head restraint to its highest
position, then route the tether strap
through the head restraint legs. Make sure
the strap is not twisted
Anchor 3. Secure the tether strap hook to the anchor.
4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
Other top tether Tether Strap child seat manufacturer.
type
Hook

Anchor

74
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 75 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Straight top tether Tether Strap ■ Using the center anchor

type 1. Locate the appropriate tether anchorage
Hook
point and lift the cover.

Safe Driving
2. Straight top tether type
Route the tether strap over the head
restraint. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
Other top tether type
Anchor Route the tether strap outside the head
Other top tether restraint. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
Tether Strap
type
Hook 3. Secure the tether strap hook to the anchor.
4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.

Anchor

75
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 76 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children

Safety of Larger Children

■ Protecting Larger Children 1Safety of Larger Children

The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind 3 WARNING
of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who
Safe Driving

Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in

must sit in front. front can result in injury or death if the
passenger's front airbag inflates.
■ Checking Seat Belt Fit
If a larger child must ride in front, move the
When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/
vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible,
shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the
have the child sit up properly and wear the
following questions.
seat belt properly, using a booster seat if
■ Checklist needed.
• Do the child's knees bend comfortably over
the edge of the seat?
• Does the shoulder belt cross between the
child's neck and arm?
• Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as
possible, touching the child's thighs?
• Will the child be able to stay seated like this
for the whole trip?
If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder
seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a
booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat.

76
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 77 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children

■ Booster Seats 1Booster Seats

When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the
If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used instructions that came with it, and install the seat
properly, position the child in a booster seat in accordingly.

Safe Driving
the rear seating position. For the child’s safety, There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a
check that the child meets the booster seat booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat
manufacturer’s recommendations. belt correctly.

Some U.S. states and Canadian provinces and

territories require children to use a booster seat until
they reach a given age or weight (e.g. 6 years or 60
lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or
province, or territory where you intend to drive.
■ Protecting Larger Children-Final Checks
Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever
have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front:
• Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information
in this manual.
• Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.
• Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat.
• Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the
seat.

■ Monitoring child passengers

We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more
mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up
properly.

77
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 78 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Exhaust Gas Hazard

Carbon Monoxide Gas
The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless, 1Carbon Monoxide Gas
odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon
monoxide gas will not get into the interior. 3 WARNING
Safe Driving

Carbon monoxide gas is toxic.

■ Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever
• The exhaust system is making an unusual noise. Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and
• The exhaust system may have been damaged. even kill you.
• The vehicle is raised for an oil change.
Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that
expose you to carbon monoxide.
When you operate a vehicle with the trunk open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into
the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the trunk open,
open all the windows and set the climate control system as shown below. An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up
with carbon monoxide gas.
Do not turn the power system on with the garage
1. Select the fresh air mode. door closed. Even when the garage door is open,
2. Select the mode. drive out of the garage immediately after turning the
3. Set the fan speed to high. power system on.
4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting.

Adjust the climate control system in the same manner if you sit in your parked
vehicle with the engine running.

78
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 79 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Safety Labels
Label Locations
These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels
carefully.

If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact a dealer

Safe Driving
for a replacement.

Sun Visor
High Voltage System Components
U.S. models Canadian models
U.S. models Canadian models

Dashboard
Air Conditioner System U.S. models only

U.S. models Canadian models

Inverter Coolant
Filler Tank Cap

Radiator Cap

79
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 80 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

80
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 81 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Instrument Panel
This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving.

Indicators ............................................ 82
Driver Information Interface Warning and
Information Messages.................... 108
Gauges and Displays
Gauges............................................ 133
Driver Information Interface ............. 135
Head-Up Display * ............................ 157

* Not available on all models 81

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 82 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Indicators

Seat Belt Reminder Security System Alarm

U.S. Parking Brake and P. 92 P. 98
*1 Brake System Indicator P. 83 Indicator Indicator
(Red) System Message
Canada Low Fuel Indicator P. 92 P. 99
Indicator
Parking Brake and Anti-lock Brake System
U.S.
*1 P. 93 ECON Mode Indicator P. 100
*1 Brake System Indicator P. 84 (ABS) Indicator
Instrument Panel

(Amber) Supplemental Restraint SPORT Mode Indicator P. 101

Canada *1 P. 93
System Indicator Adaptive Cruise Control
Automatic Brake Hold
*1 P. 88 (ACC) with Low Speed
System Indicator *1
Auto High-Beam
P. 93
*1 P. 102
Indicator Follow (LSF) Indicator
(Amber)
Vehicle Stability Assist®
U.S. *1
Automatic Brake Hold
P. 88
*1 P. 94 Adaptive Cruise Control
Indicator (VSA®) System Indicator
(ACC) with Low Speed
P. 102
Canada Vehicle Stability Assist® Follow (LSF) Indicator
*1 P. 95
Malfunction Indicator (VSA®) OFF Indicator (Green)
*1 P. 89
Lamp Electric Power Steering Lane Keeping Assist
*1 P. 95 *1 System (LKAS) P. 103
12-Volt Battery (EPS) System Indicator
Indicator (Amber)
*1 Charging System P. 90 Low Tire Pressure/TPMS
Indicator *1 P. 96 Lane Keeping Assist
Indicator
System (LKAS) P. 103
Shift Position Indicator P. 90 Turn Signal and Hazard Indicator (Green)
P. 97
Deceleration Paddle Warning Indicators
P. 90 *1
Safety Support
P. 104
Selector Indicator
High Beam Indicator P. 97 Indicator (Amber)
Transmission System
P. 91 Lights On Indicator P. 97 Safety Support
P. 107
Indicator
Indicator (Green/Gray)
READY Indicator P. 87 Fog Light Indicator * P. 97
*1 EV Indicator P. 87
POWER SYSTEM Immobilizer System
*1 P. 86 P. 98 *1 EV Mode Indicator P. 87
Indicator Indicator

*1: When you set the power mode to ON, these indicators come on to indicate that system checks are being performed. They go off a few seconds later or after the power
system has started. If an indicator does not come on or turn off, there may be a malfunction in the corresponding system. To resolve the issue, follow the instructions in
the owner’s manual.

82 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 83 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

• Comes on when the parking brake • Comes on while driving - Make sure
is applied, and goes off when it is the parking brake is released. Check the
released. brake fluid level.
• Comes on when the brake fluid 2 What to do when the indicator
level is low. comes on while driving P. 646

Instrument Panel
• Comes on if there is a problem with • Comes on along with the brake
the brake system. system indicator (amber) - Immediately
• The beeper sounds and the stop in a safe place. Contact a dealer for
indicator comes on if you drive with repair. The brake pedal becomes harder to
the parking brake not fully released. operate. Depress the pedal further than
U.S. you normally do.
• Comes on for about 30 seconds
when you pull or push the electric • Comes on along with the ABS
Parking Brake parking brake switch when the indicator - Have your vehicle checked by
Canada and Brake power mode is in ACCESSORY or a dealer.
System VEHICLE OFF. 2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red)
Indicator (Red) • Stays on for about 30 seconds Comes On or Blinks P. 646
when you set the power mode to • Blinks and the brake system indicator
(Red) VEHICLE OFF while the electric (amber) comes on at the same time -
parking brake is set. There is a problem with the electric
parking brake system. The parking brake
may not be set.
Avoid using the parking brake and have
your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red)
Comes On or Blinks at the Same Time
When the Brake System Indicator
(Amber) Comes On P. 647

Continued 83
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 84 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

• Comes on if there is a problem with • Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle

a system related to braking other checked by a dealer.
than the conventional brake • Comes on while driving - Avoid using
system. the parking brake and have your vehicle
• Comes on if there is a problem with checked by a dealer immediately.
Instrument Panel

the cooperative control with • With this indicator on, your vehicle still
U.S.
regenerative braking, the electric has normal braking ability.
servo brake system, or the hill start
assist system.
• Comes on if there is a problem with
U.S.
the electric parking brake system.
Parking Brake • Comes on if there is a problem with • Make sure the total load is within the
and Brake the radar sensor. Maximum Load Limit.
Canada System • Indicator may come on temporarily 2 Maximum Load Limit P. 455
Indicator when the Maximum Load Limit is
(Amber) exceeded.
Canada
(Amber)

84
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 85 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

• Comes on if there is a problem with U.S.

the automatic brake hold system.
U.S.

Instrument Panel
Parking Brake
and Brake
Canada System 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 544
Indicator Canada
(Amber)

(Amber)

Continued 85
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 86 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

• Comes on if there is a problem with • Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

the electric vehicle system.
• Comes on when the High Voltage
battery temperature becomes high
while the battery is being charged.
Instrument Panel

POWER
SYSTEM
Indicator

86
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 87 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

• Comes on when the vehicle is ready

to drive.
READY
2 Turning on the Power P. 458
Indicator

Instrument Panel
• Comes on when the vehicle is
EV Indicator moved by the motor, and the — —
engine is not operating.
• Comes on when the vehicle is in EV
mode.
EV Mode 2 SPORT HYBRID i-MMD (intelligent
Indicator Multi Mode Drive) P. 10

Continued 87
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 88 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

• Comes on when the automatic

Automatic brake hold system is on.
Brake Hold
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 544
System
Indicator
Instrument Panel

U.S. • Comes on when the automatic

brake hold is activated.
Automatic
Brake Hold 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 544 —
Canada
Indicator

88
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 89 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

• After you have set the power mode • Readiness codes are part of the on board
to ON, the vehicle performs system diagnostics for the emissions control
checks. However, if the readiness systems.
codes have not been set by that 2 Testing of Readiness Codes P. 665
time, this indicator will blink five • Comes on while driving - Have your

Instrument Panel
times and then go off. vehicle checked by a dealer.
• Comes on if there is a problem with • Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe
the emissions control system. place where there are no flammable
Malfunction • Blinks when a misfire in the objects. Stop the power system for 10
Indicator Lamp engine’s cylinders is detected. minutes or more, and wait for it to cool
down. Then, take your vehicle to a dealer.
2 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Comes On or Blinks P. 645

Continued 89
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 90 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

• Comes on when the 12-volt battery • Comes on while driving - Turn off the
12-Volt Battery is not charging. climate control system and rear defogger
Charging in order to reduce electricity consumption.
System 2 If the 12-Volt Battery Charging
Indicator System Indicator Comes On P. 644
Instrument Panel

• Indicates the current shift position.

Shift Position
2 Shifting P. 465 —
Indicator

• Comes on when the selector is

pulled.
• Blinks when the effective of
Deceleration
deceleration does not change while
Paddle Selector 2 Deceleration Paddle Selector P. 472 —
pulling the selector.
Indicator
• Comes on with M when SPORT
mode is selected and pulling the
selector.

90
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 91 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

• The current shift position blinks if • Avoid sudden start, sudden acceleration
the transmission system is problem and high speed, and have your vehicle
and the performance of the vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
is reduced.

Instrument Panel
• The current shift position or all the • Immediately park your car in a safe place.
Transmission shift positions blink if there is a 2 Emergency Towing P. 655
System problem with the transmission and • Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Indicator the vehicle is no longer able to run.

• The current shift position or all the • While the vehicle is stopped, apply the
shift positions blink if there is a parking brake.
problem with the transmission and • Have your vehicle checked by a dealer
it is not possible to select (P . immediately.

Continued 91
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 92 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

• Blinks and the beeper sounds for a • The beeper stops and the indicator goes
few seconds if you are not wearing off when you and the front passenger
a seat belt when you set the power fasten their seat belts.
mode to ON, then the indicator • Stays on after you and/or the front
comes on. passenger has fastened the seat
Instrument Panel

Seat Belt • If the front passenger is not belt(s) - A detection error may have
Reminder wearing a seat belt, the indicator occurred in the sensor. Have your vehicle
Indicator comes on a few seconds later. checked by a dealer.
• Blinks while driving if either you 2 Seat Belt Reminder P. 43
and/or the front passenger has not
fastened a seat belt. The beeper
sounds and the indicator blinks at
regular intervals.
• Comes on when the fuel reserve is • Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon
running low (approximately 1.6 as possible.
U.S. gal./6.2 Liter left). • Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a
• Blinks if there is a problem with the dealer.
fuel gauge.
Low Fuel
Indicator

92
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 93 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

• Comes on if there is a problem with • Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle

Anti-lock Brake the ABS. checked by a dealer. With this indicator
System (ABS) on, your vehicle still has normal braking
Indicator ability but no anti-lock function.
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 546

Instrument Panel
• Comes on if a problem with any of • Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
the following is detected: checked by a dealer.
Supplemental
- Supplemental restraint system
Restraint
- Knee airbag system
System
- Side airbag system
Indicator
- Side curtain airbag system
- Seat belt tensioner
• Comes on when all the operating
Auto High-
conditions of the Auto high-beam 2 Auto High-Beam P. 195 —
Beam Indicator
are met.

Continued 93
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 94 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

● Blinks when VSA® is active. ● Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
● Comes on if there is a problem with checked by a dealer.
the VSA® system. 2 Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka
Electronic Stability Control (ESC),
Vehicle Stability System P. 478
Instrument Panel

Assist® (VSA®)
System ● Comes on if the VSA® system is ● Drive a short distance at more than 12
Indicator deactivated temporarily after the mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go
12-volt battery has been off. If it does not, have your vehicle
disconnected, then re-connected. checked by a dealer.

94
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 95 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

• Comes on when you partially

disable VSA®.
2 VSA® On and Off P. 479

Instrument Panel
Vehicle Stability
Assist® (VSA®)
OFF Indicator • Comes on if the VSA® system is • Drive a short distance at more than 12
deactivated temporarily after the mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go
12-volt battery has been off. If it does not, have your vehicle
disconnected, then re-connected. checked by a dealer.

• Comes on if there is a problem with • Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle

Electric Power the EPS system. checked by a dealer.
Steering (EPS) 2 If the Electric Power Steering (EPS)
System System Indicator Comes On P. 648
Indicator

Continued 95
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 96 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

• May come on briefly if the power • Comes on while driving - Stop in a safe
mode is set to ON and the vehicle is place, check tire pressures, and inflate the
not moved within 45 seconds, to tire(s) if necessary.
indicate the calibration process is • Stays on after the tires are inflated to
not yet complete. the recommended pressures - The
Instrument Panel

• Comes on and stays on when: system needs to be calibrated.

- One or more tires’ pressures are 2 TPMS Calibration P. 481
determined to be significantly low.
- The system has not been
calibrated.
Low Tire
Pressure/TPMS • Blinks for about one minute, and • Blinks and remains on - Have your
Indicator then stays on if there is a problem vehicle checked by a dealer.
with the TPMS.

• Comes on if the TPMS is • Drive a short distance at more than 12

deactivated temporarily after the mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go
12-volt battery has been off. If it does not, have your vehicle
disconnected, then re-connected. checked by a dealer.

96
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 97 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

• Blinks when you operate the turn • Does not blink or blinks rapidly - A
Turn Signal and
signal lever. turn signal light bulb has blown. Change
Hazard
• Blinks along with all turn signals if the bulb immediately. —
Warning
you press the hazard warning 2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 591, 592
Indicators
button.

Instrument Panel
High Beam • Comes on when the high beam
headlights are on. — —
Indicator

• Comes on whenever the light • If you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
Lights On
switch is on, or in AUTO when the while the lights are on, a chime sounds —
Indicator
exterior lights are on. when the driver’s door is opened.

Fog Light • Comes on when the fog lights are

on. — —
Indicator *

* Not available on all models Continued 97

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 98 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

• Blinks if the immobilizer system • Blinks - You cannot start the power *2

cannot recognize the key system. Set the power mode to VEHICLE
information. OFF*1, then select the ON mode again.
• Repeatedly blinks - The system may be
malfunctioning. Have your vehicle
Instrument Panel

Indicator
Immobilizer checked by a dealer.
System • Do not attempt to alter this system or add
*2
Indicator other devices to it. Electrical problems can
occur.

Indicator • Blinks when the security system

Security System alarm has been set.
2 Security System Alarm P. 181 —
Alarm Indicator

*1:Canadian models only: Apply and hold the brake pedal before selecting the ON mode.
*2:Canadian models

98
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 99 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

• Comes on along with a beep when • While the indicator is on, press the
a problem is detected. A system (home) button to see the message again.
message on the driver information 2 Accessing contents in the main
interface appears at the same time. display P. 135
• Refer to the Indicators information in this

Instrument Panel
System chapter when a system message appears
Message —
on the driver information interface. Take
Indicator the appropriate action for the message.
• The driver information interface does not
return to the normal screen unless the
warning is canceled, or the left selector
wheel is pressed.

Continued 99
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 100 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

• Comes on when you press the *1

ECON button.
Instrument Panel

ECON Mode
2 ECON Button P. 475
Indicator *2

*1:Models without adaptive damper system

*2:Models with adaptive damper system

100
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 101 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

• Comes on when you press the *1

SPORT button.
• The ambient meter remains lit up in
red as long as sport mode is on.

Instrument Panel
SPORT Mode
2 SPORT Mode P. 471
Indicator *2

*1:Models without adaptive damper system

*2:Models with adaptive damper system

Continued 101
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 102 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

• Comes on if there is a problem with • Comes on while driving - Have your

ACC with LSF. vehicle checked by a dealer.

• Indicator comes on temporarily • Make sure the total load is within the
Adaptive Cruise when the Maximum Load Limit is Maximum Load Limit.
Instrument Panel

Control (ACC) exceeded. 2 Maximum Load Limit P. 455

with Low Speed • ACC with LSF has been
Follow (LSF) automatically canceled.
Indicator • Comes on if the ACC with LSF is • Drive a short distance at more than 12
(Amber) deactivated temporarily after the mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go
12-volt battery has been off. If it does not, have your vehicle
disconnected, then re-connected. checked by a dealer.

Adaptive Cruise • Comes on when you press the

Control (ACC) MAIN button.
with Low Speed 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with
—
Follow (LSF) Low Speed Follow (LSF) P. 502
Indicator
(Green)

102
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 103 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Lane Keeping • Comes on if there is a problem with • Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
Assist System the LKAS. checked by a dealer.
(LKAS)
Indicator

Instrument Panel
(Amber)

Lane Keeping • Comes on when you press the

Assist System MAIN button.
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
(LKAS) —
P. 518
Indicator
(Green)

Continued 103
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 104 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

• Comes on if there is a problem with • Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle

RDM, CMBSTM, or BSI *. checked by a dealer.

• Indicator may come on temporarily • Make sure the total load is within the
when the Maximum Load Limit is Maximum Load Limit.
Instrument Panel

exceeded. 2 Maximum Load Limit P. 455

Safety Support
Indicator
(Amber)

• Comes on if the RDM and CMBSTM • Drive a short distance at more than 12
are deactivated temporarily after mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go
the 12-volt battery has been off. If it does not, have your vehicle
disconnected and then re- checked by a dealer.
connected.

104 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 105 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

• Comes on when RDM and/or • Indicator may come on temporarily when

CMBSTM shuts itself off. passing through an enclosed space, such
as tunnel.
• The area around the radar sensor is
blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your

Instrument Panel
vehicle in a safe place and wipe the debris
off with a soft cloth.
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if
the indicator does not go off even after
Safety Support you have cleaned the radar sensor.
Indicator 2 Collision Mitigation Braking
(Amber) SystemTM (CMBSTM) P. 493

• Stays on - The temperature inside the

camera is too high.
Use the climate control system to cool
down the camera.
The system activates when the
temperature inside the camera cools
down.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 536

Continued 105
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 106 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

• Comes on when RDM and/or • Stays on - The area around the camera is
CMBSTM shuts itself off. blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your
vehicle in a safe place and wipe the debris
off with a soft cloth.
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if
Instrument Panel

the indicator and message are still

Safety Support displayed even after you have cleaned the
Indicator area around the camera.
(Amber) 2 Front Sensor Camera P. 536

Models with BSI • Comes on while driving - Something

• Comes on when mud, snow, or ice may be interfering with the BSI sensor.
has accumulated in the vicinity of Check the vicinity of the BSI sensor and
the BSI sensor. remove any obstacles.
2 Blind spot information (BSI) System *
P. 486

106 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 107 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

• Lights up in green when RDM,

CMBSTM, and BSI * are on.
• Lights up in green and gray when
RDM, CMBSTM, or BSI * or any two
of these systems are off.

Instrument Panel
• Lights up in gray when RDM,
CMBSTM, and BSI * are off.
Safety Support 2 RDM On and Off P. 528
Indicator 2 CMBSTM On and Off P. 496
(Green/Gray) 2 BSI On and Off P. 488

* Not available on all models 107

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 108 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Driver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

The following messages appear only on the driver information interface. Press the (home) button, select Warnings, then press the left
selector wheel to see the message again with the system message indicator on.
Message Condition Explanation

• Appears when the vehicle is no longer able to run • Immediately stop in a safe place.
due to a malfunction. • Have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
Instrument Panel

• Appears when there is a risk that the vehicle will • While the vehicle is stopped, apply the parking brake.
move unexpectedly after you have stopped due to a • Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
malfunction with the vehicle.

• Appears when you set the power mode to ON again

and the vehicle is able to run.
2 Turning on the Power P. 458

108
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 109 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

• Appears if any door or the trunk is not completely • Disappears when all doors and the trunk are closed.
closed.
• Appears if any door or the trunk is opened while
driving. The beeper sounds.

Instrument Panel
Continued 109
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 110 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

• Appears when the engine oil pressure is low. • Appears while driving - Immediately stop in a safe
place.
2 If the Low Oil Pressure Symbol Appears P. 644
Instrument Panel

• Appears if there is a problem with the shutter grille, • Power output will be reduced, so you may not be able
and the radiator coolant temperature is too high. to accelerate or maintain your current speed. Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.

Canadian models • Refill the washer fluid.

• Appears when the washer fluid is low. 2 Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 588

• Appears when the scheduled maintenance is due

soon.
• Consequently, Maintenance Due Now and 2 Maintenance Minder Messages on the Driver
Maintenance Past Due follow. Information Interface P. 571

110
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 111 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

• Appears when there is a problem with the sensor on • Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
the 12-volt battery. 2 Checking the 12-Volt Battery P. 609

• Appears along with the 12-volt battery charging • Turn off the climate control system and rear defogger
system indicator when the 12-volt battery is not to reduce electricity consumption.

Instrument Panel
charging. 2 If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System Indicator
Comes On P. 644

• Appears when the engine coolant temperature is • Drive slowly to prevent overheating.
near its upper limit.

• Appears when the engine coolant temperature gets

abnormally high.
2 Overheating P. 641

Continued 111
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 112 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

• Appears if the automatic brake hold is automatically • Immediately depress the brake pedal.
canceled while it is in operation.
Instrument Panel

• Appears when the automatic brake hold system is

turned off.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 544

• Appears when the automatic brake hold button is • Fasten the driver’s seat belt.
pressed without wearing the driver’s seat belt. 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 544

• Appears when the automatic brake hold button is • Press the automatic brake hold button with the brake
pressed without depressing the brake pedal while pedal depressed.
the automatic brake hold is in operation. 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 544

112
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 113 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

• Appears when the parking brake is applied

automatically while it is in operation.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 544
2 Parking Brake P. 539

Instrument Panel
• Appears when the electric parking brake switch is • Press the electric parking brake switch with the brake
pressed without depressing the brake pedal while pedal depressed.
the electric parking brake is in operation. 2 Parking Brake P. 539

• Appears after you set the power mode to

ACCESSORY or ON.
Canadian models 2 Turning on the Power P. 458
• Appears after you unlock and open the driver’s
door.

Continued 113
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 114 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

• Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY.

—
Instrument Panel

• Appears after the driver’s door is opened when the • Press the POWER button twice with your foot off the
power mode is in ACCESSORY. brake pedal to change the power mode to VEHICLE
OFF.

• Appears when you close the door with the power • Disappears when you bring the smart entry remote
mode in ON without the smart entry remote inside back inside the vehicle and close the door.
the vehicle. 2 Smart Entry Remote Reminder P. 190

• Appears when the smart entry remote battery • Replace the battery as soon as possible.
becomes weak. 2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 611

114
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 115 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

• Appears if the smart entry remote battery is too • Bring the smart entry remote in front of the POWER
weak to turn on the power system or the key is not button to be touched with.
within operating range to turn on the power system. 2 If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak P. 637
A beeper sounds six times.

Instrument Panel
• Appears as soon as a problem is detected in the • Appears constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a
smart entry system or push button starting system. dealer.

• Appears if you press the POWER button while the • The message will disappear after six seconds or when
vehicle is moving. the power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF.

Continued 115
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 116 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

• Appears if the vehicle is being driven in a manner

consistent with drowsy or inattentive driving.
Instrument Panel

2 Driver Attention Monitor P. 148

116
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 117 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

• Appears when you set the power mode to OFF while • Immediately stop in a safe place, set the parking brake,
driving. then restart the power system. If the message
disappears, continue driving.

Instrument Panel
• Appears if the vehicle is stopped and the driver’s seat • When the vehicle is idling or when you are parking or
belt is unfastened, as there is a possibility that the exiting the vehicle, put the transmission into (P before
vehicle may roll. releasing the brake pedal.
2 Shift Operation P. 467

• Appears when you put the transmission into (N ,

then release the (N button.
2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N
position [car wash mode] P. 469

Continued 117
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 118 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

• Appears when you try to change the shift position • Release your foot off the accelerator pedal, then select
without releasing your foot off the accelerator pedal. a shift button.
Instrument Panel

• Appears when the (P button is pressed while the • Make sure that the vehicle comes to a stop before
vehicle is moving. operating the select button.
• Appears if you put the transmission into (R while
the vehicle is moving forward, or into (D while the
vehicle is reversing.

• Appears when you set the power mode to ON • Fasten the seat belt properly before you start to drive.
without fastening the driver’s seat belt. 2 Shift Operation P. 467
• Appears when you change the shift position after
(P has been automatically selected with the driver’s
door open, the driver’s seat belt unfastened, then
the brake pedal is released.

• Appears when you try to change the shift position • Depress the brake pedal, then select a shift button.
without depressing the brake pedal.

118
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 119 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

• Appears if you depress the accelerator pedal when • Release the accelerator pedal. After that, depress the
the transmission is in (N . brake pedal and change the transmission position.

Instrument Panel
• Appears when the shift is repeatedly changed • Wait for a while then change the shift position.
between (P and any other position.

• Appears when you press and hold (N button for • Disappears when you set the shift position to a shift
more than two seconds. other than (N .
2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N
position [car wash mode] P. 469

Continued 119
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 120 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

• Appears if there is a problem with the automatic • Appears while driving - Manually turn the lights on,
lighting control system. and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Instrument Panel

• Appears if there is a problem with the headlights. • Appears while driving - The headlights may not be
on. When conditions allow you to drive safety, have
your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible.

Models with parking sensor system • Check if the area around the sensor(s) is covered with
• Appears if there is a problem with the parking sensor mud, ice, snow, etc. If the indicator(s) stays on or the
system. beeper does not stop even after you clean the area,
have the system checked by a dealer.

Models with parking sensor system • Check for obstacles near your vehicle to make sure it is
• Appears if there are obstacles around the sensors. safe to park.

120
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 121 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

• Appears if there is a problem with the Auto high- • Manually operate the headlight switch.
beam. • If you are driving with the high-beam headlights when
this happens, the headlights are changed to low beams.

Instrument Panel
• Appears if anything covers the radar sensor cover • When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your vehicle in a
and prevents the sensor from detecting a vehicle in safe place, and wipe off dirt using a soft cloth.
front. • Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message
• May appear when driving in bad weather (rain, does not disappear even after you clean the sensor
snow, fog, etc.) cover.
2 Radar Sensor P. 538

• Appears if the temperature inside the front sensor • Use the climate control system to cool down the
camera is too high and the ACC with LSF, LKAS, camera.
traffic sign recognition system and auto high beam • Disappears - The camera has been cooled down and
cannot be activated. the systems are activated normally.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 536

• Appears if the area around the front sensor camera • When the front window gets dirty, stop your vehicle in
is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. and be prevented from a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.
detecting a vehicle in front. • Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message
• May appear when driving in bad weather (rain, does not disappear even after you cleaned the area
snow, fog, etc.) around the camera.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 536

Continued 121
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 122 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

• Appears when ACC with LSF has been automatically • You can resume the set speed after the condition that
canceled. caused ACC with LSF to cancel improves. Press the
RES/+ button.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 502
Instrument Panel

• Flashes when the system senses a likely collision with • Take the appropriate means to prevent a collision (apply
a vehicle in front of you. the brakes, change lanes, etc.)
2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
P. 493
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 502

122
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 123 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

• Appears when ACC with LSF is canceled due to • Reduce the speed, then reset ACC with LSF.
excessive high vehicle speed. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 502

Instrument Panel
• Appears when the speed of the vehicle is too high • Reduce the speed, then set ACC with LSF.
for you to set ACC with LSF. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 502

• Appears when the distance between your vehicle • ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled.
and the vehicle ahead of you is too close while ACC 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
with LSF is in operation. Follow (LSF) P. 502

• Appears when pressing the SET/– button while the • ACC with LSF cannot be set.
distance between your vehicle and the vehicle 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
ahead of you is too close. Follow (LSF) P. 502

Continued 123
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 124 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

• Appears just before the ACC with LSF is

automatically canceled when you are descending a
long hill etc. (The following interval is automatically
set to extra long).
Instrument Panel

2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 502
• Appears when the ACC with LSF has been
automatically canceled.

• Appears when you are descending a long hill etc.

and you press the RES/+ or SET/– button.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 502

124
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 125 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

• Appears when the driver’s seat belt is unfastened • ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled.
while your vehicle is automatically stopped by ACC 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
with LSF. Follow (LSF) P. 502

Instrument Panel
• Appears when pressing the SET/– button while the • ACC with LSF cannot be set.
driver’s seat belt is unfastened. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 502

• Appears when the shift position is changed to any • ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled.
position other than (D while ACC with LSF is in 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
operation. Follow (LSF) P. 502

• Appears when pressing the SET/– button while the • ACC with LSF cannot be set.
transmission is in any position other than (D . 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 502

Continued 125
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 126 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

• Appears when the vehicle is stopped on a very steep • ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled.
slope while ACC with LSF is in operation. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 502
Instrument Panel

● Appears when pressing the SET/– button while the ● ACC with LSF cannot be set.
vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 502

126
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 127 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

• Appears when the parking brake is applied • ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled.
automatically while ACC with LSF is in operation. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 502
2 Parking Brake P. 539

Instrument Panel
• Appears when pressing the SET/– button while the • ACC with LSF cannot be set.
parking brake is applied. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 502
2 Parking Brake P. 539

• Appears when pressing the SET/– button while the • ACC with LSF cannot be set.
vehicle is moving and the brake pedal is depressed. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 502

• Appears if ACC with LSF is canceled while your • Immediately depress the brake pedal.
vehicle is automatically stopped by ACC with LSF.

Continued 127
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 128 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) • Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving.
• Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected 2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 518
lane. The steering wheel vibrates rapidly.
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System • Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving.
Instrument Panel

• Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected 2 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System P. 526
lane. • You can change the setting for the road departure
When you selected Warning Only mitigation system. Narrow, Normal, Wide, and
- The steering wheel vibrates rapidly when the Warning Only can be selected.
2 Customized Features P. 367, 378
vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.
When you selected Narrow, Normal or Wide
- The steering wheel vibrates rapidly when the
vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane. The system
also steers the vehicle to help you remain within
your driving lane.
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
When you selected Narrow
• Appears when the vehicle is likely to drive out of a
—
detected lane.
The RDM system also steers the vehicle to help you
remain within your driving lane.

128
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 129 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

• Blinks when you fail to steer the vehicle. The beeper • Operate the steering wheel to resume the LKAS.
sounds simultaneously if selected by customization.

Instrument Panel
• Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS • If any other system indicators come on, such as the
button is pressed, but there is a problem with a VSA®, ABS and brake system, take appropriate action.
system related to the LKAS. The LKAS cancels 2 Indicators P. 82
automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously if
selected by customization.

Models with adaptive damper system • Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Your vehicle will
• Appears if there is a problem with the adaptive have normal damping ability without the adaptive
damper system. damper feature.

• Appears if the ECON mode or SPORT mode cannot

be changed due to certain situations, such as a
system error or adverse driving conditions. 2 ECON Button P. 475
2 SPORT Mode P. 471

Continued 129
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 130 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

• Appears when you unlock and open the driver’s

door while the power system is on by smart entry
remote.
2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback P. 460
Instrument Panel

• Appears if there is a problem with the acoustic • Have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
vehicle alerting system.

• Appears when the High Voltage battery is running • Contact a dealer immediately.
extremely low.

• Appears if the engine needs to be started when you

press the EV button.
—

130
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 131 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

• Appears when EV mode has been automatically

canceled.
2 EV Button P. 13

Instrument Panel
• Appears when the power system temperature is • Your vehicle has less ability to accelerate and may be
high. harder to start on an incline.
• Park in a safe place, and cool the system down.
2 Overheating P. 641

• Appears when the High Voltage battery temperature • Your vehicle has less ability to accelerate and may be
is low. harder to start on an incline.
• Disappears once you start driving as the High Voltage
battery warms up.

• Appears when the High Voltage battery temperature • You can start the engine and use the climate control
is too low to operate (approx. -22°F [-30°C] or system to warm up the interior, which will also warm
below). the High Voltage battery enough for you to drive the
vehicle.

Continued 131
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 132 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Message Condition Explanation

• Appears when the High Voltage battery and other • You must wait for an increase in the ambient
system control temperatures are too low to operate temperature or move the vehicle to a warmer location.
(approx. -40°F [-40°C] or below). • Consult a dealer if necessary.
Instrument Panel

• Appears if the power system is in diagnostic mode. • You may notice a decrease in available power. Have
your vehicle checked by a dealer.

• Appears when you failed to select EV mode or EV • EV mode is available once the condition is improved or
mode is automatically canceled. the cause that canceled EV mode is cleared.
• The cause may be shown with the following
message:
- Battery Temperature At Limit.
- Battery Charge Too Low.
- Engine Too Cold.
- Cabin Being Heated.
- Speed Too High.
- Hard Acceleration Requested.

132
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 133 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Gauges and Displays

Gauges
Gauges include the speedometer, fuel gauge, and related indicators. They are 1Speedometer
displayed when the power mode is in ON. You can show another speed unit on the driver
information interface and set the displayed
■ Speedometer measurements to read in either mph and km/h.
2 POWER/CHARGE Gauge P. 146
Displays your driving speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada).

Instrument Panel
■ Fuel Gauge 1Fuel Gauge
NOTICE
Displays the amount of fuel left in the fuel tank.
You should refuel when the reading approaches E .
Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire,
damaging the catalytic converter.

The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from

the fuel gauge reading.

Continued 133
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 134 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGauges and DisplaysuGauges

■ High Voltage Battery Charge Level Gauge 1High Voltage Battery Charge Level Gauge
The High Voltage battery charge level may decrease
Shows the remaining High Voltage battery charge level. under the following conditions:
• When the 12-volt battery has been replaced.
• When the 12-volt battery has been disconnected.
• When the High Voltage battery control system
corrects its reading.
Instrument Panel

The charge level reading will be corrected

automatically while driving.

Changes in the temperature of the High Voltage

battery can increase or decrease the battery’s
charging capacity. If temperature changes cause the
battery’s capacity to change, the number of
indicators in the battery charge level gauge may also
change, even if the amount of charging remains the
same.

134
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 135 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface

Driver Information Interface

The driver information interface shows the odometer, trip meter, outside 1Switching the Display
temperature indicator, and other gauges. To go back to the previous screen, press the *1
/
It also displays important messages such as warnings and other helpful information. *2
(back) button.

Models with Display Audio

■ Switching the Display You can edit, add, or delete the meter contents using
■ Accessing contents in the main display the audio/information screen.

Instrument Panel
Press the (home) button, then roll the left selector wheel to scroll to the content 2 Customizing the Meter P. 282
you want to see. Press the left selector wheel to see detailed information.

*1: Models with color audio

*2: Models with Display Audio

Continued 135
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 136 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface

P. 146 P. 144
Instrument Panel

P. 154
P. 152

P. 156
P. 144

P. 139

P. 148

P. 153

P. 151
Left Selector Wheel
P. 141
*
(Home) Button
P. 147
P. 147
Roll the left selector * *
wheel.

P. 145 P. 143

136 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 137 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface

■ Sub display
Press the TRIP button to change the display.

TRIP

Instrument Panel
TRIP TRIP

Odometer Trip A Trip B

TRIP Button Outside Temperature

■ Odometer
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers that your vehicle has accumulated.

Continued 137
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 138 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface

■ Trip Meter 1Trip Meter

Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers driven since the last reset. Meters A pressing the TRIP Button.
and B can be used to measure two separate trips.

■ Resetting a trip meter

To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the TRIP Button. The trip meter
Instrument Panel

is reset to 0.0.

■ Outside Temperature 1Outside Temperature

The temperature sensor is in the front bumper.
Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada). Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can
affect the temperature reading when your vehicle
■ Adjusting the outside temperature display speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h).
Adjust the temperature reading by up to ±5°F or ±3°C if the temperature reading
seems incorrect. It may take several minutes for the display to be
updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.
Use the customized features in the audio/information screen to correct the
temperature.
2 Customized Features P. 367, 378

138
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 139 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface

■ Range & Fuel

Roll the left selector wheel to switch between trip computer A and trip computer B.

Trip Computer A Range

Instrument Panel
Average Fuel
Economy

Instant Fuel
Economy
Trip Meter

Roll

Trip Computer B

Left Selector Wheel

Continued 139
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 140 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface

■ Trip meter 1Trip meter

Shows the total number of miles or kilometers driven since the last reset. Meters A Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by
and B can be used to measure two separate trips. rolling the left selector wheel.

Resetting a trip meter Resetting the trip meter in the Range & Fuel, the trip
meter in the sub display resets at the same time.
To reset the trip meter, display it, press the left selector wheel and then select Reset.
u The trip meter is reset to 0.0.
Instrument Panel

■ Average fuel economy (Avg. Fuel) 1Average fuel economy (Avg. Fuel)
Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg or l/100 km. You can change when the average fuel economy is
The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the average fuel reset.
economy is also reset. 2 Customized Features P. 367, 378

■ Instant fuel economy

Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg or l/100 km.

■ Range
Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining power and fuel. This
estimated distance is based on the vehicle’s current fuel economy.

140
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 141 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface

■ Speed & Time

Roll the left selector wheel to switch between trip computer A and trip computer B.

Trip Computer A

Instrument Panel
Average Speed

Elapsed Time

Trip Meter

Roll

Trip Computer B

Left Selector Wheel

Continued 141
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 142 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface

■ Trip meter 1Elapsed time

2 Trip meter P. 140 You can change when to reset the elapsed time.
2 Customized Features P. 367, 378
■ Elapsed time
Shows the time elapsed since the last time Trip A or Trip B was reset.

■ Average speed (Avg. Speed) 1Average speed (Avg. Speed)

Instrument Panel

Shows the average speed in mph or km/h since the last time Trip A or Trip B was You can change when to reset the average speed.
reset. 2 Customized Features P. 367, 378

142
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 143 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface

■ Navigation * 1Navigation *
Models with Display Audio
Models with Display Audio
Turn-by-turn directions will be shown on the driver
Display Audio shows you turn-by-turn information interface only when your android phone
directions to your destination. is connected to Android AutoTM.

Models with navigation system You can select whether to have the turn-by-turn

Instrument Panel
display come on or not during the route guidance.
When the navigation system is not providing
2 Customized Features P. 378
driving guidance, an image of a compass
appears in the driver information interface.
2 Refer to the navigation system
Turn-By-Turn Driving Directions

Compass

* Not available on all models Continued 143

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 144 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface

■ Warnings 1Warnings
If there are no Warnings, None message appears on
2 Driver Information Interface Warning and the driver information interface.
Information Messages P. 108
Instrument Panel

(Example)

■ Maintenance
■ Oil Life
Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance
MinderTM.
2 Maintenance MinderTM P. 569

144
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 145 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface

■ Phone *
Shows the current phone information.
2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 424

Instrument Panel
* Not available on all models Continued 145
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 146 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface

■ POWER/CHARGE Gauge
■ Electric motor
The degree to which the electric motor is
being powered is displayed by the readings on
the POWER side.
Instrument Panel

■ Battery charge in progress

The degree to which the High Voltage battery
is being charged is displayed by the readings
on the CHARGE side.

■ Speed unit
Enables you to show another speed unit on
the driver information interface and set the
displayed measurements to read in either mph
and km/h.

Press and hold the left selector wheel when

you select Power/Charge on the driver
information interface. Each time you do this,
the unit will change from mph to km/h or vice
versa. After this, a confirmation screen will
appear for a few seconds.

146
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 147 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface

■ Audio *
Shows the current audio information.
2 Audio System Basic Operation P. 267

Instrument Panel
■ Traffic Sign Recognition System
Shows the traffic sign recognition system.
2 Traffic Sign Recognition System P. 530

* Not available on all models Continued 147

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 148 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface

■ Driver Attention Monitor 1Driver Attention Monitor

The Driver Attention Monitor cannot always detect if
The Driver Attention Monitor analyzes steering inputs to determine if the vehicle is the driver is tired or inattentive.
being driven in a manner consistent with drowsy or inattentive driving. If it Regardless of the system’s feedback, if you are
determines that the vehicle is being driven in such a manner, it will display the feeling tired, stop in a safe location and rest for as
degree of the driver’s attention on the driver information interface. long as needed.
Instrument Panel

Driver Information
(Home) Button Interface

Left Selector Wheel

When you select Driver Attention on the

driver information interface, bars on it light up
in white to indicate the degree of the driver’s
attention.
2 Accessing contents in the main display
P. 135

Level

148
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 149 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface

If two bars light up, the Driver Attention

Level Low message will appear.

Instrument Panel
If one bar lights up, the Driver Attention
Level Low. Time For A Break message will
appear, a beep will sound, and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
If this message appears, stop in a safe location
and rest for as long as needed.
The message will disappear when the left
selector wheel is pressed or when the system
has determined that the driver is driving
normally.
If the driver does not take a break and the
monitor continues to detect that the driver is
very tired, the message will appear again after
approximately 15 minutes, accompanied by a
beep and steering wheel vibrations.
The message does not appear when the
traveling time is 30 minutes or less.

Continued 149
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 150 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface

■ The Driver Attention Monitor resets when: 1For the Driver Attention Monitor to function:
• The power system is turned off. The bars on the driver information interface remain
• The driver unfastens the seat belt and opens the door while the vehicle is stopped. grayed out unless the Driver Attention Monitor is
functioning.
■ For the Driver Attention Monitor to function:
• The vehicle must be traveling above 25 mph (40 km/h).
• The electric power steering (EPS) system indicator must be off.
Instrument Panel

■ Depending on driving conditions or other factors, the Driver Attention

Monitor may not function in the following circumstances:
• The steering assist function of the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) is active.
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 518
• The condition of the road is poor, e.g. the surface is unpaved or bumpy.
• It is windy.
• The driver is frequently operating the vehicle in an assertive manner such as
changing lanes or accelerating.

■ Customizing
You can change the Driver Attention Monitor settings. Select Tactile and Audible
Alert*1/Tactile And Audible Alert*2, Tactile Alert, or Off*1/OFF*2.
2 Customized Features P. 367, 378

*1: Models with color audio

*2: Models with Display Audio

150
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 151 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface

■ Driving Support Information 1Driving Support Information

In case ACC with LSF is not activated, when the
Shows the distance between your vehicle and distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead
the vehicle detected ahead. becomes to small, the section behind the vehicle icon
Informs you whether ACC with LSF and/or turns amber and alerts you.
LKAS is activated or not. If ACC with LSF is
activated, the set following interval is

Instrument Panel
displayed. If LKAS is activated, the displayed
lane marks change to indicate that LKAS is
Icon of vehicle ahead activated.
Distance of vehicle ahead 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow (LSF) P. 502
When ACC with LSF and LKAS is in On 2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 518
Set Vehicle Interval Amber gradation

ACC with LSF on: The section

behind the vehicle icon turns
green.
LKAS on: The lane outlines appear
on the display.
LKAS starts: The lane lines change
to solid ones.
LKAS suspend: The lane lines
change to dotted ones.

Continued 151
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 152 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface

■ Safety Support 1Safety Support

If a system is indicated by the color amber, have your
Indicates the state of RDM, CMBSTM and BSI *, such as On, Off, or Failure, by color vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
and letters.
To turn on or off each system, first rotate the left
The following colors indicate the state of any of the above mentioned systems: selector wheel to switch displays. From the next
• Green: The system is on. display you can select which system to turn on or off.
Instrument Panel

2 RDM On and Off P. 528

• Gray: The system is off.
2 CMBSTM On and Off P. 496
• Amber: There is a problem with the system. 2 BSI On and Off P. 488

Area Info for CMBSTM You can also confirm the state of the each function
by the color of the safety support indicator.
2 Safety Support Indicator (Amber) P. 104
2 Safety Support Indicator (Green/Gray)
CMBSTM Icon RDM Icon and P. 107
and State Info State Info
Area Info for
RDM

Area Info for

BSI *
BSI Icon and
State Info *

152 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 153 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface

■ Average Fuel Economy Records

Shows the average fuel economy for the last
three driving cycles (1-3), and the current
driving cycle (0) in mpg or l/100 km.

Each time you set the power mode to ON, the

Instrument Panel
display is updated, and the oldest record is
deleted.

Continued 153
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 154 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface

■ Eco Drive Display/Drive Cycle Score/Lifetime Points 1Eco Drive Display

Switch between the average fuel economy A and
■ Eco Drive Display average fuel economy B by rolling the left selector
The vehicle icon on the display moves forward or backward while driving. wheel.
The more aggressive the acceleration is, the further the icon moves forward.
The more aggressive the deceleration is, the further the icon moves backward.
Keep the icon near the center of the circle for better fuel economy while driving.
Instrument Panel

Aggressive Moderate Slow Moderate Aggressive

Deceleration Deceleration Acceleration/ Acceleration Acceleration
Deceleration

Vehicle Icon

Average Fuel
Economy

154
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 155 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface

■ Drive Cycle Score/Lifetime Points

Appear for a few seconds when you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF. Each has
three stages. Depending on your driving style, the leaf icon(s) and the gauge
increase or decrease to indicate that you have reached a different stage of fuel
economy.
Drive Cycle Score

Instrument Panel
Advancing Advancing
to 2nd to 3rd
Stage Stage

Receding Receding
to 1st to 2nd
Stage Stage
Lifetime Points

■ Resetting the Drive Cycle Score

1. Make sure the shift position is in (P . Set the power mode to ON.
2. If ECON mode is on, press the ECON button to turn it off.
3. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF.
4. Set the power mode to ON again.
u Make sure to complete steps from 4 through 6 within 30 seconds.
5. Depress the brake pedal twice.
u The color of the ambient meter will change from blue to green.
u When the Fuel Efficiency Backlight setting on the audio/information screen
is off, the color stays blue.
6. Press the ECON button twice.
u The color of the ambient meter will turn to monochrome.
7. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF.

Continued 155
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 156 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface

■ Power Flow Monitor 1Power Flow Monitor

While the vehicle is stationary with the engine
Displays the power flow of the motor and engine, indicating the vehicle’s power running, the following may appear on the driver
source and whether the battery is being charged. information interface.

Engine ON
Instrument Panel

Power Flow
Engine OFF
Engine

Hybrid (HV) Electric Vehicle (EV) Engine (Direct Drive)

Power is supplied Power is supplied The engine is running
by the motor and by the motor. and the motor is
the engine. charging the High
Voltage battery.

Regeneration Power is being The engine is running

The motor is supplied by only and the motor is
charging the High the engine. charging the High
Voltage battery. Voltage battery.

156
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 157 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display *

Head-Up Display *
Shows the current mode for ACC with LSF, POWER/CHARGE gauge, traffic sign
recognition system, shift position indicator, or turn-by-turn directions along with the
vehicle speed. You can choose which item to be displayed using the (HUD)
button on the steering wheel. They are displayed when the power mode is in ON.

To turn the head-up display on and off : Press the HUD button on the driver
side control panel.

Instrument Panel
The display can be moved up and down to come level with your eyes.
To raise or lower the head-up display : Press and hold the 3 or 4 button until
the desired position is reached.

Press and hold the 3 button

Head-Up Display to raise the display.
3 / 4 Button

HUD Button
Press and hold the 4 button
to lower the display.

* Not available on all models Continued 157

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 158 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display *

The display also shows the following

Lane Departure Warning warnings.
• Lane Departure Warning: When your
vehicle is too close to the traffic lane lines,
the lane departure warning appears.
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
P. 518
Instrument Panel

• Head-up Warning Lights: Flash when the

BRAKE message appears on the driver
information interface.
2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM
(CMBSTM) P. 493
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with
Low Speed Follow (LSF) P. 502

158
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 159 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display *

■ To Change Head-Up Display Content

Each time you press the (HUD) button on the steering wheel, the head-up display
content will change.

Head-Up Display

Instrument Panel
Current Mode for ACC Vehicle Speed, Traffic POWER/CHARGE Gauge, Shift
with LSF and the LKAS, Sign Recognition Position Indicator, Deceleration
Vehicle Speed, Traffic System Paddle Selector Indicator,
Sign Recognition System Vehicle Speed, Traffic Sign
Recognition System

Turn-by-Turn Compass, Vehicle Traffic Sign Recognition

Directions, Vehicle Speed, Traffic Sign System, Vehicle Speed
Speed, Traffic Sign Recognition System
Recognition System
(HUD) Button

Continued 159
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 160 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display *

■ Vehicle Speed 1Vehicle Speed

Switch between mph and km/h by using the driver
Shows your driving speed in mph or km/h. information interface or customized features on the
audio/information screen.
■ POWER/CHARGE Gauge 2 Speed unit P. 146
2 Customized Features P. 378
Shows the degree for POWER/CHARGE as a bar graph.
Instrument Panel

■ Shift Position Indicator

Shows the current shift position.
2 Shift Position Indicator P. 90

■ Deceleration Paddle Selector Indicator

Shows the current deceleration stage for the deceleration paddle selector.
2 Deceleration Paddle Selector Indicator P. 90
2 Shifting P. 465

■ Current Mode for ACC with LSF and the LKAS

Shows the current mode for ACC with LSF and the LKAS.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) P. 502
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 518

160
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 161 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display *

■ Turn-by-Turn Directions 1Turn-by-Turn Directions

The head-up display shows a compass when the
Shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your destination linked with the route guidance is not used.
navigation system.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual You can select whether the turn-by-turn display
comes on during the route guidance.
2 Customized Features P. 378
■ Traffic Sign Recognition System

Instrument Panel
Shows the traffic sign recognition system.
2 Traffic Sign Recognition System P. 530

161
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 162 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

162
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 163 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Controls
This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving.

Clock .................................................. 164 Security System Alarm...................... 181 Heated Windshield Button * ............. 200
Locking and Unlocking the Doors Opening and Closing the Windows.... 184 Brightness Control ........................... 201
Key Type and Functions ................... 166 Opening and Closing the Moonroof * ..... 187 Driving Position Memory System * .... 203
Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength .... 167 Operating the Switches Around the Adjusting the Steering Wheel .......... 205
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Steering Wheel Adjusting the Mirrors
Outside .......................................... 168 POWER Button................................. 188 Interior Rearview Mirror ................... 206
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Turn Signals ..................................... 191 Power Door Mirrors ......................... 207
Inside ............................................. 174 Light Switches.................................. 191 Adjusting the Seats .......................... 208
Childproof Door Locks ..................... 176 Fog Lights * ...................................... 193 Interior Lights/Interior Convenience
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .......... 177 Daytime Running Lights ................... 194 Items ................................................ 217
Opening and Closing the Trunk....... 178 Auto High-Beam .............................. 195 Climate Control System
Security System Wipers and Washers ........................ 198 Using Automatic Climate Control .... 232
Immobilizer System .......................... 181 Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button .. 200 Automatic Climate Control Sensors......235

* Not available on all models 163

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 164 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Clock
Adjusting the Clock
You can adjust the time manually in the audio/information screen, with the power 1Clock
mode in ON. Models with navigation system
The clock is automatically updated through the
■ Adjusting the Time navigation system, so the time does not need to be
adjusted.
Models with color audio
MENU/CLOCK Button Models with color audio
1. Press and hold the MENU/CLOCK button.
u Adjust Clock is selected. These indications are used to show how to operate
the selector knob.
2. Rotate to change hour, then press .
Rotate to select.
3. Rotate to change minute, then press
Controls

Press to enter.
.
4. To enter the selection, rotate and select You can customize the clock display to show the 12
Set, then press . hour clock or 24 hour clock.
Selector Knob 2 Customized Features P. 367

You can turn the clock display on and off.

2 Customized Features P. 367

164
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 165 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuClockuAdjusting the Clock

Models with Display Audio 1Clock

1. Push , then select Settings. Models with Display Audio
2. Select System. You can also adjust the clock by touching the clock
3. Select Day & Time. displayed on the upper right corner of the display or
4. Select Set Date & Time. the Clock icon on the home screen.
1. Touch the clock on the display.
5. Select Automatic Date & Time, then
The clock screen of the select face-type appears.
select OFF.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Date & Time.
To adjust time: 4. Select Set Date & Time.
6. Select Set Time.

Controls
5. Select Automatic Date & Time, then select OFF.
7. Selecting 3 / 4 . 6. Select Set Date or Set Time.
8. Select Save to set the time. 7. Adjusting the dates, hours and minutes by
selecting 3 / 4 .
8. Select Save to set the time.
To adjust date:
6. Select Set Date. You can customize the clock display to show the 12
7. Selecting 3 / 4 . hour clock or 24 hour clock.
8. Select Save to set the date. 2 Customized Features P. 367, 378

You can customize the date display to MM/DD/

YYYY, DD/MM/YYYY or YYYY/MM/DD.
2 Customized Features P. 367

165
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 166 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Locking and Unlocking the Doors

Key Type and Functions
This vehicle comes with the following key: 1Key Type and Functions
Use the keys to turn on and off the power All the keys have an immobilizer system. The
system, and to lock and unlock all the doors, immobilizer system helps to protect against vehicle
fuel fill door and to open the trunk. You can theft.
also use the smart entry system to lock and 2 Immobilizer System P. 181
unlock all the doors, fuel fill door and to open
Follow the advice below to prevent damage to the
the trunk. keys:
• Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in
locations with high temperature or high humidity.
• Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them.
Controls

• Keep the keys away from liquids, dust and sand.

• Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the
■ Built-in Key battery.
The built-in key can be used to lock/unlock the If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the power
Release Knob system may not activate, and the remote transmitter
doors when the smart entry remote battery
may not work.
becomes weak and the power door lock/
If the keys do not work properly, have them
unlock operation is disabled. inspected by a dealer.

To remove the built-in key, slide the release You can remotely turn the power system on using the
knob and then pull out the key. To reinstall remote engine start.
the built-in key, push the built-in key into the 2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle
Built-in Key Feedback P. 460
smart entry remote until it clicks.

166
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 167 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLow Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength

■ Key Number Tag 1Key Number Tag

Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a
Contains a number that you will need if you safe place outside of your vehicle.
purchase a replacement key. If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact a
dealer.

If you lose your key and you cannot activate the

power system, contact a dealer.

Controls
Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength
1Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength
The vehicle transmits radio waves to locate the smart entry remote when locking/
unlocking the doors, and fuel fill door, opening the trunk, or to activate the power Communication between the smart entry remote and
the vehicle consumes the smart entry remote’s
system.
battery.
Battery life is about two years, but this varies
In the following cases, locking/unlocking the doors, and fuel fill door, opening the depending on regularity of use.
trunk, or activating the power system may be inhibited or operation may be The battery is consumed whenever the smart entry
unstable: remote is receiving strong radio waves. Avoid placing
• Strong radio waves are being transmitted by nearby equipment. it near electrical appliances such as televisions and
personal computers.
• You are carrying the smart entry remote together with telecommunications
equipment, laptop computers, cell phones, or wireless devices.
• A metallic object is touching or covering the smart entry remote.

167
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 168 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

■ Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System 1Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
If the interior light switch is in the door activated
When you carry the smart entry remote, you position, the interior lights come on when you unlock
can lock/unlock the doors, fuel fill door and the doors.
open the trunk. No doors opened: The light fades out after 30
You can lock/unlock the doors and fuel fill seconds.
Doors relocked: The light goes off immediately.
door within a radius of about 32 inches (80 2 Interior Lights P. 217
cm) of the outside door handle. You can open
the trunk within about 32 inches (80 cm) 1Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System
radius from the trunk release button. If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of
Controls

unlocking the vehicle with the smart entry system,

the doors and trunk will automatically relock.
■ Locking the doors and the trunk
You can lock or unlock doors using the smart entry
Door Lock Touch the door lock sensor on the front door. system only when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF.
Sensor u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper
sounds; all the doors and trunk lock; and • Do not leave the smart entry remote in the vehicle
the security system sets. when you get out. Carry it with you.
• Even if you are not carrying the smart entry remote,
you can lock/unlock the doors while someone else
with the remote is within range.
• The door may be locked or unlocked if the door
handle is covered with water in heavy rain or in a
car wash if the smart entry remote is within range.
• If you grip a front door handle or touch a door lock
sensor wearing gloves, the door sensor may be
slow to respond or may not respond by locking or
unlocking the doors.
• After locking the door, you have up to two seconds
during which you can pull the door handle to
confirm whether the door is locked. If you need to
unlock the door immediately after locking it, wait
at least two seconds before gripping the handle,
otherwise the door will not unlock.

168
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 169 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

■ Unlocking the doors and the trunk 1Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System
Grab the driver’s door handle: • The door might not open if you pull it immediately
u The driver’s door and fuel fill door after gripping the door handle. Grip the handle
unlocks. again and confirm that the door is unlocked before
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the pulling the handle.
beeper sounds twice. • Even within the 32 inches (80 cm) radius, you may
not be able to lock/unlock the doors with the smart
Grab the front passenger’s door handle:
entry remote if it is above or below the outside
u All the doors unlock. handle.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the • The smart entry remote may not operate if it is too
beeper sounds twice.

Controls
close to the door and door glass.
Press the trunk release button:
The light flash, beep and door unlock mode settings
u The trunk unlocks and opens.
can be customized using the audio/information
u Some exterior lights flash and the beeper screen.
sounds. 2 Customized Features P. 367, 378
2 Using the Trunk Release Button P. 179

Trunk Release
Button

Continued 169
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 170 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

■ Locking the doors and trunk (Walk 1Locking the doors and trunk (Walk away auto lock)
away auto lock) The auto lock function is set to OFF as the factory
When you walk away from the vehicle while default setting. The auto lock function can be set to
carrying the remote, the doors will ON using the audio/information screen.
automatically lock. If you set the auto lock function to ON using the
audio/information screen, only the remote that was
The auto lock function activates when all
used to unlock the driver’s door prior to the setting
doors are closed, and the remote is within
change can activate auto lock.
about 5 feet (1.5 m) radius of the outside door 2 Customized Features P. 367, 378
The activation range of handle.
the auto lock function is
Exit vehicle while carrying remote and close
Controls

about 5 feet (1.5 m) After the auto lock function has been activated,
door(s). when you stay within the locking/unlocking
1. While within about 5 feet (1.5 m) radius of operation range, the indicator on the remote will
continue to flash until the doors are locked.
the vehicle.
u The beeper sounds; the auto lock When you stay beside the vehicle within the
function will be activated. operation range, the doors will automatically lock
2. Carry the remote beyond about 5 feet (1.5 approximately 30 seconds after the auto lock
m) from the vehicle and remain outside this function activating beeper sounds.
range for 2 or more seconds.
u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper When you open a door after the auto lock function
activating beeper sounds, the auto lock function will
sounds; all doors will then lock.
be delayed until all doors are closed.

When all doors have been closed and the remote is

inside the vehicle, or if the remote is not detected
within about 5 feet (1.5 m) of the vehicle, auto lock
function will not be activated.

170
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 171 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

To temporarily deactivate the function: 1Locking the doors and trunk (Walk away auto lock)
1. Set the power mode to OFF. The auto lock function does not operate when any of
2. Open the driver’s door. the following conditions are met.
3. Using the master door lock switch, operate • The remote is inside the vehicle.
the lock as follows: • A door or the hood is not closed.
Lock Unlock Lock Unlock. • The power mode is set to any mode other than
OFF.
u The beeper sounds and the function is
• The remote is not located within a radius of about
deactivated. 5 feet (1.5 m) from the vehicle when you get out of
the vehicle and close the doors.
To restore the function:

Controls
• Set the power mode to ON. Auto lock function operation stop beeper
• Lock the vehicle without using the auto lock After the auto lock function has been activated, the
auto lock operation stop beeper sounds for
function.
approximately two seconds in the following cases.
• Walk away at least more than about 5 feet • The remote is put inside the vehicle through a
(1.5 m) away from the vehicle while window.
carrying the remote. • You are located too close to the vehicle.
• Open any door. • The remote is put inside the trunk.
If the warning beeper sounds, check that you are
carrying the remote. Then, open/close a door and
confirm the auto lock activation beeper sounds once.

Continued 171
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 172 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

■ Using the Remote Transmitter 1Using the Remote Transmitter

If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of
■ Locking the doors unlocking the vehicle with the remote transmitter,
Press the lock button. the doors will automatically relock.
LED Once:
Lock You can change the relock timer setting.
Button u Some exterior lights flash, all the doors 2 Customized Features P. 367, 378
and fuel fill door lock, and the security
system sets. The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so
the operating range may vary depending on the
Twice (within five seconds after the first
surroundings.
push):
Controls

Unlock Button
u The beeper sounds and verifies the You can lock or unlock doors using the remote
security system is set. transmitter only when the power mode in VEHICLE
OFF.
■ Unlocking the doors
The remote will not lock the vehicle when a door is
Press the unlock button.
open.
Once:
u Some exterior lights flash twice, and the If the distance at which the remote transmitter works
driver’s door and fuel fill door unlocks. varies, the battery is probably low.
Twice: If the LED does not come on when you press a
u The remaining doors unlock. button, the battery is dead.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 611

You can customize the door unlock mode setting.

2 Customized Features P. 367, 378

172
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 173 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

■ Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key 1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
When you lock the driver’s door with a key, all the
If the lock or unlock button of the remote other doors lock at the same time. When unlocking,
does not work, use the key instead. the driver’s door unlocks first. Turn the key a second
time within a few seconds to unlock the remaining
Lock Fully insert the key and turn it. doors.

You can customize the door unlock mode setting.

2 Customized Features P. 367, 378
Unlock

Controls
■ Locking a Door Without Using a Key 1Locking a Door Without Using a Key
When you lock the driver’s door, all the other doors
If you do not have the key on you, or if for lock at the same time.
some reason you cannot lock a door using the Before locking a door, make sure that the key is not
key, you can lock the door without it. inside the vehicle.

■ Locking the front doors

Push the lock tab forward a or push the
master door lock switch in the lock direction
b, and close the door.

■ Locking the rear doors

Push the lock tab forward and close the door.

■ Lockout prevention system

The doors cannot be locked when the smart entry remote is inside the vehicle.

173
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 174 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside

■ Using the Lock Tab 1Using the Lock Tab
When you lock the door using the lock tab on the
■ Locking a door driver’s door, all the other doors and the fuel fill door
To Lock Lock Tab Push the lock tab forward. lock at the same time.
When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the
■ Unlocking a door driver’s door, only the driver’s door will unlock.
Pull the lock tab rearward.
To Unlock
Controls

174
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 175 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside

■ Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle 1Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
The front door inner handles are designed to allow
Pull the front door inner handle. front seat occupants to open the door in one motion.
u The door unlocks and opens in one However, this feature requires that front seat
motion. occupants never pull a front door inner handle while
the vehicle is in motion.

Children should always ride in a rear seat where

Inner Handle
childproof door locks are provided.
2 Childproof Door Locks P. 176

Controls
Unlocking and opening the driver’s door from the inner handle unlocks all the other
doors and fuel fill door.

To avoid all the doors to be unlocked, use the lock tab on the driver’s door to unlock,
then lock again before opening the door.
u This setting works for one time only. If you do not want all the doors to be
unlocked all the time, customize the Auto Door Unlock setting to Off*1/OFF*2
using the audio/information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 367, 378

*1: Models with color audio

*2: Models with Display Audio

Continued 175
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 176 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuChildproof Door Locks

■ Using the Master Door Lock Switch 1Using the Master Door Lock Switch
When you lock/unlock either front door using the
Press the master door lock switch in as shown master lock switch, all the other doors lock/unlock at
To Unlock
to lock or unlock all the doors and fuel fill the same time.
door.

To Lock
Master Door
Controls

Lock Switch

Childproof Door Locks

1Childproof Door Locks
The childproof door locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from the inside
regardless of the position of the lock tab. To open the door from the inside when the
childproof door lock is on, put the lock tab in the
unlock position, lower the rear window, put your
■ Setting the Childproof Door Locks hand out of the window, and pull the outside door
handle.
Slide the lever in the rear door to the lock
position, and close the door.

Unlock
■ When opening the door
Open the door using the outside door handle.

Lock

176
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 177 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking

Auto Door Locking/Unlocking

Your vehicle locks or unlocks all doors automatically when a certain condition is met. 1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
You can turn off or change to another auto door
■ Auto Door Locking locking/unlocking setting using the audio/
information screen.
■ Drive lock mode 2 Customized Features P. 367, 378
All doors lock when the vehicle’s speed reaches about 10 mph (15 km/h).

■ Auto Door Unlocking

■ Driver’s door open mode

Controls
All doors unlock when the driver’s door is opened.

177
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 178 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Opening and Closing the Trunk

Precautions for Opening/Closing the Trunk
■ Opening the trunk
Open the trunk all the way.
u If it is not fully opened, the trunk lid may begin to close under its own weight.

■ Closing the trunk

Keep the trunk lid closed while driving to:
u Avoid possible damage.
u Prevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle.
2 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 78
Controls

Using the Trunk Opener

Press and hold the trunk opener on the
driver’s door unlocks and opens the trunk.
2 When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 657

Trunk
Opener

178
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 179 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuUsing the Trunk Release Button

Using the Trunk Release Button

Push up the release button on the trunk lid 1Using the Trunk Release Button
after the doors are unlocked. • If you forget the smart entry remote inside, the
2 When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 657 beeper will sound and the trunk will not close.
• A person who is not carrying the smart entry
Even if the trunk is locked, you can open the remote can unlock the trunk if a person who is
carrying it is within range.
trunk if you carry the smart entry remote.
• If the beeper sounds after you close the trunk,
u Some exterior lights flash and the beeper move the smart entry remote away from the trunk
Trunk Release sounds. and close again.
Button • The smart entry remote may not operate if it is too

Controls
close to the trunk.

Using the Remote Transmitter

Press the trunk release button for
approximately one second to unlock and open
the trunk.

Trunk
Release
Button

179
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 180 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuTrunk Main Switch

Trunk Main Switch

The trunk main switch disables the trunk 1Trunk Main Switch
Main Switch
release button on the remote transmitter, If you need to give the key to someone else, remove
trunk release button on the trunk lid and the built-in key from the smart entry remote by
trunk opener on the driver’s door to protect sliding the release knob, and give the remote as a
ON
luggage in the trunk. valet key.
1. Make sure the rear seat-back is not folded
down.
2. Turn off the trunk main switch in the glove
OFF
box.
Controls

3. Lock the glove box.

Emergency Trunk Opener

1Emergency Trunk Opener
The trunk release lever allows you to open the
trunk from inside for your safety. Parents should decide if their children should be
shown how to use this feature.

Slide the release lever in the direction of the

arrow.

Lever

180
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 181 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Security System
Immobilizer System
The immobilizer system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from 1Immobilizer System
starting the power system. Each key contains electronic transmitters that use NOTICE
electronic signals to verify the key. Leaving the key in the vehicle can result in theft or
accidental movement of the vehicle.
Pay attention to the following when pressing the POWER button: Always take the key with you whenever you leave the
• Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the POWER button. vehicle unattended.
• Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object.
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.
• Do not bring a key from another vehicle’s immobilizer system near the POWER
Doing so may damage the system and make your
button. vehicle inoperable.

Controls
• Do not put the key near magnetic items. Electronic device, such as televisions and
audio systems emit strong magnetic fields. Note that even a key chain can Canadian models
become magnetic. Apply and hold the brake pedal before turning the
vehicle on the first time after the battery has been
disconnected.
Security System Alarm
1Security System Alarm
The security system alarm activates when the trunk, hood or doors are forcibly
opened. The alarm does not activate if the trunk or doors are opened with the key, Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.
Doing so may damage the system and make your
remote transmitter or smart entry system.
vehicle inoperable.
However, the alarm activates if a door is opened with the key and then the hood is
opened before the power mode is set to ON. The security alarm continues for a maximum of two
minutes until the security system alarm deactivates.
■ When the security system alarm activates
The horn sounds intermittently, and some the exterior lights flash.

■ To deactivate the security system alarm

Unlock the vehicle using the key, remote transmitter, or smart entry system, or the
power mode is set to ON. The system, along with the horn and flashing lights, is
deactivated.

Continued 181
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 182 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm

■ Setting the security system alarm 1Security System Alarm

The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have Do not set the security system alarm when someone
been met: is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can
• The power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF. accidentally activate when:
• The hood and trunk are closed. • Unlocking the door with the lock tab.
• All doors are locked from outside with the key, the remote transmitter, or smart • Opening the trunk with the trunk opener or the
emergency trunk opener.
entry system.
• Opening the hood with the hood release.

■ When the security system alarm sets If the 12-volt battery goes dead after you have set the
The security system alarm indicator in the instrument panel blinks. When the
Controls

security system alarm, the security alarm may activate

blinking interval changes after about 15 seconds, the security system alarm is set. once the 12-volt battery is recharged or replaced.
If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by
unlocking a door using the key, remote transmitter or
■ To cancel the security system alarm
smart entry system.
The security system alarm is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the remote
transmitter, or smart entry system, or the power mode is set to ON. The security
system alarm indicator goes off at the same time.

182
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 183 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm

■ Panic Mode
■ The panic button on the remote
transmitter
If you press the panic button for
approximately one second, the following will
occur for about 30 seconds:
• The horn sounds.
• Some exterior lights flash.

Controls
Panic Button

■ Canceling panic mode

• Press any button on the remote transmitter.
• Set the power mode to ON.

183
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 184 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Opening and Closing the Windows

Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be opened and closed when the power mode is in ON, 1Opening/Closing the Power Windows
using the switches on the doors. The driver’s side switches can be used to open and
close all the windows. 3 WARNING
Closing a power window on someone’s
The power window lock button on the driver’s side must be switched off (not hands or fingers can cause serious injury.
pushed in, indicator off) to open and close the windows from anywhere other than
the driver’s seat. Make sure your passengers are away from
the windows before closing them.
When the power window lock button is pushed in, the indicator comes on and you
Controls

can only operate the driver’s window. Turn the power window lock button on if a The power windows can be operated for up to 10
child is in the vehicle. minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE
OFF.
Opening either front door cancels this function.
■ Opening/Closing Windows with Auto-Open/Close Function
■ Manual operation Auto Reverse
On If a power window senses resistance when closing
To open: Push the switch down lightly, and
Off automatically, it will stop closing and reverse
Power Window
hold it until the desired position is reached. direction.
Lock Button To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it
until the desired position is reached. The driver’s window auto reverse function is disabled
Indicator
when you continuously pull up the switch.
■ Automatic operation
Driver’s To open: Push the switch down firmly. The auto reverse function stops sensing when the
Window window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.
Switch To close: Pull the switch up firmly.
Front Passenger’s
Window Switch
The window opens or closes completely. To
stop the window at any time, push or pull the
switch briefly.

184
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 185 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows

■ Opening/Closing Windows without Auto-Open/Close

Function
To open: Push the switch down.
To close: Pull the switch up.
Close
Release the switch when the window reaches
Open
the desired position.

Controls
■ Opening the Windows and Moonroof * with the Remote
To open: Press the unlock button, and then
within 10 seconds, press it again and hold it.

If the windows and moonroof stop midway,

repeat the procedure.

Unlock
Button

* Not available on all models Continued 185

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 186 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows

■ Opening/Closing the Windows and Moonroof * with the Key

To open: Unlock the driver’s door with the
key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to
the central position, turn the key in the unlock
direction and hold it there.
To close: Lock the driver’s door with the key.
Close Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the
central position, turn the key in the lock
Open
direction and hold it there.
Controls

Release the key to stop the windows and

moonroof at the desired position. If you want
further adjustment, repeat the same
operation.

186 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 187 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Opening and Closing the Moonroof *

■ Opening/Closing the Moonroof 1Opening/Closing the Moonroof

You can only operate the moonroof when the power mode is in ON. Use the switch 3 WARNING
in the front of the ceiling to open and close the moonroof. Opening or closing the moonroof on
■ Automatic operation someone’s hands or fingers can cause
Open To open: Pull the switch back firmly. serious injury.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly.
Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of
The moonroof will automatically open or close the moonroof before opening or closing it.
all the way. To stop the moonroof midway,

Controls
Close Tilt pull or push the switch briefly.
NOTICE
Opening the moonroof in below freezing
■ Manual operation temperature or when it is covered with snow or ice
To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and can damage the moonroof panel or motor.
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and The power moonroof can be operated for up to 10
hold it until the desired position is reached. minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE
OFF.
Opening either front door cancels this function.
■ Tilting the moonroof up
To tilt: Push on the center of the moonroof When resistance is detected, the auto reverse
switch. function causes the moonroof to change directions,
then stop. Auto reverse stops sensing when the
To close: Push the switch forward firmly, moonroof is almost closed to ensure that it fully
then release. closes.

You can use the remote transmitter or the key to

operate the moonroof.
2 Opening the Windows and Moonroof *
with the Remote P. 185
2 Opening/Closing the Windows and
Moonroof * with the Key P. 186

* Not available on all models 187

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 188 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel

POWER Button
■ Changing the Power Mode 1POWER Button
POWER Button Operating Range
You can start the power system when the smart entry
remote is inside the vehicle.
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
The button is off.
The power to all electrical components is turned Operating Range
off.
Controls

ACCESSORY
The button blinks (in red).
Operate the audio system and other accessories in
this position.
The power system may also start if the smart entry
remote is close to the door or window, even if it is
outside the vehicle.

ON ON mode:
The button blinks (in red). The button is on (in red), if the power system is on.
All electrical components can be used.
If the battery of the smart entry remote is getting
Without pressing low, the power system may not start when you press
the brake pedal the POWER button. If the power system does not
Press the button. start, refer to the following link.
2 If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
P. 637

Do not leave the power mode in ACCESSORY or ON

when you get out.

188
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 189 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluPOWER Button

■ Automatic Power Off

If you leave the vehicle for 30 to 60 minutes with the transmission in (P and the
power mode in ACCESSORY, the vehicle automatically goes into the mode similar to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to avoid draining the 12-volt battery.

■ Power Mode Reminder

If you open the driver’s door when the power mode is in ACCESSORY, a warning
beep sounds.

Controls
Continued 189
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 190 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluPOWER Button

■ Smart Entry Remote Reminder 1Smart Entry Remote Reminder

When the smart entry remote is within the system’s
Warning buzzers may sound from inside and/ operational range, and the driver’s door is closed, the
or outside the vehicle to remind you that the warning function cancels.
smart entry remote is out of the vehicle. If the
buzzer continues even after the remote is put If the smart entry remote is taken out of the vehicle
back inside, place it to be within its after the power system has been turned on, you can
no longer change the POWER button mode or
operational range.
restart the power system. Always make sure if the
remote is in your vehicle when you operate the
■ When the power mode is in ON
Controls

POWER button.
If the smart entry remote is taken out of the
vehicle, and the driver’s door is closed, a Removing the smart entry remote from the vehicle
warning buzzer sounds from both inside and through a window does not activate the warning
outside the vehicle. A warning message on buzzer.
the driver information interface notifies the
Do not put the smart entry remote on the dashboard
driver inside that the remote outside of the or in the glove box. It may cause the warning buzzer
vehicle. to activate. Under some other conditions that can
prevent the vehicle from locating the remote, the
■ When the power mode is in warning buzzer may also activate even if the remote
ACCESSORY is within the system’s operational range.
If the smart entry remote is taken out of the
vehicle, and all the doors are closed, a
warning buzzer sounds from outside the
vehicle.

190
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 191 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals

Turn Signals
The turn signals can be used when the power 1Light Switches
Right Turn mode is in ON. If you leave the power mode in VEHICLE OFF while
■ One-touch turn signal the lights are on, a chime sounds when the driver’s
When you lightly push up or down and release door is opened.
the turn signal lever, the exterior turn signals
When the lights are on, the lights on indicator in the
and turn signal indicator blink three times.
instrument panel will be on.
Left Turn This feature can be used when signaling for a 2 Lights On Indicator P. 97
lane change.
If you sense that the level of the headlights is

Controls
abnormal, have the vehicle inspected by a dealer.

Light Switches Do not leave the lights on when the power system is
off because it will cause the 12-volt battery to
■ Manual Operation discharge.
High Beams Rotating the light switch turns the lights on
and off, regardless of the power mode
setting.
■ High beams
Push the lever forward until you hear a click.
■ Low beams
Flashing the high beams When in high beams, pull the lever back to
Low Beams return to low beams.
Turns on parking, side marker, ■ Flashing the high beams
tail, and rear license plate lights Pull the lever back, and release it.
Turns on headlights, parking,
side marker, tail, and rear license
plate lights

Continued 191
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 192 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches

■ Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control) 1Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)
We recommend that you turn on the lights manually
Automatic lighting control can be used when when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas
the power mode is in ON. such as long tunnels or parking facilities.

The light sensor is in the location shown below.

When you turn the light switch to AUTO, the
Do not cover this light sensor with anything;
headlights and other exterior lights will switch otherwise, the automatic lighting system may not
on and off automatically depending on the work properly.
ambient brightness. Models without automatic
u You can change the auto light sensitivity intermittent wipers
Controls

setting.
2 Customized Features P. 367, 378
Light Sensor

The headlights comes on when you unlock a

door in dark areas with the headlight switch in
AUTO.
u Once you lock the door, the headlights
will go off.
Models with automatic
intermittent wipers

Light Sensor

192
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 193 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluFog Lights *

■ Headlight Integration with Wipers 1Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)

Adjust the auto light sensitivity as follows:
The headlights automatically come on when the wipers are used several times within
a certain number of intervals with the headlight switch in AUTO. The exterior lights come on
Setting
The headlights automatically go off a few minutes later if the wipers are stopped. when the ambient light is at
Max
High Bright
■ Automatic Lighting Off Feature Mid
The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off 15 Low
Dark
seconds after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF, take the remote with you, Min
and close the driver’s door.

Controls
1Headlight Integration with Wipers
If you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF with the headlight switch on, but do not
This feature activates while the headlights are off in
open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (three minutes, if the switch is in AUTO.
the AUTO position). The instrument panel brightness does not change
when the headlights come on.
The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the driver’s door. If you unlock
the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the At dark ambient light levels, the automatic lighting
driver’s door, you will hear a lights on reminder chime. control feature turns on the headlights, regardless of
the number of wiper sweeps.

Fog Lights * You can turn the headlight integration with wipers
function on and off.
When the low beam headlights are on, turn
2 Customized Features P. 367, 378
the fog light switch on to use the fog lights.
1Automatic Lighting Off Feature
You can change the headlight auto off timer setting.
2 Customized Features P. 367, 378

Fog Light Switch

* Not available on all models 193

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 194 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDaytime Running Lights

Daytime Running Lights

The parking/daytime running lights come on when the following conditions have 1Daytime Running Lights
been met: The parking lights serve as daytime running lights.

• The power mode is in ON.

• The headlight switch is off, or in .
• The parking brake is released.

The lights remain on even if you set the parking brake. Setting the power mode to
VEHICLE OFF will turn off the daytime running lights.
Controls

The daytime running lights are off once the headlight switch is turned on, or when
the head light switch is in AUTO and it is getting darker outside.

194
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 195 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam

Auto High-Beam
Using a camera mounted to the inside of the windshield, this system detects light 1Auto High-Beam
sources ahead of the vehicle. Depending on the light source, the system The auto high-beam determines when to change the
automatically switches the headlights to high beam for optimal visibility at night. headlight beams by responding to the brightness of
the lights ahead of your vehicle. In the following
The system operates when:
cases, the system may not respond to the lights
■ The headlight switch is in AUTO. properly:
■ The lever is in the low beam • The brightness of the lights from the preceding or
position. oncoming vehicle is intense or poor.
■ The low beams are on and the • Visibility is poor due to the weather (rain, snow,
system recognizes that you are
driving at night. fog, windshield frost, etc.).
■ The vehicle speed is above 25 mph • Other light sources, such as streetlights and electric

Controls
(40 km/h). billboards are illuminating the road ahead.
• The brightness level of the road ahead constantly
changes.
• The road is bumpy or with many curves.
How it works • A vehicle cuts in front of you, or a vehicle in front
When the camera detects lights coming from a preceding or oncoming vehicle, the of you is not in the preceding or oncoming
headlights remain in low beam. direction.
• Your vehicle is tilted with a heavy load in the rear.
When the camera detects no lights coming from a preceding or oncoming vehicle,
the headlights change to high beam. If you find the timing of beam changes inconvenient
for driving, change the headlight beams manually.
The view angle or distance that the camera can detect lights ahead differs
depending on conditions, such as the brightness of the lights and the weather. If you do not want the system to be activated at any
time when the headlight switch is in AUTO, consult a
dealer or disable the system.
2 Disabling or Re-enabling the System P. 197

Continued 195
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 196 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam

■ Operating the System 1Operating the System

For the auto high-beam to work properly:
To activate the system, turn the headlight • Do not place an object that reflects light on the
switch to AUTO and then set the headlights dashboard.
Headlight Switch to low beam. The auto high-beam indicator • Keep the windshield around the camera clean.
will come on. When cleaning the windshield, be careful not to
2 Light Switches P. 191 apply the windshield cleanser to the camera lens.
• Do not attach an object or film to the area around
the camera.
• Do not touch the camera lens.
Controls

If the camera receives a strong impact, or repairing of

the area near the camera is required, consult a dealer.
The high beams remain on unless:
• You have been driving below 15 mph (24 km/h) for an extended amount of time. If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
• The speed of the vehicle drops below 6 mph (10 km/h). Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message
appears:
• The windshield wipers have been running at a high speed for more than a few
• Use the climate control system to cool down the
seconds. interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode
• You enter a well lit location. with the air flow directed toward the camera.
• Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield
The high beams come back on once the condition that caused them to turn off no temperature, which cools down the area around
longer exists. the camera.

If the Auto High-Beam Cannot Operate: Clean

If needed, you can temporarily turn the system off manually. Turn on the high Windshield message appears:
beams by pushing the lever forward until you hear a click, or flash the high beams • Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the
once by pulling the lever toward you. To turn the system back on, pull and hold the windshield. If the message does not disappear after
lever toward you for a few seconds. you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a
while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

196
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 197 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam

■ Disabling or Re-enabling the System 1Disabling or Re-enabling the System

The auto high-beam is in the previously selected
Disable or re-enable the system when the disabled or re-enabled setting each time you turn the
AUTO Position vehicle is parked and the power mode is in ON power system on.
and the light switch is in the AUTO position.
Disabling the system: Pull the light switch
lever toward you and hold it for at least 40
seconds. The auto high-beam indicator in the
meter will blink twice.
Re-enabling the system: Pull the light

Controls
switch lever toward you and hold it for at least
30 seconds. The auto high-beam indicator in
the meter will blink once.

197
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 198 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers

Wipers and Washers

■ Windshield Wiper/Washer 1Wipers and Washers
NOTICE
The windshield wipers and washers can be
Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry.
used when the power mode is in ON.
The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber
blades will get damaged.
■ MIST
The wipers run at high speed until you release
Pull to NOTICE
the lever.
use Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out.
washer. The pump may get damaged.
■ Wiper switch (OFF, INT*1/AUTO*2, LO,
Controls

HI) The wiper motor may stop motor operation

Move the lever up or down to change the temporarily to prevent an overload. Wiper operation
Intermittent Time wiper settings. will return to normal within a few minutes, once the
Adjustment Ring *
circuit has returned to normal.
■ Adjusting wiper operation *
Turn the adjustment ring to adjust the wiper Models with intermittent time adjustment ring
MIST operation. If the vehicle speeds up while the wipers are
operating intermittently, the length of the wipe
OFF Lower speed, fewer sweeps interval shortens.
INT*1/AUTO*2 When the vehicle speeds up, the wiper operation’s
LO: Low speed wipe shortest delay setting ( ) and the LO setting become
the same.
HI: High speed wipe
Higher speed, more sweeps
NOTICE
In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the
■ Washer windshield.
Sprays while you pull the lever toward you. Operating the wipers in this condition may damage
When you release the lever for more than one the wipers. Use the defroster or heated windshield *
second, the spray stops, the wipers sweep two to warm the windshield, then turn the wipers on.
or three more times to clear the windshield,
then stop.
*1: Models with manual intermittent operation
*2: Models with automatic intermittent operation
198 * Not available on all models
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 199 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers

■ Automatic Intermittent Wipers * 1Wipers and Washers

If the wipers stop operating due to an obstacle such
When you push the lever down to AUTO, the
as the build-up of snow, park the vehicle in a safe
windshield wipers sweep once, and go into place.
the automatic mode. Rotate the wiper switch to OFF, and set the power
mode to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF, then remove
The wipers operate intermittently, at low the obstacle.
speed, or at high speed and stops in
accordance with the amount of rainfall the 1Automatic Intermittent Wipers *
Adjustment Ring rainfall sensor detects. The rainfall sensor is in the location shown below.

Controls
■ AUTO sensitivity adjustment Rainfall Sensor
When the wiper function is set to AUTO, you
can adjust the sensitivity of the rain fall sensor
(using the adjustment ring) so that wipers will
operate in accordance with your preference.

Sensor sensitivity
Low Sensitivity
NOTICE
AUTO should always be turned OFF before the
following situation in order to prevent severe damage
High Sensitivity to the wiper system:
• Cleaning the windshield
• Driving through a car wash
• No rain present

* Not available on all models 199

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 200 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluRear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button

Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button

Press the rear defogger and heated door 1Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button
mirror button to defog the rear window and NOTICE
mirrors when the power mode is in ON. When cleaning the inside of the rear window, be
careful not to damage the heating wires.
The rear defogger and heated door mirror It is critical to wipe the window from side to side
automatically switches off after 10-30 along the defogger heating wires.
minutes depending on the outside
This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off
temperature.
when the window has been defogged. Also, do not
However, if the outside temperature is 32°F use the system for a long time while the power
Controls

(0°C) or below, it does not automatically system is stopped. This may weaken the 12-volt
switch off. battery, making it difficult to turn the power system
on.

When the outside temperature is below 41°F (5°C),

the heated door mirror may activate automatically for
Canadian models
10 minutes when you set the power mode to ON.
Heated Windshield Button
1Heated Windshield Button
Press the heated windshield button to deice
the windshield when the power mode is in This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off
when the window has been defogged or deiced.
ON.
Also, do not use the system for a long period when
the power system is stopped. This may weaken the
12-volt battery, making it difficult to turn the power
system on.

200
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 201 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control

Brightness Control
■ Adjusting the Instrument Panel Brightness 1Brightness Control
Instrument panel brightness varies, depending on
Control Dial When the power mode is in ON, you can use whether the exterior lights are on or off. The
the brightness control dial to adjust instrument panel dims to reduce glare when they are
instrument panel brightness. on.
Brighten: Turn the dial up.
Dim: Turn the dial down. To cancels the reduced instrument panel brightness
when the exterior lights are on, turn the dial up until
the brightness display is up to max, the beeper
You will hear a beeper when the brightness sounds.
reaches minimum or maximum. Several

Controls
seconds after you have adjusted the The brightness can be set differently for when the
brightness, you will be returned to the exterior lights are on, and when they are off.
previous screen.

■ Brightness level indicator

The brightness level is shown on the driver
information interface while you are adjusting
it.

Continued 201
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 202 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control

■ Adjusting the Head-Up Display Brightness *

When the head-up display is on, press and
hold the HUD button until its brightness level
indicator on the driver information interface.
Brighten: Press the 3 button.
Dim: Press the 4 button.

Several seconds after you have adjusted the

3 / 4 Button
brightness or press the HUD button, you will
Controls

HUD Button be returned to the previous screen.

■ Brightness level indicator

The brightness level is shown on the driver
information interface while you are adjusting
it.

202 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 203 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System *

Driving Position Memory System *

You can store two driver’s seat (except for power lumbar) with the driving position 1Driving Position Memory System *
memory system. Using the audio/information screen, you can disable
When you unlock and open the driver’s door with a remote transmitter, or smart the automatic seat adjustment function.
entry system, the seat adjusts to retracted positions of one of the two preset 2 Customized Features P. 378
positions automatically.
The driver’s seat easy exit feature can be turned ON/
The seat will move to the stored position when you set the power mode to
OFF.
ACCESSORY. 2 Customized Features P. 378

When you enter the vehicle, the driver information interface briefly shows you which System Operation

Controls
remote transmitter you used to unlock the vehicle. The system will not operate if:
• DRIVER 1 transmitter is linked to memory button 1. • The vehicle speed is above 2 mph (3 km/h).
• DRIVER 2 transmitter is linked to memory button 2. • Either memory position button is pressed while the
seat is in motion.
DRIVER 1 DRIVER 2 The driver’s seat moves rearward depending
• The seat position is adjusted while in operation.
on the set seating position once you • The memory 1 or 2 position is set fully to the rear.
• Stop the vehicle.
• Put the transmission in (P .
• Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF.
• Then open the driver’s door.
Once the power mode is in the ACCESSORY
position, the driver’s seat moves forward to
the DRIVER 1 or 2 preset position.

* Not available on all models Continued 203

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 204 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System *

■ Storing a Position in Memory 1Storing a Position in Memory

After you press the SET button, the storing operation
1. Set the power mode to ON. Adjust the will be canceled when:
Memory driver’s seat to the desired position. • You do not press the memory button within five
Button 2 2. Press the SET button. seconds.
Memory u You will hear the beeper, and the • You readjust the seat position before the double-
Button 1 memory button indicator light will blink. beep.
3. Press memory button (1 or (2 within five • You set the power mode to any position except
SET Button ON.
seconds of pressing the SET button.
u Once the seat position has been
Controls

memorized, you will hear the beeper

twice, and the indicator light on the
button you pressed stays on.

■ Recalling the Stored Position 1Recalling the Stored Position

The seat will stop moving if you:
1. Put the transmission into (P . • Press the SET button or memory button (1 or (2 .
Memory Buttons
2. Apply the parking brake. • Adjust the seat position.
3. Press a memory button ( (1 or (2 ). • Put the transmission into a position other than (P .
u You will hear a beep, and the indicator
light will blink.
SET Button
The seat will automatically move to the
memorized position. When it has finished
moving, you will hear the beeper twice, and
the indicator light stays on.

204
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 205 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAdjusting the Steering Wheel

Adjusting the Steering Wheel

The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you 1Adjusting the Steering Wheel
can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture.
To lock 1. Push the steering wheel adjustment lever 3 WARNING
down. Adjusting the steering wheel position while
u The steering wheel adjustment lever is driving may cause you to lose control of the
under the steering column. vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash.
2. Move the steering wheel up or down, and
in or out. Adjust the steering wheel only when the
u Make sure you can see the instrument vehicle is stopped.

Controls
panel gauges and indicators.
Lever To adjust 3. Pull the steering wheel adjustment lever up
to lock the steering wheel in position.
u After adjusting the position, make sure
you have securely locked the steering
wheel in place by trying to move it up,
down, in, and out.

205
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 206 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Adjusting the Mirrors

Interior Rearview Mirror
Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving 1Adjusting the Mirrors
position. Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and
adjusted for best visibility.
■ Rearview Mirror with Day and Night Positions * Adjust the mirrors before you start driving.
Tab
Flip the tab to switch the position. 2 Front Seats P. 208
Up
The night position will help to reduce the glare
from headlights behind you when driving
after dark.
Daytime
Controls

Position

Down
Night Position

■ Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror * 1Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror *

The auto dimming function cancels when the
When you are driving after dark, the transmission is in (R .
automatic dimming rearview mirror reduces
Up the glare from headlights behind you. Press
the auto button to turn this function on and
off. When activated, the auto indicator comes
on.

Down
AUTO button

206 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 207 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors

Power Door Mirrors

You can adjust the door mirrors when the
power mode is in ON.

■ Mirror position adjustment

L/R selector switch: Select the left or right
mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the
Selector Switch switch to the center position.
Mirror position adjustment switch: Press
Adjustment Switch the switch left, right, up, or down to move the

Controls
mirror.

■ Reverse Tilt Door Mirror *

If activated, the passenger side door mirror
automatically tilts downward when you put
the transmission into (R : this improves close-
in visibility on the passenger side of the vehicle
when backing up. The mirror automatically
returns to its original position when you take
Selector Switch the transmission out of (R .

To activate this feature, set the power mode to ON and slide the selector switch to
the passenger’s side.

* Not available on all models 207

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 208 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Adjusting the Seats

Front Seats
Adjust the driver’s seat as far back as possible 1Adjusting the Seats
Allow sufficient
space. while allowing you to maintain full control of
the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright, 3 WARNING
well back in the seat and be able to Sitting too close to a front airbag can result
adequately press the pedals without leaning in serious injury or death if the front
forward, and grip the steering wheel airbags inflate.
comfortably. The passenger’s seat should be
adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far Always sit as far back from the front
Move back. back from the front airbag in the dashboard airbags as possible while maintaining
control of the vehicle.
Controls

as possible.

■ Adjusting the Seat Positions The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and Transport Canada recommend that drivers allow
■ Adjusting the front power seat(s) * at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the
steering wheel and the chest.

Always make seat adjustments before driving.

Horizontal Position
Adjustment

Height Adjustment
(Driver’s seat only)

Seat-back Angle
Adjustment

208 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 209 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats

Higher part of
■ Lumbar Support Adjustment Switch *
the Lumbar Press the top: To increase the higher part of
support the lumbar support.
Press the bottom: To increase the lower part
of the lumbar support. (The higher part
support is decreased.)
Press the front: To increase the entire
lumbar support.
Press the rear: To decrease the entire lumbar
support.

Controls
Lower part of Lumbar
the Lumbar Support
support Adjustment
Switch

* Not available on all models Continued 209

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 210 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats

■ Adjusting the front manual seat(s) * 1Adjusting the front manual seat(s) *
Once a seat is adjusted correctly, rock it back and
Height Adjustment forth to make sure it is locked in position.
(Driver side only)
Pull up or push down the lever
to raise or lower the seat.
Controls

Seat-back Angle
Adjustment
Pull up the lever to
Horizontal Position change the angle.
Adjustment
Pull up on the bar to move the Driver’s seat is shown.
seat, then release the bar.

210 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 211 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats

■ Adjusting the Seat-Backs 1Adjusting the Seat-Backs

Adjust the driver’s seat-back to a comfortable, 3 WARNING

upright position, leaving ample space Reclining the seat-back too far can result in
between your chest and the airbag cover in serious injury or death in a crash.
the center of the steering wheel.
Adjust the seat-back to an upright position,
The front seat passenger should also adjust and sit well back in the seat.
their seat-back to a comfortable, upright
position.

Controls
Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the
seat-back and your back.

Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the Doing so may interfere with proper seat belt or airbag
occupant’s chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the operation.
chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a
seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury. If you cannot get far enough away from the steering
wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend
that you investigate whether some type of adaptive
equipment may help.

211
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 212 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats

Rear Seats
■ Folding Down the Rear Seats 1Folding Down the Rear Seats
The rear seat-backs can be folded down to
1. Remove the center shoulder belt from the accommodate bulkier items in the trunk.
guide.
Guide Never drive with the seat-back folded down and the
trunk lid open.
2 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 78

To lock a seat-back upright, push it backwards until it

locks.
Center
Controls

When returning the seat-back to its original position,

Shoulder Belt push it firmly back. Also, make sure all rear shoulder
Release Lever 2. Pull the release lever in the trunk to release belts are positioned in front of the seat-back, and the
the lock. center shoulder belt is re-positioned in the guide.

Make sure that the folded seat-back does not press

against the front passenger seat, as this can cause the
weight sensors in the front passenger seat to work
improperly.
2 Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator P. 63

Make sure all items in the trunk or items

3. Fold the seat-back down. extending through the opening into the rear
seat is properly secured. Loose items can fly
forward if you have to brake hard.

The front seat(s) must be far enough forward so they

do not interfere with the rear seats as they fold
down.

212
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 213 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuMaintain a Proper Sitting Position

Maintain a Proper Sitting Position

After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints, and put on their 1Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their
seats, with their feet on the floor, until the vehicle is safely parked and the power 3 WARNING
system is off. Sitting improperly or out of position can
result in serious injury or death in a crash.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or Always sit upright, well back in the seat,
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly with your feet on the floor.
increased.

Controls
In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or
fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an
inflating front airbag.

213
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 214 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints

Head Restraints
Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints in all seating positions. 1Head Restraints

■ Adjusting the Front and Rear Outer Head Restraint Positions 3 WARNING
Head restraints are most effective for Improperly positioning head restraints
protection against whiplash and other rear- reduces their effectiveness and increases
impact crash injuries when the center of the the likelihood of serious injury in a crash.
back of the occupant’s head rests against the
center of the restraint. The tops of the Make sure head restraints are in place and
occupant’s ears should be level with the positioned properly before driving.
center height of the restraint.
Controls

Position head in the center In order for the head restraint system to work
of the head restraint. properly:
To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward. • Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or
To lower the head restraint: Push it down from the restraint legs.
• Do not place any object between an occupant and
while pressing the release button.
the seat-back.
• Install each restraint in its proper location.

214
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 215 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints

■ Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints 1Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints

Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair. 3 WARNING

Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the
To remove a head restraint: head restraints can result in severe injury
Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then push the release button, and pull the during a crash.
restraint up and out.
Always replace the head restraints before
To reinstall a head restraint: driving.
Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height

Controls
while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked
in position.

215
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 216 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest

Armrest
■ Using the Front Seat Armrest
The console lid can be used as an armrest.
Controls

■ Using the Rear Seat Armrest

Pull down the armrest in the center backrest.

216
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 217 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items

Interior Lights
■ Interior Light Switches 1Interior Light Switches
In the door activated position, the interior lights fade
Front * ■ ON out and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are
The interior lights come on regardless of closed.
whether the doors are open or closed. The lights go off after 30 seconds in the following
Off ■ Door activated situations:
The interior lights come on in the following • When you unlock the driver’s door but do not open
it.
situations:
• When you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF but
• When any of the doors are opened. do not open a door.
Door Activated Position • You unlock the driver’s door.

Controls
You can change the interior lights dimming time.
• When the power mode is set to VEHICLE 2 Customized Features P. 367, 378
Rear Door Activated OFF.
Position
■ OFF The interior lights go off immediately in the following
On situations:
The interior lights remain off regardless of
• When you lock the driver’s door.
whether the doors are open or closed. • When you set the power mode to ON.
Off
• When you close the driver’s door in ACCESSORY
mode.

If you leave any of the doors open in VEHICLE OFF

mode, the interior lights go off after about 15
minutes.

To avoid draining the 12-volt battery, do not leave

the interior light on for an extended length of time
when the power system is off.

* Not available on all models Continued 217

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 218 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Lights

■ Map Lights 1Map Lights

Models with moonroof
The map lights can be turned on and off by When the interior light switch is in the door activated
pressing the lenses. position and any door is open, the map light will not
go off when you press the lens.
Controls

■ Ambient Lights *
When the parking lights are on, push the
ambient light switch to turn the ambient lights
on.

Ambient Lights

218 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 219 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

Interior Convenience Items

■ Glove Box 1Glove Box

Glove Box Pull the handle to open the glove box. 3 WARNING
Handle An open glove box can cause serious injury
You can lock the glove box with the built-in to your passenger in a crash, even if the
key. passenger is wearing the seat belt.
To Lock
Always keep the glove box closed while
driving.

Controls
■ Center Pocket
Push the cover to open the pocket.

Continued 219
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 220 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Console Compartment 1Console Compartment

The console compartment light * comes on when the
Pull the handle to open the console parking lights are on.
compartment.
Controls

■ Removable tray
The tray in the console compartment is
detachable. Pull up the tray to remove it.

220 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 221 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Beverage Holders 1Beverage Holders

NOTICE
■ Front seat beverage holders
Spilled liquids damage the upholstery, carpeting, and
Are located in the console between the front electrical components in the interior.
seats.
Be careful when you are using the beverage holders.
Hot liquid can scald you.

Controls
Front ■ Door side beverage holders
Are located on the both of front and rear door
side pockets.

Rear

Continued 221
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 222 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Rear seat beverage holders

Fold the armrest down to use the rear seat
beverage holders.
Controls

222
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 223 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Accessory Power Sockets 1Accessory Power Sockets

NOTICE
The accessory power sockets can be used when the power mode is in ACCESSORY
Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter
or ON. element. This can overheat the power socket.
■ Center pocket
Open the cover to use it. The accessory power socket is designed to supply
power for 12-volt DC accessories that are rated 180
watts (15 amps) or less.

To prevent battery drain, only use the power socket

Controls
with the power system on.

When both sockets are being used, the combined

power rating of the accessories should not exceed
■ Console compartment 180 watts (15 amps).
Open the console lid and the cover to use it.

Continued 223
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 224 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Wireless Charger * 1Wireless Charger *

FCC statement
To use the wireless charger, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON. This product complies with the appropriate
Charge a compatible device on the area indicated by the mark as follows: requirements or the required standards of FCC
Green Indicator 1. To turn the system on and off, press and (Federal Communication Commission), described
hold the (power) button. below:
Amber Indicator
This device complies with Part 18 of the FCC rules.
u When the system is activated, the green
This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate
indicator light comes on. radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used
2. Place the device you want to charge on the per the instructions, may cause harmful interference
charging area.
Controls

to radio communications.
u The system will automatically start In order to use safely:
charging the device, and the amber • Remove any metal objects from the charge pad
indicator light will come on. before charging a device.
• Do not open the charger case.
u Make sure that the device is compatible
• Do not use the charger if it malfunctions. Contact
with the system, and placed with the your dealer.
(Power) chargeable side in the center of the
Charging Area If the charger interferes with radio communications,
Button
charging area. attempt to correct the interference:
3. When charging is completed, the green • Press and hold the switch on the charger for a few
indicator light will come on. seconds to turn off the charger.
u Depending on the device, the amber
appears on the audio/information screen when
indicator light will stay on.
the device is being charged by the wireless charger.

224 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 225 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ When charging does not start 1Wireless Charger *

Perform one of the solutions in the following table.
3 CAUTION
Indicator Cause Solution
Metal objects between the charge pad
There is an obstacle(s) between and the device to be charged will get
Remove the
the charging area and the hot and can burn you.
obstacle(s).
Green Blinking device. • Always remove foreign objects from
& simulta- the charge pad before charging the
Move the device to the
Amber neously device.
The device is not within the center of the charging

Controls
• Be sure the surface is clear of dust and
charging area. area where is
other debris before charging.
located.
• Do not spill liquids (i. e. water, drinks,
Contact a dealer for etc.) on the charger and the device.
Amber Blinking The wireless charger is faulty.
repairs. • Do not use oil, grease, alcohol,
benzine or thinner for cleaning the
charge pad.
• Do not cover the system with towels,
clothing, or other objects while
charging etc.
• Avoid spraying aerosols which may
come in contact with the change pad
surface.

This system consumes a lot of power. Do not use the

system for a long time when the power system is off.
This may weaken the 12-volt battery, making it
difficult to turn the power system on.

When using the wireless charger, check the user’s manual that
came with the compatible device you want to charge.

* Not available on all models Continued 225

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 226 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

1Wireless Charger *
NOTICE
Do not place any magnetic recording media or
precision machines within the charging area while
charging.
The data on your cards such as credit cards can be
lost because of the magnetic effect. Also precision
machines such as watches can go wrong.

“Qi” and marks are the registered trademarks

owned by Wireless Power Consortium (WPC).
Controls

In the following cases, charging may stop or not start:

• The device is already fully charged.
• The temperature of the device is extremely high
while charging.
• You are at a place that emits strong
electromagnetic waves or noises such as TV station,
electric power plant, or gas station.

A device may not charge if the size or shape of its

chargeable side is not appropriate for use with the
charging area.

Not all devices are compatible with the system.

During the charging phase, it is normal for the

charging area and device to heat up.

Charging may be briefly interrupted when:

• All the doors or the trunk are closed
- to avoid interference with the proper functioning
of the smart entry system.
• The position of the device is altered.

Do not charge more than one device at a time on a

charging area.

226 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 227 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Coat Hook 1Coat Hook

The coat hook is not designed for large or heavy
There is a coat hook on the rear left grab items.
handle. Pull it down to use it.

Controls
■ Cargo Hook 1Cargo Hook
Heavy objects may damage the hook.
The cargo hook in the trunk can be used to Make sure any items put on this hook weigh less than
install a net for securing items. 6.6 lbs (3 kg).

Distribute cargo evenly on the floor of the trunk,

placing the heaviest items on the bottom and as far
forward as possible.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 455

Continued 227
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 228 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Sunglasses Holder 1Sunglasses Holder

Keep the holder closed while driving except when
To open the sunglasses holder, push and accessing stored items.
release the indent. To close, push it again until
it latches.

You can store eyeglasses and other small

Push items in this holder.
Controls

Canadian models

■ Heated Steering Wheel * 1Heated Steering Wheel *

Do not use the heated steering wheel continuously
The power mode must be in ON to use the when the power system is off. Under such conditions,
heated steering wheel. the 12-volt battery may be weakened, making the
power system difficult to start.
Press the button on the lower side of the
steering wheel.

When a comfortable temperature is reached,

press the button again to turn it off.

The heated steering wheel is turned off every

time you start the power system, even if you
turned it on the last time you drove the
vehicle.

228 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 229 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Front Seat Heaters * 1Front Seat Heaters *

The power mode must be in ON to use the 3 WARNING

seat heaters. Heat induced burns are possible when
using seat heaters.

Persons with a diminished ability to sense

temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,
lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or
with sensitive skin should not use seat

Controls
heaters.
Press the seat heater button:
Once - The HI setting (three indicators on) Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the
Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on) power system is off. Under such conditions, the 12-
Three times - The LO setting (one indicator on) volt battery may be weakened, making the power
Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on) system difficult to start.

When the power mode is turned on after it is After a certain period of time, the strength setting for
the front seat heaters will automatically be reduced
turned off, the previous setting of front seat
by one level at a time until the front seat heaters
heaters is maintained. shuts off. The elapsed time varies according to the
interior environment.

* Not available on all models Continued 229

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 230 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Front Seat Heaters and Seat Ventilation * 1Front Seat Heaters and Seat Ventilation *

The power mode must be in ON to use the 3 WARNING

seat heaters or ventilation. Heat induced burns are possible when
using seat heaters.

Persons with a diminished ability to sense

temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,
lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or
with sensitive skin should not use seat
Controls

heaters.
Press the seat heater or the seat ventilation
button: Do not use the seat heaters and the seat ventilation
Once - The HI setting (three indicators on) even in LO when the power system is off. Under such
Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on) conditions, the 12-volt battery may be weakened,
Three times - The LO setting (one indicator on) making the power system difficult to start.
Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on)
After a certain period of time, the strength setting for
the front seat heaters will automatically be reduced
When the power mode is turned on after it is
by one level at a time until the front seat heaters
turned off, the previous setting of front seat shuts off. The elapsed time varies according to the
heaters is maintained. interior environment.

230 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 231 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Rear Seat Heaters * 1Rear Seat Heaters *

The power mode must be in ON to use the 3 WARNING

seat heaters. Heat induced burns are possible when
using seat heaters.
There is no heater in the rear center seating
position. Persons with a diminished ability to sense
temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,
Press the seat heater button: lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or
Once - The HI setting (three indicators on) with sensitive skin should not use seat

Controls
Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on) heaters.
Three times - The LO setting (one indicator on)
Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on) Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the
power system is off. Under such conditions, the 12-
volt battery may be weakened, making the power
system difficult to start.

After a certain period of time, the strength setting for

the rear seat heaters will automatically be reduced by
one level at a time until the rear seat heaters shuts
off. The elapsed time varies according to the interior
environment.

* Not available on all models 231

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 232 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Climate Control System

Using Automatic Climate Control
The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select. 1Using Automatic Climate Control
The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that raises or lowers If any buttons are pressed while using the climate
the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible. control system in auto, the function of the button
that was pressed will take priority.
The AUTO indicator will go off, but functions
unrelated to the button that was pressed will be
controlled automatically.
Dashboard vents Dashboard and floor Floor vents Floor and
and back of the vents, and back of defroster
center console * the center console * vents To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the
fan may not start immediately when the AUTO
Fan Control Dial
Controls

button is pressed.
Driver’s Side Passenger’s
Temperature Side If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down
Control Dial Temperature more rapidly by partially opening the windows,
Control Dial turning the system on auto, and setting the
(Recirculation)
Button temperature to low. Change the fresh mode to
A/C (Air Conditioning)
Button recirculation mode until the temperature cools down.
AUTO Button (on/off) Button

Use the system when the power system is on. When you set the temperature to the lower or upper
limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.
1. Press the AUTO button.
2. Adjust the interior temperature using the driver’s side or passenger’s side control Pressing the button switches the climate control
dial. system between on and off. When turned on, the
3. Press the (on/off) button to cancel. system returns to your last selection.

■ Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes While ECON mode is active, the climate control
Press the (recirculation) button and switch the mode depending on system may have reduced cooling performance.
environmental conditions.
Recirculation mode (indicator on): Recirculates air from the vehicle’s interior through
the system.
Fresh air mode (indicator off): Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system in
fresh air mode in normal situations.
232 * Not available on all models
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 233 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

■ Defrosting the Windshield and Windows 1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
For your safety, make sure you have a clear view
Pressing the button turns the air through all the windows before driving.
conditioning system on and automatically
switches the system to fresh air mode. Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower
limit.
Press the button again to turn off, the When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the
windshield may fog up.
system returns to the previous settings.
If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that

Controls
the air hits the side windows.

■ To rapidly defrost the windows 1To rapidly defrost the windows

1. Press the button. After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air
2. Press the button. mode. If you keep the system in recirculation mode,
the windows may fog up from humidity. This
impedes visibility.

Continued 233
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 234 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

■ Synchronization Mode 1Synchronization Mode

When you press the button, the system changes
to synchronization mode.

When the system is in dual mode, the driver side

temperature and the passenger side temperature can
be set separately.

Models with navigation system

The system adjusts each temperature based on the
Controls

information of the sunlight sensor and the sun

position updated by the navigation system.

Driver’s Side Passenger’s Side

SYNC Button
Temperature Control Temperature Control
Dial Dial

You can set the temperature synchronously for the driver side and the passenger
side in synchronization mode.

1. Press the SYNC button.

u The system will switch to the synchronization mode.
2. Adjust the temperature using driver’s side temperature control dial.

Press the SYNC button or adjust the interior temperature using the passenger’s side
temperature control dial to return to dual mode.

234
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 235 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuClimate Control SystemuAutomatic Climate Control Sensors

Automatic Climate Control Sensors

The automatic climate control system is
equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill
Sensor any liquid on them.

Controls
Sensor

235
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 236 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

236
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 237 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Features
This chapter describes how to operate technology features.

Audio System .................................... 238 Playing Bluetooth® Audio................. 263 HondaLink® ..................................... 318
About Your Audio System................ 238 Siri® Eyes Free .................................. 266 HondaLink® Service * ........................ 322
USB Port(s) ....................................... 239 Models with Display Audio Wi-Fi Connection............................. 327
Audio System Theft Protection ......... 241 Audio System Basic Operation ........ 267 Near Field Communication (NFC) * ... 329
Audio Remote Controls.................... 242 Audio/Information Screen ................ 268 Siri® Eyes Free .................................. 332
Models with color audio system System Updates ............................... 283 Apple CarPlayTM ............................... 333
Audio System Basic Operation ........ 246 Adjusting the Sound ........................ 289 Android AutoTM ............................... 336
Audio/Information Screen ................ 247 Display Setup ................................... 290 Audio Error Messages ...................... 340
Adjusting the Sound ........................ 251 Voice Control Operation .................. 292 General Information on the Audio
Display Setup ................................... 252 Playing AM/FM Radio....................... 295 System ............................................. 345
Playing AM/FM Radio ....................... 253 Playing SiriusXM® Radio * ................. 299 Customized Features................ 367, 378
Playing an iPod ................................ 255 Playing an iPod ................................ 310 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver *.. 397
Playing Pandora®.............................. 258 Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 313 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®..... 400, 424
Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 260 Playing Bluetooth® Audio................. 316 Refuel Recommend .......................... 449

* Not available on all models 237

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 238 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Audio System
About Your Audio System
The audio system features AM/FM radio and SiriusXM® Radio * service. It can also 1About Your Audio System
play USB flash drives, and iPod, iPhone and Bluetooth® devices. iPod, iPhone and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc.

You can operate the audio system from the buttons and knobs on the panel, the State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
remote controls on the steering wheel, or the icons on the touchscreen interface *. handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.
Remote Controls
*1 SiriusXM® Radio * is available on a subscription basis
only. For more information on SiriusXM® Radio *,
contact a dealer.
2 General Information on the Audio System
iPod P. 345
*2
SiriusXM® Radio * is available in the United States and
Features

Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico.

USB Flash Drive SiriusXM® * is a registered trademark of SiriusXM

Radio *, Inc.
*1: Models with color audio
*2: Models with Display Audio

238 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 239 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio SystemuUSB Port(s)

USB Port(s)
Install the iPod USB connector or the USB flash drive to the USB port. 1USB Port(s)
• Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the
In the Center Pocket ■ In the Center Pocket vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may
Models with color audio damage it.
The USB port (1.0A) is for playing audio files • We recommend using an extension cable with the
on a USB flash drive, connecting a cellular USB port.
• Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a
phone and charging devices.
hub.
Models with Display Audio • Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard
The USB port (2.5A) is for charging devices, disk drive, as the device or your files may be
playing audio files and connecting compatible damaged.
phones with Apple CarPlay or Android Auto. • We recommend backing up your data before using
the device in your vehicle.
Models Models • Displayed messages may vary depending on the

Features
with with device model and software version.
color Display
audio Audio
If the audio system does not recognize the iPod, try
reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To
reboot, follow the manufacturer’s instructions
provided with the iPod or visit www.apple.com/ipod.

USB charge
The USB port can supply up to 1.0A/2.5A of power. It
does not output 1.0A/2.5A unless the device
requests.
For amperage details, read the operating manual of
the device that needs to be charged.
Set the power mode to ACCESSORY or ON first.

Under certain conditions, a device connected to the

port may generate noise in the radio you are listening
to.

Continued 239
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 240 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio SystemuUSB Port(s)

Models with Display Audio 1USB Port(s)

In the Console Compartment ■ In the console compartment Rear of the center console *
The USB port (2.5A) is for charging devices, These ports are for battery charge only. You cannot
playing audio files and connecting compatible play music even if you have connected music players
phones with Apple CarPlay or Android Auto. to them.

Under certain conditions, a device connected to the

port may generate noise in the radio you are listening
to.

Rear of the center console * ■ Rear of the center console *

The USB ports (2.5A) are only for charging
Features

devices.

240 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 241 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio SystemuAudio System Theft Protection

Audio System Theft Protection

The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as
when the battery is disconnected or goes dead. In certain conditions, the system
may display a code entry screen. If this occurs, reactivate the audio system.

■ Reactivating the audio system

1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Turn on the audio system.
3. Press and hold the audio system power knob for more than two seconds.
u The audio system is reactivated when the audio control unit establishes a
connection with the vehicle control unit. If the control unit fails to recognize
the audio unit, you must go to a dealer and have the audio unit checked.

Features
241
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 242 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls

Audio Remote Controls

Models with color audio 1Audio Remote Controls
Allow you to operate the audio system while driving. Some modes appear only when an appropriate
SOURCE Button device or medium is used.
Cycles through the audio modes as follows:
FM1FM2AMUSB/iPodPandora® Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect,
some functions may not be operated.
Bluetooth® Audio.
/ Models with color audio
(Seek/Skip) VOL (+ /VOL (- (Volume) Buttons Press the (Hang-up/back) button to go back to
SOURCE Buttons
Button
Press VOL (+ : To increase the volume. the previous command or cancel a command.
Press VOL (- : To decrease the volume.
(Hang-up/back) Button
VOL (+ /VOL (- (Volume) Buttons
Features

/ (Seek/Skip) Buttons
• When listening to the radio
Press : To select the next preset radio station.
Press : To select the previous preset radio station.
Press and hold : To select the next strong station.
Press and hold : To select the previous strong station.
• When listening to an iPod, USB flash drive, or Bluetooth® Audio
Press : To skip to the next song.
Press : To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song.
• When listening to a USB flash drive, or Bluetooth® Audio
Press and hold : To skip to the next folder/group.
Press and hold : To go back to the previous folder/group.

242
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 243 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls

Models with Display Audio 1Audio Remote Controls

Allow you to operate the audio system while driving. The information is shown on Models with Display Audio
the driver information interface or head-up display *. Press the (back) button for the driver
(home) Button VOL (+ /VOL (- (Volume) Buttons information interface to go back to the previous
Left Selector Wheel Press VOL (+ : To increase the volume. screen or cancel a command.
Press VOL (- : To decrease the volume.
Press the (home) button to go back to the home
screen of the driver information interface.

(back) /
Button (Seek/Skip)

Features
Buttons
VOL (+ /VOL (- (Volume) Buttons

Left Selector Wheel

• When selecting the audio mode
Press the (home) button, then roll up or down to select Audio on the driver
information interface, and then press the left selector wheel.

* Not available on all models Continued 243

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 244 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls

Roll up or down:
To cycle through the audio modes, roll up or down
and then press the left selector wheel:

FM

AM

SiriusXM® *
Features

USB1

USB2

Bluetooth® Audio

Smartphone Connection
(Apple CarPlay/Android Auto)

244 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 245 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls

/ (Seek/Skip) Buttons
• When listening to the radio
Press : To select the next preset radio station.
Press : To select the previous preset radio station.
Press and hold : To select the next strong station.
Press and hold : To select the previous strong station.
• When listening to an iPod, USB flash drive, or Bluetooth® Audio, or Smartphone
Connection
Press : To skip to the next song.
Press : To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song.
• When listening to a USB flash drive
Press and hold : To skip to the next folder.

Features
Press and hold : To go back to the previous folder.

245
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 246 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Audio System Basic Operation

Models with color audio 1Audio System Basic Operation

To use the audio system function, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON. These indications are used to show how to operate
(Back) Button Use the selector knob or MENU/CLOCK the selector knob.
MENU/CLOCK Button button to access some audio functions. Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
(Sound) Button
Press to switch between the normal and
Menu Items
extended display for some functions.
2 Adjust Clock P. 164
2 Wallpaper Setup P. 249
Selector knob: Rotate left or right to scroll 2 Display Setup P. 252
through the available choices. Press to set 2 Scan P. 254, 262
your selection. 2 Play Mode P. 257, 262
(Day/Night) 2 RDS Settings P. 254
Selector Knob 2 Bluetooth P. 263
Button
Features

Menu Display
MENU/CLOCK button: Press to select any Press the SOURCE, VOL (+ /VOL (- , or
mode. button on the steering wheel to change any audio
The available mode includes the wallpaper, setting.
display, clock, language setup, and play 2 Audio Remote Controls P. 242
modes. Play modes can be also selected from
scan, random, repeat, and so on.

(Back) button: Press to go back to the previous display.

(Sound) button: Press to select the sound setting mode.
(Day/Night) button: Press to change the audio/information screen
brightness.
Press , then adjust the brightness using .
u Each time you press , the mode switches between the daytime mode,
nighttime mode and OFF mode.

246
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 247 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Audio/Information Screen
Displays the audio status and wallpaper. From this screen, you can go to various
setup options.

■ Switching the Display

Audio Trip computer (Current Drive)

Audio/Information Screen

Features
Clock/Wallpaper Trip computer (History of Trip A)

Continued 247
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 248 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ Audio
Shows the current audio information.

■ Trip computer (Current Drive)

Shows the range, and instant and average fuel economy of the current trip, as well
as the average fuel economy from your last trip.

■ Trip computer (History of Trip A)

Shows the average fuel economy and distance traveled for the current trip, as well
as the average fuel economy and distances traveled during the last three driving
cycles.
Each time you reset the trip meter A, the information on the display updates. The
Features

history of the previous three driving cycles is kept.

■ Clock/Wallpaper
Shows a clock screen or an image you import.

■ Change display
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select Display Change, then press .
4. Rotate to select Clock/Wallpaper, then press .
u If you want to return to the audio display, select Audio.

248
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 249 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ Wallpaper Setup 1Wallpaper Setup

• When importing wallpaper files, the image must be
You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen. in the USB flash drive’s root directory.
■ Import wallpaper Images in a folder cannot be imported.
You can import up to three images, one at a • The file name must be fewer than 32 characters.
time, for wallpaper from a USB flash drive. • The file format of the image that can be imported
1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).
port. • The individual file size limit is 2 MB.
• The maximum image size is 1,920 x 936 pixels. If
2 USB Port(s) P. 239
the size of the image is small, it will be enlarged,
2. Press the MENU/CLOCK button. with the aspect ratio remaining the same.
3. Rotate to select Settings, then press • Up to 255 files can be selected.
. • If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,
4. Rotate to select Clock/Wallpaper the Unable to load image. message appears.

Features
Type, then press . • The wallpaper setup is limited while driving.
5. Rotate to select Wallpaper, then
press .
6. Rotate to select Import, then press
.
u The picture name is displayed on the
list.
7. Rotate to select a desired picture, then
press .
u The selected picture is displayed.
8. Press to save the picture.
9. Press to select OK.
10. Rotate to select a location to save the
picture, then press .
u The display will return to the wallpaper
setting screen.

Continued 249
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 250 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ Select wallpaper 1Wallpaper Setup

1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button. To go back to the previous screen, press the
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press . (Back) button.
3. Rotate to select Clock/Wallpaper Type, then press .
4. Rotate to select Wallpaper, then press . When the file size is large, it takes a while to be
previewed.
5. Rotate to select Select, then press .
u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
6. Rotate to select a desired wallpaper, then press .

■ To view wallpaper once it is set

1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press .
Features

3. Rotate to select Display Change, then press .

4. Rotate to select Clock/Wallpaper, then press .
5. Press the (Back) button until the top screen is displayed.

■ Delete wallpaper
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select Clock/Wallpaper Type, then press .
4. Rotate to select Wallpaper, then press .
5. Rotate to select Delete, then press .
u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
6. Rotate to select a wallpaper that you want to delete, then press .
7. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
u The display will return to the wallpaper setting screen.

250
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 251 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound

Adjusting the Sound

(Sound) Button Press the (sound) button, and rotate 1Adjusting the Sound
to scroll through the following choices: The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High.
SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle
speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As
you slow down, audio volume decreases.

Selector Knob

BAS is selectable. BAS

Features
MID

TRE

FAD

BAL

SVC Speed-sensitive
Volume
Compensation

Rotate to adjust the sound setting, then

press .
251
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 252 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup

Display Setup
You can change the brightness or color theme of the audio/information screen. 1Changing the Screen Brightness
You can change the Contrast and Black Level
■ Changing the Screen Brightness settings in the same manner.

1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.

2. Rotate to select Settings, then press
.
3. Rotate to select Display Adjustment,
then press .
4. Rotate to select Brightness, then press
.
5. Rotate to adjust the setting, then press
.
Features

■ Changing the Screen’s Color Theme

1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press
.
3. Rotate to select Color Theme, then
press .
4. Rotate to select the setting you want,
then press .

252
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 253 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

Playing AM/FM Radio

(Back) Button
Press to go back to the previous display
or cancel a setting.
Audio/Information Screen

RADIO Button
Press to select a band.

Features
MENU/CLOCK Button
/ (Seek/Skip) Buttons Press to display the menu items.
Press or to search up
and down the selected band for
a station with a strong signal.

VOL/ (Power/volume) Knob Selector Knob

Press to turn the audio system on Preset Buttons (1-6) Turn to tune the radio frequency.
and off. To store a station: Press, and then turn to select an item.
Turn to adjust the volume. 1. Tune to the selected station. After that, press again to make your
2. Pick a preset button and hold it until selection.
you hear a beep.
To listen to a stored station, select a band,
then press the preset button.

Continued 253
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 254 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

■ Radio Data System (RDS) 1Playing AM/FM Radio

The ST indicator appears on the display indicating
Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.
stereo FM broadcasts.
Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
■ To find an RDS station from Station List
1. Press while listening to an FM station. Switching the Audio Mode
2. Rotate to select the station, then press . Press the SOURCE button on the steering wheel.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 242
■ Update List
You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into
Updates your available station list at any time.
the preset memory. FM1 and FM2 let you store 6
1. Press while listening to an FM station. stations each.
2. Rotate to select Update List, then press .
Features

1Radio Data System (RDS)

■ Radio text
When you select an RDS-capable FM station, the RDS
Displays the radio text information of the selected RDS station. automatically turns on, and the frequency display
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button. changes to the station name. However, when the
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press . signals of that station become weak, the display
3. Rotate to select RDS Settings, then press . changes from the station name to the frequency.
4. Rotate to select Radio Text, then press .

■ Scan
Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds.
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Scan, then press .

To turn off scan, press .

254
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 255 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod

Playing an iPod
Connect the iPod using your dock connector to the USB Port, then press the MEDIA
button.
2 USB Port(s) P. 239

USB Indicator
Appears when an iPod is connected.

(Back) button
Audio/Information Screen
Press to go back to the previous display
or cancel a setting.

Features
Album Art

MEDIA Button
Press to select iPod (if connected).
MENU/CLOCK Button
/ (Seek/Skip) Buttons Press to display the menu items.
Press or to change songs.
Press and hold to move rapidly
within a song.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Selector Knob
Press to turn the audio system on Turn to change songs.
and off. Play Mode Buttons Press and turn to select an item,
Turn to adjust the volume. Press to select a play mode. then press to set your selection.

Play Button
Press to resume a song. Pause Button
Press to pause a song.

Continued 255
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 256 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod

■ How to Select a Song from the iPod Music List with the 1Playing an iPod
Selector Knob Available operating functions vary on models or
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
1. Press to display the iPod music list. vehicle’s audio system.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message

on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 340

Category
Features

Selection
2. Rotate to select a category.

Item
Selection
3. Press to display a list of items in the
category.
4. Rotate to select an item, then press .
u Press and rotate repeatedly until a
desired item you want to listen is
displayed.

256
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 257 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod

■ How to Select a Play Mode 1How to Select a Play Mode

Play Mode Menu Items
You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a song. Shuffle Albums: Plays all available albums in
Available mode icons appear above the play a selected category (playlists, artists, albums, songs,
mode buttons. genres, or composers) in random order.
Press the button corresponding to the mode Shuffle All: Plays all available songs in a
you want to select. selected category (playlists, artists, albums, songs,
genres, or composers) in random order.
Repeat One Track: Repeats the current song.

You can also select a play mode by pressing the

MENU/CLOCK button.
Play Mode Buttons Rotate to select Play Mode, then press .
Rotate to select a mode, then press .

Features
■ To turn off a play mode To turn it off, rotate to select Normal Play, then
Press the selected button. press .

257
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 258 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Pandora®

Playing Pandora®
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from the Pandora® app on a 1Playing Pandora®
compatible smartphone. Pandora®, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system, or with an iPhone, you can connect using Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. Pandora
your USB cable to the USB port. is only available in certain countries. Visit the Pandora
2 Phone Setup P. 406 website for more information.
2 USB Port(s) P. 239
To find out if your phone is compatible with this
feature, visit automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink/,
Audio/Information Screen (Back) Button or call 1-888-528-7876.
Press to go back to the
previous display or To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora® app
MEDIA Button cancel a setting.
must first be installed on your phone. Visit
Press to select Pandora®. www.pandora.com. for more information.
MENU/CLOCK Button
Features

Press to display the

menu items. Find the music you love and let the music you love
find you. Pandora® gives you a personalized music
experience that continually evolves with your tastes.
(Skip) Button Create personalized stations from songs, artists or
Press to skip a genres. Not sure where to start? Use our voice search
track. to easily find stations that match your mood or
activity.
VOL/ (Volume/
Power) Knob
Press to turn the If you cannot operate Pandora® through the audio
audio system on system, it may be streaming through Bluetooth®
and off. Selector Knob Audio. Make sure Pandora® mode on your audio
Turn to adjust the Turn to change a station. system is selected.
volume. Press, and then turn to select an
item. After that, press again to
Play/Pause Button make your selection.
Select to resume or play a track.
Bookmark Button
Like/Dislike Buttons Select to set a track as a bookmark.
Select to evaluate a track.

258
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 259 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Pandora®

■ How to Create a Station 1How to Create a Station

Available operating functions vary on software
You can create a station when playing Pandora®. versions. Some functions may not be available on the
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button. vehicle’s audio system.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message

on the audio/information screen.
2 Pandora® P. 342

Pandora® may limit the total number of skips allowed

on the service. If you dislike a track after the skip limit
has been reached, your feedback will be saved but
the current track will continue to play.

Features
To change stations, press on the main Pandora®
2. Rotate to select New Station, then
screen, and rotate to select Station List, and then
press . select a new station.

3. Rotate to select an item, then press .

u You can select Genre, Current Artist,
or Current Track.

259
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 260 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

Playing a USB Flash Drive

Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3,
WMA or AAC*1 format.
Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port, then press the MEDIA button.
2 USB Port(s) P. 239

USB Indicator
Audio/Information Screen Appears when a USB flash drive is
connected.
(Back) Button
Press to go back to the previous display.
Features

MEDIA Button
Press to select USB flash drive (if
connected).

MENU/CLOCK Button
/ (Seek/Skip) Buttons Press to display the menu items.
Press or to change tracks.
Press and hold to move rapidly
within a track.
Selector Knob
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Turn to change files.
Press to turn the audio system on
and off. Press and turn to select an item,
Play Mode Buttons (1-6) then press to set your selection.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Press to select a play mode.

*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.

260
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 261 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

■ How to Select a File from a Folder with the Selector Knob 1Playing a USB Flash Drive
Use the recommended USB flash drives.
1. Press to display a folder list. 2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 345

Files in WMA format protected by digital rights

management (DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system displays Unplayable File, and then
skips to the next file.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message

on the audio/information screen.
Folder
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 340
Selection
2. Rotate to select a folder.

Features
Track
Selection
3. Press to display a list of files in that
folder.
4. Rotate to select a file, then press .

Continued 261
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 262 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

■ How to Select a Play Mode 1How to Select a Play Mode

Play Mode Menu Items
You can select repeat, random, and scan modes when playing a file. Repeat
Available mode icons appear above the play Repeat One Folder: Repeats all files in the
mode buttons. current folder.
Press the button corresponding to the mode Repeat One Track: Repeats the current file.
you want to select.
Random
Random in Folder: Plays all files in the
current folder in random order.
Random All: Plays all files in random order.

Play Mode Buttons Scan

Scan Folders: Provides 10-second sampling of
Features

■ To turn off a play mode the first file in each of the main folders.
Press the selected button. Scan Tracks: Provides 10-second sampling of
all files in the current folder.

You can also select a play mode by pressing the

MENU/CLOCK button.
Rotate to select Play Mode, then press .
Rotate to select a mode, then press .
To turn it off, rotate to select Normal Play, then
press .

262
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 263 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio

Playing Bluetooth® Audio

Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible 1Playing Bluetooth® Audio
phone. Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s audio capabilities are compatible with the system.
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system. For a list of compatible phones:
2 Phone Setup P. 406 • U.S.: Visit automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink/,
or call 1-888-528-7876.
• Canada: For more information on smartphone
Audio/Information Screen compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.
Bluetooth Indicator
Appears when your phone is
connected to HFL. In some states, it may be illegal to perform some data
device functions while driving.
MEDIA Button (Back) Button
Press to go back to the previous Only one phone can be used with HFL at a time.
Bluetooth Audio mode
display. When there are more than two paired phones in the

Features
(if connected)
vehicle, the first paired phone the system finds is
automatically connected.
MENU/CLOCK
Button
If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,
Press to display
the menu items. there will be a delay before the system begins to play.

In some cases, the name of the artist, album, or track

/ (Seek/
may not appear correctly.
Skip) Buttons
Press or
Some functions may not be available on some
to change files.
Selector Knob devices.
Press and hold to Pause Button (Preset 2) Turn to change groups.
move rapidly
Press to pause a file. Press, and then turn to
within a file.
select an item. After
VOL/ (Volume/Power) that, press again to
Knob make your selection.
Play Button (Preset 1)
Press to turn the audio
Press to resume a file.
system on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.

Continued 263
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 264 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio

■ To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files 1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files

To play the audio files, you may need to operate your
1. Make sure that your phone is paired and phone. If so, follow the phone maker’s operating
MEDIA Button
connected to HFL. instructions.
2. Press the MEDIA button until the
Bluetooth® Audio mode is selected. The pause function may not be available on some
phones.
If the phone is not recognized, another HFL-
If any audio device is connected to the USB port, you
compatible phone, which is not compatible may need to press the MEDIA button repeatedly to
Pause Button for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be select the Bluetooth® Audio system.
Play Button connected.
Switching to another mode pauses the music playing
■ To pause or resume a file from your phone.
Features

Press the play or pause button to select a mode.

264
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 265 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio

■ How to Select a Song from the Music Search List with the 1How to Select a Song from the Music Search List with the Selector
Selector Knob Knob
Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect,
1. Press to display the music search list. some or all of the categories may not be displayed.

Category

Features
Selection
2. Rotate to select a category.

Item
Selection
3. Press to display a list of items in the
category.
4. Rotate to select an item, then press .
u Press and rotate repeatedly until a
desired item you want to listen is
displayed.

265
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 266 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSiri® Eyes Free

Siri® Eyes Free

You can talk to Siri using the (Talk) button on the steering wheel when your 1Siri® Eyes Free
iPhone is paired to the Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system. Siri is a trademark of Apple Inc.
2 Phone Setup P. 406
Check Apple Inc. website for features available for
Siri.

We recommend against using Siri other than in Siri®

Eyes Free while operating a vehicle.

■ Using Siri® Eyes Free 1Using Siri® Eyes Free

Some commands work only on specific phone
(Hang-up/back) Button features or apps.
Press to deactivate Siri® Eyes Free.
Features

Siri® Eyes Free can be used only to play music from an

Appears iPod.
when Siri
is
activated
in Siri®
Eyes Free
While in Siri® Eyes Free:
The display remains the
same. No feedback or
(Talk) Button commands appear.
Press and hold until the display changes as shown.

266
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 267 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Audio System Basic Operation

Models with Display Audio 1Audio System Basic Operation

To use the audio system function, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON. These indications are used to show how to operate
(Home) Button (Home) Button: Press to go to the home the Selector Knob.
(Day/Night) Button screen. Rotate to select.
2 Switching the Display P. 135 Press to enter.
(Audio) Button
(Phone) Button (Back) Button: Press to go back to the
Selector Knob
(Clock) Button */ previous display when it is displayed.
When the list is not displayed, songs, frequency, etc.
(Map) Button * / (Seek/Skip) Buttons: Press to can be changed.
change songs.
(Clock) Button *: Press to display the clock While connected to Apple CarPlay, it changes as
screen. follows:
(Map) Button *: Press to display the map • Pressing the Phone Button, display the Apple
CarPlay phone screen.

Features
screen.
• Pressing the Audio Button, display the Apple
(Phone) Button: Press to display the CarPlay audio screen.
/ SOURCE phone screen.
(Seek/Skip) Button
Buttons (Audio) Button: Press to display the
(Back) Button Selector current audio information.
Knob SOURCE Button: Press to display the source
select screen.
Selector Knob: Rotate left or right to scroll
through the available choices.
Press to set your selection.
(Day/Night) Button: Press to change
the audio/information screen brightness.
Press once and select or to make
an adjustment.
u Each time you press , the mode
switches among the daytime mode,
nighttime mode and off mode.
* Not available on all models 267
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 268 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Audio/Information Screen
Displays the audio status and wallpaper. From this display, you can go to various 1Audio/Information Screen
setup options. Touchscreen Operation
• Use simple gestures - including touching, swiping,
■ Switching the Display and scrolling - to operate certain audio functions.
• Some items may be grayed out during driving to
■ Using the audio/information screen reduce the potential for distraction.
• You can select them when the vehicle is stopped or
Home Screen use voice commands.
Models without • Wearing gloves may limit or prevent touchscreen
navigation system response.

You can change the touchscreen sensitivity setting.

(Home) Button 2 Customized Features P. 378
Features

Models with
navigation system

All Apps

Press the button to go to the home screen.

Select the following icons on the home screen or after selecting All Apps.

■ Phone
Displays the HFL information.
2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 424

268
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 269 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ Trip Computer
Displays the trip computer information.
• Current Drive tab: Displays the current trip information.
• Trip A/Trip B tab: Displays information for the current and three previous drives.
The information is stored every time you reset Trip A/B.
To reset the Trip A/B, select Settings, then select Delete Trip History.
To change the setting of how to reset Trip A/B, select OK.

■ Clock
Displays the clock.

■ System Updates

Features
Updates the software version of the audio system.
2 System Updates P. 283

■ FM/AM/Sirius XM */USB1/USB2/Bluetooth Audio/Smartphone Connection

Displays the each audio information.

■ Settings
Enters the customizing menu screen.
2 Customized Features P. 378

■ Navigation *
Displays the navigation screen.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual

* Not available on all models Continued 269

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 270 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ HondaLink
Displays the HondaLink screen.
2 HondaLink® P. 318

■ Apple CarPlay/Android Auto

Displays the Apple CarPlay or Android Auto screen.
2 Apple CarPlayTM P. 333
2 Android AutoTM P. 336

■ Messages
Displays the text message screen.
2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 424
Features

■ AT&T Hotspot *
Displays the AT&T Hotspot screen.

■ NFC Manager *
Displays the Near Field Communication (NFC) manager screen.
2 Near Field Communication (NFC) * P. 329

■ Compass *
Displays the compass screen.

270 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 271 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ Power Flow 1Audio/Information Screen

Displays the motor and engine power flow, average fuel economy, and range. The power flow monitor is also displayed on the
driver information interface.
Engine ON 2 Power Flow Monitor P. 156

Engine OFF While the vehicle is stationary with the engine

Engine running, the following may appear on the audio/
information screen.

Features
The auto The auto
engine stop engine stop
does not activates.
Average Fuel Economy Power Flow Driving Range activate. (Engine OFF)
(Current Drive) (Engine ON)
High Voltage Battery

Continued 271
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 272 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Displays the power flow, indicating what is supplying power to the vehicle and/or 1Audio/Information Screen
charging the battery. While the engine provides propulsion directly to the
u The indicator for the power transmission appears in blue, and for the battery wheels, the icon appears in the power flow
charging operation, in green. monitor on the screen.

Display Color of indicators Vehicle’s Condition

Power is being supplied by

the High Voltage battery
Blue
and the engine-driven
generator.
Features

Power is being supplied by

Blue
the High Voltage battery.

Power is being supplied by

Blue the engine-driven
generator.

272
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 273 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Display Color of indicators Vehicle’s Condition

Power is being supplied

directly by the engine and
Blue and Green the High Voltage battery is
being charged by the
engine-driven generator.

The High Voltage battery is

Green being charged through

Features
regenerative braking.

The High Voltage battery is

Green being charged by the
engine-driven generator.

Continued 273
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 274 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ Wallpaper Setup 1Wallpaper Setup

The wallpaper you set up on Clock Faces cannot be
You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen. displayed on the driver information interface.
• The file name must be fewer than 255 characters.
■ Import wallpaper • The file format of the image that can be imported
1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB port is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).
in the center pocket or console • If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,
the No files detected message appears.
compartment.
• Up to five pictures can be imported.
2 USB Port(s) P. 239
• The maximum image size is 1,920 × 936 pixels. If
2. Select Clock. the image size is less the image is displayed in the
3. Select Settings. middle of the screen with the extra area appearing
4. Select Clock Faces. in black.
5. Select Add New Wallpaper.
Features

u The Searching... screen is displayed.

6. Import a desired picture.
u Multiple pictures can be imported at the
same time.
7. Select Start Import.
u The display will return to the Clock Faces
screen.

274
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 275 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ Select wallpaper 1Wallpaper Setup

1. Select Clock. You cannot delete the initial imported wallpapers.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Clock Faces.
4. Select a desired wallpaper.
5. Select Set.
u The display will return to the Clock Faces screen.

■ To view wallpaper once it is set

1. Press the button.
2. Select Clock.

■ Delete wallpaper

Features
1. Select Clock.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Clock Faces.
4. Select a desired wallpaper.
5. Select Delete.
6. Select Yes.
u The display will return to the Clock Faces screen.

Continued 275
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 276 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ Home Screen 1Home Screen

The home screen has 2 or 3 pages. You can add up
■ To change to a next screen to 7 pages.

Press the button to go directly back to the first

page of the home screen from any page.

Swipe

> Icon < Icon

Current page position
Features

Selecting < or > , or swiping the screen left or right changes to the next screen.

276
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 277 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ To add app icons on the home screen 1To add app icons on the home screen
App icons can be added on the home screen. You can add app icons by the following procedure.
1. Press the button. 1. Press the button.
2. Select and hold the home screen. 2. Select All Apps.
3. Select Add. 3. Select Customize.
4. Select Add.
4. Drag and drop the icon to where you want
5. Drag and drop the icon to where you want it to
it to be.
be.
5. Select Done. 6. Select Done.
u The screen will return to the home uThe screen will return to the home screen.
screen.
Pre-installed apps may not start up normally. If this
occurs, you need to reset the system.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 396

Features
If you perform Factory Data Reset, it may reset all
the settings to their factory default.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 396

In case those apps still do not start up normally even

after Factory Data Reset, contact your dealer.

Continued 277
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 278 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ To move icons on the home screen 1To move icons on the home screen
You can change location on the home screen. Select Tips to show tips. To hide them, select it again.
1. Select and hold an icon.
u The screen switches to the customization
screen.
2. Drag and drop the icon to where you want
it to be.
Select and hold. 3. Select Done.
u The screen will return to the home
screen.
Features

Drag and drop.

278
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 279 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ To remove icons on the home screen 1To remove icons on the home screen
You can delete the icons on the home screen. Apps will not be deleted by deleting the icon on the
1. Select and hold an icon. home screen.
u The screen switches to the customization
screen. Select Tips to show tips. To hide them, select it again.
2. Drag and drop the icon you want to remove
to the Hide icon.
Select and hold. u The icon is removed from the home
screen.
3. Select Done.
u The screen will return to the home
screen.

Features
Drag and drop
to Hide icon.

Continued 279
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 280 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ To shortcut icons on the home screen 1To shortcut icons on the home screen
You can store up to three icons on the upper left of the home screen. Select Tips to show tips. To hide them, select it again.
1. Select and hold an icon.
u The screen switches to the customization
screen.
2. Drag and drop the icon you want to store to
the upper left of the home screen.
Select and hold. u The icon is stored as a shortcut.
3. Select Done.
Shortcut u The screen will return to the home
Icons
screen.
Features

Drag and
drop to
preset icon.

280
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 281 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ Status Area
1. Select the system status icon.
u The status area appears.
2. Select an item to see the details.
3. Press the button or the system status
icon to close the area.

System
Status Icon

Features
Status Area

Continued 281
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 282 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ Customizing the Meter 1Customizing the Meter

You can store up to three customized configurations.
You can edit, show, or hide the meter contents on the driver information interface. To select or customize a configuration, select Select
1. Press the button. configuration.
2. Select Settings. When you select Select configuration during
3. Select System. customization, the settings you changed will be
4. Select Config. of Instrument Panel. saved.
5. Select and hold the content you wish to
show or hide.
u The checked items are displayed on the
driver information interface.
Features

■ Editing order
To change the order of the contents on the driver information interface, first select:
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select Config. of Instrument Panel.
5. Select Reorder.
6. Select and hold the contents you want to
move.
7. Drag and drop the contents to where you
want it to be.
8. Select Done.

282
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 283 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSystem Updates

System Updates
The audio system’s firmware can be updated with a Wi-Fi connection, or with a USB 1Wireless connection mode setup
device. If your vehicle has a telematics control unit (TCU), you
do not need the wireless connection mode setup.
■ How to Update Wirelessly
■ Wireless connection mode setup
1. Press the button.
2. Select System Updates.
3. Select Settings.
4. Select Connection Setup.
5. Select Wi-Fi.

Features
6. Select Change Mode.
7. Select Network, then Confirm.
u The display returns to the network list.
8. Select an access point from the network list,
then Save.
u If the audio system requires a password,
enter a password.

Continued 283
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 284 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSystem Updates

■ How to update 1How to update

When the audio system update is available, the notification is shown on the audio/ You can update the system via Wi-Fi, but cannot use
information screen. Use the following procedure to update the system. the captive portal that require login or agreement the
Notification 1. Press the button. terms of use on the browser.
2. Select System Updates.
Your download will be canceled if:
• Your Wi-Fi connection is severed.
• You turn off the ignition when the battery is low on
power.

Your download will recommence the next time a Wi-

Fi connection is established.

3. Select via Wireless.

Features

u If a notification is displayed on the

screen, the screen of step 5 will be
displayed.
4. Select Download Now.
u A notification appears on the screen.

284
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 285 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSystem Updates

5. Select Install Now or Install while 1How to update

Vehicle OFF. For battery protection, Install while vehicle OFF
u A notification appears on the screen if cannot be selected when the battery is low on power.
the update is successful. If you want to install the updated data, recharge the
battery or select Install Now.

Features
Continued 285
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 286 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSystem Updates

■ Automatic download settings

Use the following procedure to change to the automatic download setting.
1. Press the button.
2. Select System Updates.
3. Select Settings.
4. Select Auto Download.
5. Select the access point, then Yes.

■ View a version and update status

Features

Use the following procedure to confirm the version and update status.
1. Press the button.
2. Select System Updates.
3. Select Settings.
4. Select Version Status.

286
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 287 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSystem Updates

■ How to Update with a USB Device 1How to Update with a USB Device
A USB device with a minimum of 8 GB of free space
■ Download the update files from the server or more is recommended.
1. Press the button.
2. Select System Updates. Be sure to delete any previous inventory or update
3. Select via USB. files from the USB before starting the USB update
u A notification appears on the screen. process.
4. Connect a USB device into the USB port in
the center pocket or console compartment.
u The inventory data is copied into the USB
device.
2 USB Port(s) P. 239
5. Remove the USB device from the USB port.

Features
6. Connect the USB device into your
computer, and then download the update
files.
u Follow the link to download the required
software update files. Refer to
https://usb.honda.com for instructions.

Continued 287
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 288 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSystem Updates

■ Update the audio system

1. Press the button.
2. Select System Updates.
3. Select via USB.
u A notification appears on the screen.
4. Connect the USB device with the update
files into the USB port.
u A notification appears on the screen.
2 USB Port(s) P. 239

5. Select Install Now.

u A notification appears on the screen if
Features

the update is successful.

288
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 289 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound

Adjusting the Sound

1. Press the button. 1Adjusting the Sound
2. Select an audio source icon. The SVC adjusts the volume level based on the
3. Select Sound. vehicle speed. As you go faster, audio volume
4. Select the setting you want. increases. As you slow down, audio volume
5. Select Save. decreases.

You can also adjust the sound the following

procedure.
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings.
Select an item from the following choices: 3. Select Sound.
• Bass / Treble: Treble, Midrange, Bass,
Subwoofer * To reset each setting for Bass / Treble, Balance /
• Balance / Fader: Balance, Fader Fader, DTS Neural Surround * and Speed Volume

Features
Compensation select Default.
• DTS Neural Surround *: DTS Neural
SurroundTM
• Speed Volume Compensation: Speed
Volume Compensation (SVC)

* Not available on all models 289

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 290 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup

Display Setup
You can change the brightness of the audio/information screen. 1Changing the Screen Brightness
You can change the Contrast and Black Level
■ Changing the Screen Brightness settings in the same manner.

1. Press the button. To reset the settings, select Default.

2. Select Settings.
3. Select Display.
4. Select Day Mode or Night Mode.
5. Select the setting you want.
6. Select Save.
Features

290
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 291 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup

■ Selecting an Audio Source

Select the source icon
Source Select Screen

Source List Icons

SOURCE Button
Select the current source icon, then select an icon on the source list or use the

Features
SOURCE button to switch the audio source.

■ Limitations for Manual Operation *

Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.
You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.

* Not available on all models 291

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 292 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation

Voice Control Operation

Your vehicle has a voice control system that allows hands-free operation. 1Voice Control Operation
The voice control system uses the (talk) and (back) buttons on the steering When you press the button, a helpful prompt asks
wheel and a microphone near the map lights on the ceiling. what you would like to do. Press and release the
button again to bypass this prompt and give a
command.
■ Voice Recognition
To achieve optimum voice recognition when using the voice control system:
• Make sure the correct screen is displayed for the voice command that you are
using.
The system recognizes only certain commands.
Available voice commands.
2 Voice Portal Screen P. 293
• Close the windows and moonroof *.
Features

• Adjust the dashboard and side vents so air does not blow onto the microphone
on the ceiling.
• Speak clearly in a clear, natural speaking voice without pausing between words.
• Reduce any background noise if possible. The system may misinterpret your
command if more than one person is speaking at the same time.

292 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 293 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation

■ FM Commands
■ Voice Portal Screen ■ Phone Commands
• FM
This can be only used when the phone is • Tune to <87.7-107.9> FM
connected. When the system recognizes the
Phone command, the screen will change ■ AM Commands
the dedicated screen for the voice • AM
recognition of the phone. • Tune to <530-1710> AM
• Phone
• Call <Your Contact Name> ■ Sirius XM Commands
• Call <Phone Number> • Sirius XM
The system recognize an only contact name • Channel <1-999>
When the (talk) button is pressed, in the stored phonebook of your phone. If • Channel <station name>
available voice commands appear on the full name is registered in first name field,

Features
screen. the system will recognize the first name and ■ USB Commands
For a complete list of commands, say “Voice last name as one contact name. • USB
Help” after the beep. • Play Genre <Genre name>
Phone commands are not available if using • Play Artist <Artist name>
The system only recognizes the commands Apple CarPlay. • Play Album <Album name>
on the following pages, at certain screens. • Play Playlist <Playlist name>
Free form voice commands are not ■ Audio Commands • Play Song <Song name>
recognized. • Play Music
When the system recognizes the Audio
command, the screen will change the • List Genre <Genre name>
dedicated screen for the voice recognition • List Artist <Artist name>
of the audio. • List Album <Album name>
• List Playlist <Playlist name>

Continued 293
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 294 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation

■ Navigation Commands*1
The system accepts navigation command on
the dedicated screen for the voice
recognition of the navigation.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual

■ Standard Commands
• Voice Help
• Cancel
• Back
Voice Help are readout voice guidance for
Features

Help on current screen.

*1: Models with navigation system

294
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 295 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

Playing AM/FM Radio

Audio/Information Screen

Settings Icon
Select whether to tune to HD RadioTM*
automatically.

Features
(Back) Button
Press to go back to the previous Preset Icons
display. Tune the radio frequency for
preset memory.
Seek Buttons Select and hold the preset icon to
Press or to search up and store that station. Select > to
down the selected band for a display beyond preset 5.
station with a strong signal.
Selector Knob
Turn to tune the radio frequency.
VOL/ AUDIO (Volume/Power) Knob
Press, and then turn to select an item. After that,
Push to turn the audio system on and off.
press again to make your selection.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Scan Icon
Select to scan each station with a strong signal.
Tune Icon
Select to use the on-screen keyboard for
entering the radio frequency directly.

* Not available on all models Continued 295

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 296 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

■ Preset Memory 1Preset Memory

The ST indicator appears on the display indicating
To store a station: stereo FM broadcasts.
1. Tune to the selected station. Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
2. Select and hold the preset number for the station you want to store.
Switching the Audio Mode
Roll the left selector wheel or select the audio source
■ Station List icon on the screen.
Lists the strongest stations on the selected band. 2 Audio Remote Controls P. 242
1. Select Station List to display a list.
You can store 12 AM/FM stations into preset
2. Select the station.
memory.

■ Manual update Models with HD RadioTM feature

Features

Updates your available station list at any time. HD Radio Technology manufactured under license
1. Select Station List to display a list. from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S. and Foreign
2. Select Refresh. Patents. HD RadioTM and the HD, HD Radio, and
“Arc” logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity
Digital Corp.

296
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 297 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

■ Scan 1Radio Data System (RDS)

When you select an RDS-capable FM station, the RDS
Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds. To turn automatically turns on, and the frequency display
off scan, select Stop or . changes to the station name. However, when the
signals of that station become weak, the display
■ Radio Data System (RDS) changes from the station name to the frequency.

Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.

■ To find an RDS station from Station List

1. Select Station List to display a list while listening to an FM station.
2. Select the station.

Features
■ Manual update
Updates your available station list at any time.
1. Select Station List to display a list while listening to an FM station.
2. Select Refresh.

■ Scan
Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds. To turn
off scan, select Stop or .

Continued 297
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 298 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

Models with HD RadioTM feature

■ HD Subchannel
Displays the subchannel list when an HD RadioTM station is selected while listening to
an FM station.
1. Select HD Radio Channels.
2. Select the channel number.

■ AM/FM Settings
Change the AM/FM settings.
1. Select Settings.
2. Select an option.
Features

• HD Radio: Automatically choose a digital or an analog channel, or listen to

analog only.
• Artwork: Turns the artwork display on and off.

298
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 299 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio *

Playing SiriusXM® Radio *

Audio/Information Screen

Album Art Settings Icon

Select settings to display and
customize SiriusXM® settings.

Preset Icons

Features
(Back) Button
Press to go back to the previous Tune the radio frequency for preset
display. memory. Select and hold the preset
icon to store that station. Select >
to display beyond preset 5.
Seek Buttons
Press or to search up and
down the selected band for a
station with a strong signal.
Selector Knob
VOL/ AUDIO (Volume/Power) Knob Turn to change the channel.
Push to turn the audio system on and off. Press, and then turn to select an item. After that,
press again to make your selection.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Category Icons
Select or to display and select a SiriusXM® Radio category.
Channel Icons
Select or to the previous or next channel.
Select and hold to rapidly skip 10 channels at a time.

* Not available on all models Continued 299

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 300 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio *

■ To Change the Tune Mode 1Playing SiriusXM® Radio *

In the channel mode, all available channels are
1. Select Settings. selectable. In the category mode, you can select a
2. Select Tune Mode. channel within a category (Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.).
3. Select Channel or Category.
There may be instances when SiriusXM® Radio does
not broadcast all the data fields (artist name, title).
This does not indicate a problem with your audio
system.

SiriusXM® Radio stations load in ascending order,

which can take about a minute. Once they have
loaded you will be able to scroll up or down to make
your selections.
Features

Switching the Audio Mode

Roll up or down to select Audio on the left selector
wheel or select the audio source icon on the screen.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 242

Tune Start:
When you change to a preset channel, a song being
played on that channel restarts from the beginning
with this function. This can be turned on or off by the
following procedure.
1. Select Settings.
2. Select Tune Start.
3. Select ON or OFF.

To change a category, select Category icons, or

select More and then select Category List.

300 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 301 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio *

■ Preset Memory 1Preset Memory

You can store 12 SiriusXM® channels into the preset
To store a channel: memory.
1. Tune to the selected channel.
2. Select and hold the preset number for the station you want to store.

■ Multi-channel preset (for music channels only) 1Multi-channel preset (for music channels only)
You can store up to 10 of your preferred music channels per preset. TuneMix:
1. Tune a station. The multi-channel preset function can be turned on
2. Select and hold the preset number you or off by the following procedure.
want to add a music channel. 1. Select Settings.
2. Select TuneMix.
3. Select Add to TuneMix or Create
3. Select ON or OFF.
TuneMix.

Features
u A message appears if there are no When you want to replace the channel, select
available presets. Replace Preset.
If you want to delete a channel, select Edit TuneMix,
and then select the channel you want to delete.

Continued 301
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 302 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio *

■ Listening to Featured Channels 1Listening to Featured Channels

Up to ten featured channels by SiriusXM® can be
Suggested channel listing received from SiriusXM® can be displayed and selected. displayed.
1. Select Channel List.
2. Select Featured Favorite. Featured channel lists are at the top of the channel
list.

To switch the sorting method, select Number or

Name on the upper right of the screen.

Select Keypad to use the on-screen keyboard for

entering the channel number directly.
Features

302
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 303 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio *

■ Replay Function 1Replay Function

The system starts storing broadcast in memory when
The system can record up to the last 60 minutes broadcast of your currently tuned the power mode is turned ON. You can go back to
channel as well as the last 30 minutes broadcast of preset channels, starting from the program from that point.
the moment you turn the vehicle on. If you tuned to preset channel, the system
records up to 60 minutes of a broadcast instead of up to 30 minutes. You can You can no longer replay any program once the
rewind and replay the last 30 or 60 minutes of a broadcast. power mode is turned off as it erases memory.
You can check how long the program has been
stored in memory from the audio/information screen.
Move the position you want to replay by selecting or .
After 30 or 60 minutes of recording the system will
To play or pause on playback mode, select the play/pause icon. automatically start deleting the oldest data.

Audio/Information Screen
■ Returning to real-time broadcast (A)

Features
Select and hold .

(C) (D) (B)

(A): Shows how much time the replayed segment is

behind the real-time broadcast
(B): Replayed segment
(C): Length stored in memory
(D): Play/Pause icon

Continued 303
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 304 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio *

■ Live Sports Alert 1Live Sports Alert

The Pop-up appears and notifies you of a sports alert
While listening to other channel, you can receive sports alerts such as scores from function.
your favorite teams.

■ To set up a favorite team 1To set up a favorite team

1. Select Settings. Sports alerts cut in only when SiriusXM® mode is on.
2. Select Sports Notifications Setup.
3. Select Favorite Teams.
4. Select + Add Favorite Team.
5. Select a team.
Features

■ To set up an alert message

1. Select Settings.
2. Select Sports Notifications Setup.
3. Select Notifications.
4. Select Game Notifications or SportsFlash Game Play Notifications.
5. Select Notifications.
6. Select ON.
7. Select a favorite team.

304
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 305 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio *

■ Traffic and Weather Information 1Traffic and Weather Information

When traffic and weather information is received, a
You can receive traffic and weather information. notification is displayed in the header area.
1. Select Settings. 2 Status Area P. 281
2. Select Traffic & Weather Now Setup.
3. Select Selected City.
4. Select the region.

Features
Continued 305
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 306 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio *

■ Channel Schedule 1Channel Schedule

Select Keypad to use the on-screen keyboard for
You can view a channel schedule or receive a alert when your favorite program is entering the channel number directly.
about to start.

■ To view a channel schedule

1. Select More.
2. Select Channel Schedule.
Features

■ To set up an alert message 1To set up an alert message

1. Select More. The Pop-up appears and notifies you of an alert
2. Select Channel Schedule. function.
3. Select a program.
4. Select Set Program Alert. Selecting Just Once disables the alert feature next
time you turn the power mode to ON.
5. Select Just Once or Every Time.
If you want to delete the alert, select Remove Alert.

To enable an alert message, change settings for the

alert function.
2 To enable the alert function P. 307

306
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 307 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio *

■ Manage Program Alert

You can change settings for the alert function.

■ To enable the alert function

1. Select Settings.
2. Select Manage Program Alerts.
3. Select Notifications.
4. Select ON or OFF.

Features
■ To remove an alert
1. Select Settings.
2. Select Manage Program Alerts.
3. Select Alerts Set.
4. Select on the alert you want to delete.
u A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select Yes.

Continued 307
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 308 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio *

■ Scan 1Scan
The “Scan Songs in Presets” function is based on
Sample each channel on the selected mode for 10 seconds. TuneScanTM technology of SiriusXM®.
1. Select More.
2. Select Scan. The “Featured Channels” function is based on
Featured FavoritesTM technology of SiriusXM®.
You can change a scan mode by the following procedure.
TuneScanTM and Featured FavoritesTM are registered
1. Select Settings.
trademarks of SiriusXM® Radio, Inc.
2. Select Scan Mode.
3. Select Channel or Preset.

To turn off scan, select Stop.

Features

308
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 309 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio *

■ SiriusXM® Settings
Change the SiriusXM® settings.
1. Select Settings.
2. Select an option.

• TuneMix: Turns multiple channel mix preset on and off.

• Tune Mode: Choose whether to group by category or channel number when
changing channels.
• Scan Mode: Select the scan mode from all channels or presets.
• Tune Start: Start the currently playing song at the beginning when you switch to
a music channel preset.
• Sports Notifications Setup: Set to receive sports alerts such as scores from your

Features
favorite teams.
2 Live Sports Alert P. 304
• Traffic & Weather Now Setup: Set to receive traffic and weather information.
2 Traffic and Weather Information P. 305
• Manage Program Alerts: Change settings for the alert function.
2 Manage Program Alert P. 307

309
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 310 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod

Playing an iPod
Using your USB connector, connect the iPod to the USB ports, then select the USB
mode.
2 USB Port(s) P. 239

Cover Art Audio/Information Screen

Features

Sound Icon
(Back) Button Select to display the sound
Press to go back to the previous settings.
display. Selector Knob
Turn to change songs.
Track Buttons
Press, and then turn to select an
Press or to change songs. item. After that, press again to
Select and hold to move rapidly make your selection.
within a song.
VOL/ AUDIO (Volume/Power) Knob Shuffle Icon
Push to turn the audio system on and off. Select to play all files in the current
Turn to adjust the volume. category in random order.
Repeat Icon
Browse Icon Select to repeat the current file.
Select to display the menu items. Track Icons
Play/Pause Icon
Select or to change songs.
Select and hold to move rapidly within a song.

310
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 311 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod

■ How to Select a Song from the Music Search List 1Playing an iPod
Available operating functions vary on models or
1. Select Browse. versions. Some functions may not be available on the
2. Select a search category (e.g., Artists, vehicle’s audio system.
Albums, etc.).
3. Continue making selections until you find If there is a problem, you may see an error message
the song of your choice. on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 340

If you operate the music app on your iPhone/iPod

while the phone is connected to the audio system,
you may no longer be able to operate the same app
on the audio/information screen.
Reconnect the device if necessary.

Features
If an iPhone is connected via Apple CarPlay, the iPod/
USB source will be unavailable and audio files on the
phone will be playable only within Apple CarPlay.

Continued 311
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 312 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod

■ How to Select a Play Mode 1How to Select a Play Mode

Play Mode Menu Items
You can select shuffle and repeat modes when playing a file. Shuffle
Shuffle off: Shuffle mode to off.
■ Shuffle/Repeat Shuffle All Songs: Plays all available songs in a
Select shuffle or repeat icon repeatedly until a selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres,
desired mode. or composers) in random order.

Repeat
Repeat off: Repeat mode to off.
Repeat Song: Repeats the current song.
Repeat all: Repeats all available songs in a
selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres,
or composers).
Features

■ To turn off a play mode

Select the mode you want to turn off.

312
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 313 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

Playing a USB Flash Drive

Your audio system reads and plays audio files on a USB flash drive in either MP3,
WMA, or AAC*1 format.
Connect your USB flash drive to the USB ports, then select the USB mode.
2 USB Port(s) P. 239

Audio/Information Screen

Features
Sound Icon
(Back) Button Select to display the sound
Press to go back to the previous settings.
display.
Selector Knob
Seek Buttons Turn to change files.
Press or to change files. Press and turn to select an item,
Select and hold to move rapidly then press to set your selection.
within a track.
Random Icon
VOL/ AUDIO (Volume/Power) Knob
Select to play all files in the current
Push to turn the audio system on and off.
category in random order.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Repeat Icon
Browse Icon Select to repeat the current file.
Select to display the menu items. Track Icons Play/Pause Icon
Select or to change files.
Select and hold to move rapidly within a track.
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
Continued 313
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 314 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

■ How to Select a File from the Music Search List 1Playing a USB Flash Drive
Use the recommended USB flash drives.
1. Select Browse. 2 General Information on the Audio System
2. Select a search category (e.g., Artists, P. 345
Albums, etc.).
3. Continue making selections until you find WMA files protected by digital rights management
the song of your choice. (DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system displays The selected file cannot
be played, then skips to the next file.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message

on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 340
Features

314
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 315 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

■ How to Select a Play Mode 1How to Select a Play Mode

Play Mode Menu Items
You can select repeat and random modes when playing a file. Random
Random off: Random mode to off.
■ Random/Repeat Random All Tracks: Plays all files in random
Select Random or repeat icon repeatedly until order.
a desired mode. Random in Folder: Plays all files in the current
folder in random order.

Repeat
Repeat off: Repeat mode to off.
Repeat track: Repeats the current playing file.
Repeat in Folder: Repeats all files in the
current folder.

Features
■ To turn off a play mode
Select the mode you want to turn off.

315
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 316 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio

Playing Bluetooth® Audio

Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible 1Playing Bluetooth® Audio
phone. Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s audio capabilities are compatible with the system. For
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system. a list of compatible phones:
• U.S.: Visit automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink
2 Phone Setup P. 429 or call 1-888-528-7876.
• Canada: For more information on smartphone
Audio/Information Screen compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.
Bluetooth Indicator
It may be illegal to perform some data device
Appears when your phone is
functions while driving.
connected to HFL.
Only one phone can be used with HFL at a time.
When there are more than two paired phones in the
vehicle, the first paired phone the system finds is
Features

(Back) automatically connected.

Button
Press to go The connected phone for Bluetooth® Audio can be
back to the different.
previous
display. If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,
there may be a delay before the system begins to
play.
VOL/ AUDIO (Volume/ Selector Knob
Power) Knob In some cases, the name of the artist, album, or track
Turn to change groups. Press, may not appear correctly.
Push to turn the audio and then turn to select an item.
system on and off. After that, press again to make
Some functions may not be available on some
Turn to adjust the volume. your selection. devices.

Browse Icon Play/Pause Icon If a phone is currently connected via Apple CarPlay or
Select to display Android Auto, Bluetooth® Audio from that phone
Track Icons will be unavailable. However, you can have a second
the menu items.
Select or to change tracks. previously paired phone stream Bluetooth® Audio by
selecting from the Bluetooth® device list.
2 Phone Setup P. 429

316
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 317 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio

■ To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files 1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files

To play the audio files, you may need to operate your
1. Make sure that your phone is paired and phone. If so, follow the phone maker’s operating
connected to the system. instructions.
2 Phone Setup P. 429
2. Select the Bluetooth® Audio mode. Switching to another mode pauses the music playing
from your phone.
If the phone is not recognized, another HFL-
You can change the connected phone by selecting
compatible phone, which is not compatible Change Device.
for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be 2 Phone Setup P. 429
connected.

■ To pause or resume a file

Features
Select the play/pause icon.

■ Searching for Music 1Searching for Music

Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect,
1. Select Browse. some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
2. Select a search category (e.g., Albums).
3. Select an item.
u The selection begins playing.

317
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 318 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink®

HondaLink®
HondaLink® connects you to the latest information from Honda. You can connect 1HondaLink®
your phone wirelessly through Wi-Fi or Bluetooth®. If your vehicle has a telematics control unit (TCU), you
2 Wi-Fi Connection P. 327 can use HondaLink® without connecting the phone.
2 Phone Setup P. 429
The HondaLink® connect app is compatible with most
iPhone and Android phones.
■ To Connect to HondaLink®
Use the following procedure to connect to HondaLink®. If the system is connected to the HondaLink® connect
app through Bluetooth® and another Bluetooth®
audio device is connected, the Bluetooth®
■ To enable the HondaLink® service connection to the HondaLink® connect app will be
You need to allow the consent of the location service to enable the HondaLink® severed.
service.
Disable: Does not allow this consent. Some cell phone carriers charge for tethering and
Features

Enable Once: Allows only one time. (Shows smartphone data use. Check your phone’s data
again next time.) subscription package.
Always Enable: Allows anytime. (Never
show again.)

318
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 319 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink®

■ To link with HondaLink®

You may see the connection guide screen
after launching HondaLink® when there is no
connection available.

■ HondaLink® Menu

Features
■ Connect
Displays instruction messages when the vehicle needs service.

■ Help & Support

Displays tips for vehicle usage, and get support via road side or customer service
center.

Continued 319
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 320 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink®

■ Message
Displays helpful and important information from Honda.

■ Vehicle Information and Message from Honda Tips

You can check the messages that are received quickly in the shortcut operation.
1. A notification appears and notifies you of a
new message on the header area.
Features

Notification

2. A notification is continuously displayed in

the header area until the new message is
read.

320
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 321 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink®

3. Select the system status icon to see the 1Vehicle Information and Message from Honda Tips
messages. When you update HondaLink®, you must keep the
engine running and maintain a constant connection
with HondaLink®.
If the update is interrupted, the system will
automatically resume the process. If, however, a
week has elapsed since the process was first
interrupted, you must repeat the process from the
beginning.

You can update HondaLink® by selecting Message

from Honda on the HondaLink® menu.
4. Select a new message to open.
u If you have selected the update option

Features
for HondaLink®, follow the directions on
the screen to complete the process.

321
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 322 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink® Service *

HondaLink® Service *
Is a subscription-based service that provides convenient features such as voice 1HondaLink® Service *
communication in case of emergency, online security, and one-on-one operator HondaLink® also provides services you can operate
assistance. from the Internet or your smartphone.

To subscribe to HondaLink®, or to get more

■ In Case of Emergency information about all of its features, contact an
■ Automatic collision notification Honda dealer, or visit hondalink.honda.com
If your vehicle’s airbags deploy or if the unit
detects that the vehicle is severely impacted, 1In Case of Emergency
your vehicle automatically will attempt to Your vehicle may not be able to connect to the
connect to the HondaLink® operator. If operator if the battery level is low, the line is
connected, information about your vehicle, its disconnected, or you do not have adequate cellular
location, and its condition can be sent to the coverage.
Features

operator*1; you also can speak to the operator

You cannot use this emergency services when:
when connected. • You travel outside the HondaLink® service coverage
areas.
IMPORTANT: In a crash, HondaLink® will attempt to notify emergency services but • There is a problem with the connecting devices,
NEITHER HONDA NOR ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS GUARANTEE THAT SUCH such as the microphones, speakers, or the unit
NOTIFICATION WILL OCCUR. itself.

You cannot operate other phone-related functions

Honda reserves the right to terminate HondaLink® services at any time or for any using the screen while talking to the operator.
reason, and in the future may not be able to provide services due to changes in, or Only the operator can terminate the connection to
obsolescence of, technology integral to the service or changes in governmental your vehicle.
regulation.
1Automatic collision notification
*1: Depending on your phone and adequate cellular coverage, your vehicle’s location may not If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it
be sent to the operator. repeatedly tries until it succeeds.

322 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 323 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink® Service *

■ Manual operator connection 1Manual operator connection

If you need to talk to the HondaLink® operator Do not press the button while driving. When you
ASSIST Button in a situation where no airbag has deployed, need to contact the operator, park the vehicle in a
you can manually connect to them by pressing safe place.
the ASSIST button with the power mode in
If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it
ACCESSORY or ON.
automatically cancels the action after three minutes.
1. Open the cover attached to the ceiling
console. If necessary, the cover can be broken to access the
2. Press the ASSIST button. ASSIST button.
u You are connected to the HondaLink®
operator.

Features
Continued 323
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 324 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink® Service *

■ Security Features 1Security Features

The contact information of your provider, your user
Your subscribed telematics service provider can track your vehicle’s location, ID and PIN will be given when you subscribe to
remotely lock or unlock doors, and help you find your vehicle. HondaLink®. If you forget any of the above, contact a
To use these features, you need your user ID and personal identification number Honda dealer, or go to hondalink.honda.com.
(PIN).
You can also activate the remote door lock/unlock
and vehicle finder features from the Internet or using
■ Stolen vehicle tracking
your smartphone app. Ask a dealer, or visit
This feature searches and tracks down your vehicle position even if it is on the move. hondalink.honda.com.
If you believe that your vehicle has been stolen, contact the police as well as the
provider.

■ Remote door lock/unlock

Features

The provider can remotely lock or unlock doors upon your request.

■ Vehicle finder 1Vehicle finder

This feature is convenient to use when trying to locate your vehicle in large areas, The lights will stop flashing and horn will stop
such as a crowded parking lot. If you cannot locate your vehicle after using the sounding under the following:
remote transmitter’s answerback function, you can contact the provider which can • When conditions 30 seconds have elapsed.
then flash your vehicle’s exterior lights and sound the horn, and sends vehicle • You unlock the doors using the remote transmitter.
location via web/Smartphone. • You unlock the doors using the smart entry system.
• You unlock the doors using the built-in key.
• The power mode is set to ACCESSORY or ON.
■ Security alarm notification
If the security system in your vehicle detects an abnormal condition, such as
someone tampering with the lock on your vehicle, the provider notifies you by email.

324
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 325 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink® Service *

■ Operator Assistance 1Operator Assistance

Remain attentive to road conditions and driving
Connect to the HondaLink® operator when trying to find a destination or for during operator assistance.
roadside assistance.
1. Press the LINK button. If you want to add or renew a subscription, call the
u Connection to the operator begins. Operator Assistance.
LINK Button 1. Press the button.
2. Talk to the operator.
2. Select HondaLink.
u To disconnect, select Hang Up on the
3. Select HondaLink Subscription Status.
audio/information screen or press the
button on the steering wheel.

Features
Audio/information screen when
connected to the HondaLink®
operator.

Continued 325
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 326 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink® Service *

■ Convenient Features 1Convenient Features

The contact information of your provider, your user
Your subscribed telematics service provider can check your vehicle’s condition. ID and PIN will be given when you subscribe to
HondaLink®. If you forget any of the above, contact a
■ Virtual Dashboard Honda dealer, or go to hondalink.honda.com.
You can remotely check the mileage, fuel range, and oil life in your app.

■ Remote start and stop the engine

You can remotely start and stop engine using your app as same as the smart entry
key.

■ Geofence Alert
You can receive a notification anytime your vehicle enters or leaves a region set by
Features

you.

■ Speed Alert
You can receive a notification when your vehicle has exceeded a speed limit set by
you.

■ Personal Data Wipe

You can reset your audio and navigation system settings to factory defaults with the
app.

■ Wi-Fi hotspot
Vehicle provides 4G LTE network environment as Wi-Fi router to use tablet or
smartphone in your vehicle.

326
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 327 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuWi-Fi Connection

Wi-Fi Connection
You can connect the audio system to the Internet using Wi-Fi on the audio/ 1Wi-Fi Connection
information screen. If your phone has wireless hotspot capabilities, the system can Wi-Fi and Wi-Fi Direct a registered trademark of Wi-Fi
be tethered to the phone. Use the following steps to setup. Alliance®.

■ Wi-Fi mode (setting for the first time)

1. Press the button. 1Wi-Fi mode (setting for the first time)
2. Select Settings. You cannot go through the setting procedure while a
3. Select Connections. vehicle is moving. Park in a safe place to set the audio
4. Select Wi-Fi. system in Wi-Fi mode.

Features
5. Select Change Mode.
Some cell phone carriers charge for tethering and
6. Select Network or Hotspot, then smartphone data use. Check your phone’s data
Confirm. subscription package.
u To change the Wi-Fi settings, select
Network Options or HotSpot Check your phone manual to find out if the phone
Options. has Wi-Fi connectivity.
u Select the access point you want to
You can confirm whether Wi-Fi connection is on or
connect to the system.
off with the icon on the Wi-Fi network list.
7. Select Connect. Transmission speed and others will not be displayed
u Enter a password for the access point, on this screen.
and select Done.
u When the connection is successful, the In case of Wi-Fi connection with your phone, make
sure your phone’s Wi-Fi setting is in access point
icon is displayed on the list.
(tethering) mode.
8. Press the button to go back to the home
screen.

Continued 327
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 328 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuWi-Fi Connection

■ Wi-Fi mode (after the initial setting has been made) 1Wi-Fi mode (after the initial setting has been made)
iPhone users
Make sure your phone’s Wi-Fi setting is in access point (tethering) mode. You may need to go through an initial setup for Wi-Fi
connection again after you boot your phone.
Features

328
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 329 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuNear Field Communication (NFC) *

Near Field Communication (NFC) *

Android phone only 1Near Field Communication (NFC) *
Near Field Communication (NFC) allows you to connect your phone to the audio To use the NFC function, your Android phone first
system easily via Bluetooth®. must be NFC compatible.
NFC enables two devices to communicate in close proximity, within about 0.6 inch Check with the manual that came with your Android
(15 mm). phone to find out if your phone is NFC compatible.
The N-Mark is a trademark or registered trademark of
NFC Forum, Inc. in the United States and in other
The following features are available: countries.
• Bluetooth® setup
• Image transfer for wallpaper

■ NFC Setup
1. Press the button.

Features
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Connections.
4. Select NFC, then ON.
5. Select Android Beam, then ON.

* Not available on all models Continued 329

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 330 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuNear Field Communication (NFC) *

■ Bluetooth® Setup 1Bluetooth® Setup

To use the NFC function, you first need to set up your
1. Press the button then select NFC Android phone to enable this function.
Manager. Or touch the NFC logo near the For instructions on how to use NFC with your
glove box with the NFC tag of your phone. Android phone, refer to the manual that came with
u The NFC Manager screen is displayed. your phone.

2. Select Connect Device to Vehicle

Bluetooth.
Features

3. Touch the NFC logo near the glove box with

the NFC tag of your phone.
4. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.
u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by phone.

330
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 331 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuNear Field Communication (NFC) *

■ Image Transfer for the Wallpaper 1Image Transfer for the Wallpaper
The wallpaper you set up on Clock Faces cannot be
1. Press the button. displayed on the driver information interface.
2. Select NFC Manager or touch the NFC • The file name must be fewer than 255 characters.
logo near the glove box with the NFC tag of • The file format of the image that can be imported
your phone. is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).
3. Select Transfer Image. • If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,
the No files detected message appears.
• Up to five pictures can be imported.
• The maximum image size is 1,920 × 936 pixels. If
the image size is less the image is displayed in the
middle of the screen with the extra area appearing
4. Open the photo you want to transfer on in black.
your phone, then select Next.

Features
5. Touch the NFC logo near the glove box with
the NFC tag of your phone.
6. Select the photo on your phone.

7. A confirmation message appears on the

screen. Select Wallpaper.

331
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 332 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSiri® Eyes Free

Siri® Eyes Free

You can talk to Siri using to press and hold the (Talk) button on the steering 1Siri® Eyes Free
wheel when your iPhone is paired to the Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system. Siri is a trademark of Apple Inc.
2 Phone Setup P. 429
Check Apple Inc. website for features available for
Siri.

While driving we recommend only using Siri through

the button on the steering wheel (Siri Eyes Free).

■ Using Siri® Eyes Free 1Using Siri® Eyes Free

Some commands only work with specific phone
features or apps.
(Back) Button
Features

Press to deactivate Siri.

Appears when Siri is

activated in Siri Eyes Free

While in Siri Eyes Free:

(Talk) Button The display remains the same.
Press and hold until the display No feedback or commands
changes as shown. appear.

332
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 333 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlayTM

Apple CarPlayTM
If you connect an Apple CarPlay-compatible iPhone to the system via the USB port, 1Apple CarPlayTM
you can use the audio/information screen, instead of the iPhone display, to make a Only iPhone 5 or newer versions with iOS 8.4 or later
phone call, listen to music, view maps (navigation), and access messages. are compatible with Apple CarPlay.
2 USB Port(s) P. 239
Park in a safe place before connecting your iPhone to
Apple CarPlay and when launching any compatible
■ Apple CarPlay Menu apps.

Home screen Apple CarPlay menu screen To use Apple CarPlay, connect the USB cable to the
USB port located in the center pocket or console
compartment.
The USB ports located on the rear of the center
console * are used only for charging.
2 USB Port(s) P. 239

Features
While connected to Apple CarPlay, calls are only
Apple CarPlay icon Select the Honda icon made through Apple CarPlay. If you want to make a
to go back to the call with HandsFreeLink®, turn Apple CarPlay OFF or
home screen detach the USB cable from your iPhone.
Go back to the Apple 2 Setting Up Apple CarPlay P. 334
CarPlay menu screen
When your iPhone is connected to Apple CarPlay, it is
not possible to use the Bluetooth® Audio or
■ Phone Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®. However, other
Access the contact list, make phone calls, or listen to voice mail. previously paired phones can stream audio via
Bluetooth® while Apple CarPlay is connected.
■ Messages 2 Phone Setup P. 429
Check and reply to text messages, or have messages read to you.
For details on countries and regions where Apple
CarPlay is available, as well as information pertaining
■ Music
to function, refer to the Apple homepage.
Play music stored on your iPhone.

* Not available on all models Continued 333

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 334 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlayTM

■ Maps 1Apple CarPlayTM

Display Apple Maps and use the navigation function just as you would on your Apple CarPlay Operating Requirements &
iPhone. Limitations
Models with navigation system Apple CarPlay requires a compatible iPhone with an
active cellular connection and data plan. Your
Only one navigation system (pre-installed navigation or Apple CarPlay) can give carrier’s rate plans will apply.
directions at a time. When you are using one system, directions to any prior
destination set on the other system will be canceled, and the system you are Changes in operating systems, hardware, software,
currently using will direct you to your destination. and other technology integral to providing Apple
CarPlay functionality, as well as new or revised
governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or
cessation of Apple CarPlay functionality and services.
Honda cannot and does not provide any warranty or
guarantee of future Apple CarPlay performance or
■ Setting Up Apple CarPlay
Features

functionality.
After you have connected your iPhone to the system via the USB port, use the
following procedure to set up Apple CarPlay. Use of Apple CarPlay will result in the It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are
compatible with Apple CarPlay. Refer to the Apple
transmission of certain user and vehicle information (such as vehicle location, speed,
homepage for information on compatible apps.
and status) to your iPhone to enhance the Apple CarPlay experience. You will need
to consent to the sharing of this information on the audio/information screen. 1Setting Up Apple CarPlay
You can also use the method below to set up Apple
■ Enabling Apple CarPlay CarPlay:
Check the checkbox. Select HOMESettingsConnectionsSmartphone
Enable: Allows this consent. ConnectionApple CarplaySelect deviceEdit
Disable: Does not allow this consent. Device Permissions

Use of user and vehicle information

You may change the consent settings under
The use and handling of user and vehicle information
the Connections settings menu. transmitted to/from your iPhone by Apple CarPlay is
governed by the Apple iOS terms and conditions and
Apple’s Privacy Policy.

334
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 335 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlayTM

■ Operating Apple CarPlay with Siri 1Operating Apple CarPlay with Siri
Below are examples of questions and commands for
Press and hold the (Talk) button to activate Siri. Siri:
• What movies are playing today?
• Call dad at work.
• What song is this?
• How’s the weather tomorrow?
• Read my latest email.
• Find a table for four tonight in Chicago.

For more information, please visit

www.apple.com/ios/siri.
(Talk) Button:
Press and hold to activate Siri.

Features
Press again to deactivate Siri.
Press and release to activate standard voice recognition system.

335
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 336 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid AutoTM

Android AutoTM
When you connect an Android phone to the audio system via the USB port, Android 1Android AutoTM
Auto is automatically initiated. When connected via Android Auto, you can use the To use Android Auto, you need to download the
audio/information screen to access the Phone, Google Maps (Navigation), Google Android Auto app from Google Play to your
Play Music, and Google Now functions. When you first use Android Auto, a tutorial smartphone.
will appear on the screen.
Only Android 5.0 (Lollipop) or later versions are
We recommend that you complete this tutorial while safely parked before using
compatible with Android Auto.
Android Auto. Bluetooth A2DP cannot be used with Android Auto
2 USB Port(s) P. 239 phone.
2 Auto Pairing Connection P. 338
Park in a safe place before connecting your Android
phone to Android Auto and when launching any
compatible apps.
Features

To use Android Auto, connect the USB cable to the

USB port located in the center pocket or the console
compartment. The USB ports located on the rear of
the center console * will not enable Android Auto
operation.
2 USB Port(s) P. 239

To directly access the Android Auto phone function,

press Phone on the home screen.
2 Auto Pairing Connection P. 338

When your Android phone is connected to Android

Auto, it is not possible to use the Bluetooth® Audio.
However, other previously paired phones can stream
audio via Bluetooth® while Android Auto is
connected.
2 Phone Setup P. 429

336 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 337 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid AutoTM

■ Android Auto Menu 1Android AutoTM

For details on countries and regions where Android
6 Auto is available, as well as information pertaining to
function, refer to the Android Auto homepage.

Android Auto Operating Requirements &

Limitations
Android Auto requires a compatible Android phone
: Go back to with an active cellular connection and data plan.
the home screen Your carrier’s rate plans will apply.
Android Auto icon
Changes in operating systems, hardware, software,
and other technology integral to providing Android
a Maps (Navigation) Auto functionality, as well as new or revised

Features
Display Google Maps and use the navigation function just as you would with your governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or
Android phone. When the vehicle is in motion, it is not possible to make keyboard cessation of Android Auto functionality and services.
entries. Stop the vehicle in a safe location to undertake a search or provide other Honda cannot and does not provide any warranty or
inputs. guarantee of future Android Auto performance or
functionality.
Models with navigation system
Only one navigation system (pre-installed navigation or Android Auto) can give It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are
directions at a time. When you are using one system, directions to any prior compatible with Android Auto. Refer to the Android
destination set on the other system will be canceled, and the system you are Auto homepage for information on compatible apps.
currently using will direct you to your destination.
The audio/Information screen shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your
destination.
b Phone (Communication)
Make and receive phone calls as well as listen to voicemail.
c Google Now (Home screen)
Display useful information organized by Android Auto into simple cards that appear
just when they’re needed.

Continued 337
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 338 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid AutoTM

d Music and audio 1Enabling Android Auto

Play Google Play Music and music apps that are compatible with Android Auto. Only initialize Android Auto when you safely parked.
To switch between music apps, press this icon. When Android Auto first detects your phone, you will
e Go back to the Home Screen. need to set up your phone so that auto pairing is
f Voice possible. Refer to the instruction manual that came
with your phone.
Operate Android Auto with your voice.
You can use the method below to change Android
■ Auto Pairing Connection Auto settings after you have completed the initial
setup:
When you connect an Android phone to the unit via the USB port, Android Auto is Select HOMESettingsConnectionsSmartphone
automatically initiated. ConnectionAndroid AutoSelect deviceEdit
Device Permissions
■ Enabling Android Auto
Features

Use of user and vehicle information

Check the checkbox.
The use and handling of user and vehicle information
Enable: Allows this consent. transmitted to/from your phone by Android Auto is
Disable: Does not allow this consent. governed by the Google’s Privacy Policy.

You may change the consent settings under

the Connections settings menu.

338
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 339 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid AutoTM

■ Operating Android Auto with Voice Recognition 1Operating Android Auto with Voice Recognition
Below are examples of commands you can give with
Press and hold the talk button to operate Android Auto with your voice. voice recognition:
• Reply to text.
• Call my wife.
• Navigate to Honda.
• Play my music.
• Send a text message to my wife.
• Call flower shop.

For more information, please refer to the Android

Auto homepage.
(Talk) Button:
You can also activate the voice recognition function

Features
Press and hold to operate Android Auto with your voice.
by pressing the icon in the upper-right corner of
Press and release to activate the standard voice recognition
system. the screen.

339
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 340 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Audio Error Messages

iPod/USB Flash Drive
If an error occurs while playing an iPod or USB flash drive, you may see the following
error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message Solution

Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect the device. Then

USB Error
turn the audio system off, and turn it on again. Do not reconnect the device that
Please check owners manual*1
caused the error.
Appears when an unsupported iPod is connected. If it appears when a supported
Unsupported Ver*1
iPod is connected, update the iPod software to the newer version.

Connect Retry*1, *2 Appears when the system does not acknowledge the iPod. Reconnect the iPod.

Appears when the files in the USB flash drive are copyright protected or an
Features

Unplayable File*1, *2 unsupported format. This error message appears for about three seconds, then plays
the next song.
iPod
Appears when the iPod is empty.
No Song*1 USB flash drive
No Data*2 Appears when the USB flash drive is empty.
iPod and USB flash drive
Check that compatible files are stored on the device.

Appears when an unsupported device is connected. If it appears when a supported

device is connected, reconnect the device.
Unsupported*1, *2
Appears when unsupported formats are in the device. Check that compatible files
are stored on the device.
*1:Models with color audio
*2:Models with Display Audio

340
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 341 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio Error MessagesuiPod/USB Flash Drive

Error Message Solution

Appears when the system does not communicate with a connected device. If it
Device No Response*1, *2
appears when a device is connected, contact your place of device purchase.

HUB Unsupported*1 Appears when only a HUB is connected. If it appears, connect a USB flash drive to
USB hub not supported*2 the HUB.
*1:Models with color audio
*2:Models with Display Audio

Features
341
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 342 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora®

Models with color audio

Pandora®
If an error occurs while playing Pandora®, you may see the following error messages.
If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message Solution

Appears when no device is connected.

No Device Connected
Check the Bluetooth® and USB connection.

Appears when no data is available with Pandora® activated. Reboot the app and
No Data
reconnect the device.
To begin listening, select a station from the Appears when any station is not selected. Select a station from the station list on the
stations list. device.
Features

Appears when Pandora® version is not supported. Update Pandora® to the latest
PANDORA ver unsupport.
version.

No station list on device. Appears when there is no station list on the device. Use the device to create a
Use device to create station. station.
PANDORA system maintenance Appears when the Pandora® server is in maintenance. Try again later.

Unable to play PANDORA. When stopped,

Appears you do not log in to Pandora®. Log in to Pandora®.
log-in to PANDORA.

Appears when the network is deteriorated. Move the vehicle and check the
No network connectivity.
reception of the signal.

Unable to play PANDORA. Please try again Appears when sending of the data fails for 10 times and the device may have a
later. malfunction. Try again later. Move the vehicle and check the reception of the signal.

342
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 343 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora®

Error Message Solution

Unable to play PANDORA. Music licensing Appears when the vehicle is in the restricted area to listen the music. Move the
restricts play in this area. vehicle and check the reception of the signal.

Appears when an incompatible device is connected. If there is any problem with the
USB Error
connected device itself, the audio system may not be able to detect it. Contact a
Please check owners manual
dealer.

Features
343
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 344 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAudio Error MessagesuAndroid/Apps

Models with Display Audio

Android/Apps
If an error occurs while using the audio system or apps, you may see the following
error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message Solution

Unfortunately, **** has stopped.*1 Error has occurred within app, select OK on the screen to close the app.

App is not responding.

Select Wait if you can wait for a response from app a little longer. If it does not
**** is not responding. Would you like to
respond even if you keep waiting, select OK to close the app and start it up. If the
close it?*1
error message continues, perform Factory Data Reset.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 396

*1:****part is variable characters, and will change depending upon where an error
Features

occurs.

344
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 345 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

General Information on the Audio System

Models with Display Audio
SiriusXM® Radio Service * 1Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio

■ Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio Contact Information for SiriusXM® Radio:

• US: SiriusXM® Radio at
1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription. To see the ID in www.siriusxm.com/subscribenow or 1-877-447-
the screen, select Channel to 0. 0011
2. Have your radio ID ready, and either call or visit the SiriusXM® website to • Canada: SiriusXM® Canada at
subscribe. www.siriusxm.ca/subscribe-now, or 1-877-209-
0079

■ Receiving SiriusXM® Radio 1Receiving SiriusXM® Radio

The SiriusXM® satellites are in orbit over the equator;
Switch to the SiriusXM® mode by using the audio remote controls on the steering therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause
wheel, or through the audio/information screen, and stay in this mode for about 30 satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are

Features
minutes until the service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open area with more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and
good reception. mountains the farther north you travel from the
equator.

■ SiriusXM® Radio Display Messages You may experience reception problems under the
Channel **** is not subscribed. Call SiriusXM to subscribe. : *1 following circumstances:
• In a location with an obstruction to the south of
You are not subscribed to the channel selected.
your vehicle.
Subscription Updated: • In tunnels
SiriusXM® radio is receiving information update from the network. • On the lower level of a multi-tiered road
Channel Not Available: • Large items carried on the roof rack
No such channel exits, or the artist or title information is unavailable.
No Signal:
The signal is too weak in the current location.
Check Tuner:
There is a problem with the SiriusXM® tuner. Contact a dealer.
Check Antenna:
There is a problem with the SiriusXM® antenna. Contact a dealer.
*1 : ****part is variable characters, and will change depending upon where an subscribe.

* Not available on all models 345

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 346 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuCompatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives

Compatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives

■ iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility 1iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility
This system may not work with all software versions
Models with color audio of these devices.
Model
iPod (5th generation)
iPod classic 80GB/160GB (launch in 2007)
iPod classic 120GB (launch in 2008)
iPod classic 160GB (launch in 2009)
iPod nano (1st to 7th generation) released between 2005 and 2012
iPod touch (1st to 5th generation) released between 2007 and 2012
iPhone/iPhone 3G/iPhone 3GS/iPhone 4/iPhone 4s/iPhone 5/iPhone 5c/iPhone 5s/
iPhone 6/iPhone 6 Plus
Features

Models with Display Audio

Model
iPod touch (5th to 6th generation) released between 2012 and 2015
iPhone 4s/iPhone 5/iPhone 5s/iPhone 5c/iPhone 6/iPhone 6 Plus/iPhone 6S/iPhone
6S Plus/iPhone SE/iPhone 7/iPhone 7 Plus

■ USB Flash Drives 1USB Flash Drives

Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored
• A USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher is recommended. order. This order may be different from the order
• Some digital audio players may not be compatible. displayed on your PC or device.
• Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work.
• Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
• Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported.

346
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 347 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

Honda App License Agreement

■ END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
PLEASE CAREFULLY READ THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT (THIS “AGREEMENT”) WHICH GOVERNS YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE
INSTALLED ON YOUR HONDA OR ACURA VEHICLE (YOUR “VEHICLE”) AS WELL AS THE APPLICATIONS, SERVICES, FUNCTIONS, AND
CONTENT PROVIDED THROUGH THE SOFTWARE (COLLECTIVELY, THE “SERVICES”). YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES WILL
SERVE AS YOUR CONSENT TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT. THE SOFTWARE IS OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/OR
OPERATED BY AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO. INC., (“HONDA,” “US,” “WE,” OR “OUR”), WITH ITS BUSINESS ADDRESS AT 1919
TORRANCE BLVD., TORRANCE, CA 90501. REFERENCE TO “HONDA” IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES HONDA’S PARENT COMPANY AND
ITS AFFILIATES AND DESIGNATED AGENTS. THE SERVICES ARE OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/OR OPERATED BY HONDA OR A
THIRD-PARTY SERVICE PROVIDER (A “PROVIDER”). REFERENCE TO A “PROVIDER” IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES SUCH PROVIDER’S
PARENT COMPANY, AFFILIATES, AND DESIGNATED AGENTS.

A. Description of the Software. The SOFTWARE includes the software, firmware and the like, installed and executing on your VEHICLE

Features
during manufacture, and thereafter updated from time to time by HONDA, you or an authorized HONDA dealer (a “DEALER”). The
SOFTWARE allows you to access and use a variety of SERVICES, including but not limited to: (a) HONDA applications, services, and content
provided through the SOFTWARE (together, “HONDA SERVICES”); and (b) PROVIDER applications, services, and content provided through
the SOFTWARE (together, “PROVIDER SERVICES”), each of which may provide access to various information, media, content, and services.

B. SOFTWARE Licensing and Intellectual Property.

1. SOFTWARE. This AGREEMENT grants you a non-exclusive, limited, and revocable license to use the SOFTWARE and SERVICES solely (a)
as installed on your VEHICLE by HONDA, (b) as updated on your Vehicle by HONDA, you (but only as and when directed by HONDA), or a
DEALER and (c) as permitted under the terms of this AGREEMENT.

2. HONDA Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various HONDA SERVICES. Installation, activation, or use of HONDA
SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies applicable to those HONDA SERVICES (the
“HONDA TERMS”). You acknowledge and agree that any collection, use, sharing of data generated by your VEHICLE or your use of your
VEHICLE, and your use of the HONDA SERVICES shall be subject to this AGREEMENT and any additional HONDA TERMS that may be
specifically applicable to such HONDA SERVICES or data generation. The HONDA SERVICES may collect, use, and share such data while
you are using the SOFTWARE.

Continued 347
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 348 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

3. Open-Source Software. The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may incorporate software licensed to HONDA under free or open-source
licenses which govern HONDA’s distribution and your use of such software. HONDA and the third-party authors, licensors, and distributors
of such software disclaim all warranties and all liability arising from any and all use or distribution of the software. To the extent such
software is provided under terms that differ from the applicable free or open-source licenses, those terms are offered by HONDA alone.
Additional information regarding free and open-source software incorporated in the SOFTWARE and SERVICES is available in this manual
or within the SOFTWARE.

4. Provider Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various PROVIDER SERVICES. Installation or use of such PROVIDER
SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies of the applicable PROVIDER (the “PROVIDER
TERMS”). This AGREEMENT restricts the manner in which you can install and use PROVIDER SERVICES but does not grant you a license or
permission to use such PROVIDER SERVICES. Your permission to use PROVIDER SERVICES is limited and subject to any license grants,
conditions, and limitations included in the PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge that any collection, use, sharing of your information,
Features

targeted advertising practices by PROVIDERS, and your use of the PROVIDER SERVICES shall be subject to both this AGREEMENT and any
applicable PROVIDER TERMS. The PROVIDER SERVICES may collect, use, and share such information while you are using the SOFTWARE.

5. License Limitations and Restrictions on Use.

(a) Limited License. You understand and agree that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are licensed, not sold, to you solely for use in accordance
with this AGREEMENT and any applicable PROVIDER TERMS, and any documentation for the VEHICLE made available to you by HONDA
(any “DOCUMENTATION”). HONDA and its licensors reserve all rights in the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES not expressly granted to
you under this AGREEMENT. PROVIDERS and their licensors reserve all rights in the PROVIDER SERVICES not expressly granted to you under
the applicable PROVIDER TERMS.

348
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 349 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

(b) Restrictions on Use. The licenses granted under this AGREEMENT do not permit you to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES on a device
other than your VEHICLE. As a condition of using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, you agree that you may not and will not:
(1) copy, download, distribute, modify, publish, sell, rent, lease, lend, license, sublicense, reuse, or create derivative works of the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES or any of the content or other material within the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including without limitation,
HONDA or PROVIDER names, logos, or any other trademarks of HONDA or PROVIDERS or used in association with the SOFTWARE or
any SERVICES, except as required to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in accordance with this AGREEMENT, any applicable PROVIDER
TERMS, and the DOCUMENTATION;
(2) access or use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in any manner intended to damage or impair the operation of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES
or interfere with anyone else’s use and enjoyment of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES;
(3) access or attempt to access any system or server on which the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is hosted or modify or alter the SOFTWARE
or SERVICES in any way;
(4) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES for any unlawful purpose, or in violation of any third party rights;

Features
(5) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in violation of any applicable traffic regulations, rules or laws, including but not limited to any driver
distraction laws, rules or regulations;
(6) violate the terms of this AGREEMENT, any HONDA TERMS, any PROVIDER TERMS or other applicable third-party terms, conditions,
and privacy policies; or
(7) reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, attempt to derive the source code of, nor permit others to reverse engineer, decompile,
or disassemble, or attempt to derive the source code of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, except and only to the extent that such activity is
expressly permitted (a) by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation or (b) the terms of applicable free or opensource software
licenses.

6. Intellectual Property Rights. All title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, the accompanying
DOCUMENTATION, and all copies of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are owned by HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their suppliers or licensors. This
AGREEMENT does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their licensors,
affiliates, or suppliers.

Continued 349
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 350 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

7. Export Restrictions: You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to U.S., European Union, and other export
jurisdictions. You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, including
the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, as well as end-user, end-use, and destination restrictions issued by the U.S. and other
governments.

C. SOFTWARE Operation
1. HONDA reserves the right to suspend or terminate your access to and use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES if you are found to be in
violation of this AGREEMENT or as reasonably deemed necessary by HONDA.

2. Eligibility/Registration/Activation. The SOFTWARE is intended for and available to individuals who (a) are of legal age of majority in their
jurisdiction of residence (and at least 18 years of age), or are younger than 18 years of age and possess a valid driver’s license issued by
their jurisdiction of residence, and (b) own or have permissive access to a compatible VEHICLE. We do not knowingly collect any
Features

information, including personal information, from children under 13. If we learn or are notified that we have collected personal
information of a child under 13, we will immediately take steps to delete such information.

3. Use of PROVIDER SERVICES through the SOFTWARE. Certain PROVIDER SERVICES made available through the SOFTWARE may require
that you register or otherwise have an account with the PROVIDER and agree to PROVIDER TERMS. Any use of any of such PROVIDER
SERVICES within the SOFTWARE is subject to this AGREEMENT and the applicable PROVIDER TERMS. HONDA does not exercise control
over such PROVIDER SERVICES and is not responsible or liable for the availability, security, or content of such PROVIDER SERVICES, and the
inclusion of any PROVIDER SERVICES does not imply a referral from, the approval of, or the endorsement by HONDA of such PROVIDER
SERVICES. HONDA is not responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, for any damage relating to or resulting from your use of the PROVIDER
SERVICES.

4. Links to Third Party Sites: The SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to access third-party sites and content through the use of the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES. The third-party sites and content are not under the control of HONDA. HONDA is not responsible or liable,
directly or indirectly, for such third-party websites and their content or for any damage relating to or resulting from your access or use of
such websites and content.

350
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 351 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

5. Unauthorized Use and Abuse. You are responsible for ensuring your (and any authorized third parties’) use of the SOFTWARE and
SERVICES remains in compliance with this AGREEMENT and all other applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge
and agree that any use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES occurring through your VEHICLE will be deemed your actions and that HONDA and
PROVIDERS may rely upon such actions. You agree to immediately notify us if you suspect fraudulent or abusive activity involving the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES. If you so notify us or if we otherwise suspect fraudulent or abusive activity, you agree to cooperate with us in any
fraud investigation and to use any fraud prevention measures we prescribe. Your failure to immediately notify us or cooperate to use such
measures will result in your liability for all fraudulent usage or abusive activity associated with your VEHICLE.

6. SOFTWARE Updates. The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be updated when your VEHICLE is serviced by a DEALER or remotely, over-the-
air, by HONDA from time to time; such updates may occur with or without further notice or your future consent. The SOFTWARE may be
updated at HONDA’s discretion and for any purpose including, without limitation, to patch or otherwise improve the SOFTWARE or
SERVICES functionality, security, or stability. All updates to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to this AGREEMENT and any other

Features
applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS.

7. Uninstalling, Removing, and Replacing the SOFTWARE. Replacing SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES with software or firmware not
provided and installed by HONDA or a DEALER will render all representations and warranties for the SOFTWARE, HONDA SERVICES, and
VEHICLE functionality reliant upon the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES null and void.

D. SOFTWARE Operational Notices and Warnings

1. Vehicle Geolocation Information. You acknowledge that your VEHICLE may be equipped with certain traffic and map features. The
traffic feature will automatically collect and transmit, through GPS technology, your Vehicle’s current location (longitude and latitude),
travel direction and speed (“VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION”) to HONDA and PROVIDERS. The VEHICLE GEOLOCATION
INFORMATION is used by HONDA and PROVIDERS to provide traffic and navigation-related information to you, but may also be used to
provide other SERVICES or offers to you. HONDA will not use such VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION for its own marketing efforts,
or provide such information to unaffiliated third parties for their own purposes, without your express consent.

Continued 351
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 352 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

2. Potential Map Inaccuracy and Route Safety. Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads, traffic controls,
routing, or driving conditions. Always use good judgment and common sense when following suggested routes. Do not follow the route
suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal driving maneuver, if you would be placed in an unsafe situation, or if you would
be directed into an area that you consider unsafe. Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency
services. Not all emergency services such as police, fire stations, hospitals, or clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such
navigation features. Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for such locations and routes. The driver is ultimately
responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore, must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions. Any
navigation features are provided only as an aid. Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing
traffic regulations. Navigation features are not a substitute for your personal judgment. Any route suggestions made by the SOFTWARE or
SERVICES should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices.

3. Speech Recognition: You acknowledge and understand that HONDA and PROVIDERS may record, retain, and use voices commands
Features

when you use the speech recognition components of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. You and all VEHICLE operators and passengers (a)
consent to the recording and retention of voice commands in support of providing speech recognition components and (b) release HONDA
and PROVIDERS from all claims, liabilities, and losses that may result from any use of such recorded voice commands. Recognition errors
are inherent in speech recognition. It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system and address
any errors. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process.

4. Distraction Hazards. Navigation features may require manual (non-verbal) input or setup. Attempting to perform such set-up or insert
data while driving can seriously distract your attention and could cause a crash or other serious consequences; the ability to undertake such
interactions may also be limited by state or local law, which laws you are responsible to know and follow. Even occasional short scans of
the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving at a critical time. Pull over and stop the vehicle in
a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention. Do not raise the volume
excessively. Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving. Driving while unable
to hear these sounds could result in a crash.

352
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 353 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

E. Information Collection and Storage

1. Information Collection, Use, Transmission and Storage of Data. Consent to Use of Data: You agree that HONDA and PROVIDERS may
collect and use your information gathered in any manner as part of product support services related to the SOFTWARE or related services.
HONDA may share such information with third parties, including, without limitation, PROVIDERS, third party software and services
suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agents, solely to improve their products or to provide services or technologies to you.
HONDA, third party software and systems suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agent may disclose this information to others,
but not in a form that personally identifies you.

2. Information Storage. Depending on the type of multimedia system you have in your VEHICLE, certain information may be stored for ease
of use of the SOFTWARE including, without limitation, search history, location history in certain applications, previous and saved
destinations, map locations within certain applications, and device numbers and contact information.

Features
(a) Vehicle Health Information. Your VEHICLE may remotely transmit information regarding the status and health of your VEHICLE
(“VEHICLE INFORMATION”) to HONDA without notification to you. VEHICLE INFORMATION may contain VEHICLE maintenance and
malfunction status that is derived from VEHICLE diagnostic data and includes, but is not limited to, status of powered doors and windows,
battery life data, battery charging data, VEHICLE speed, coolant temperature, air compressor revolution, output power, warning codes,
diagnostic trouble codes, fuel injection volume, and engine rotations per minute. VEHICLE HEALTH INFORMATION may be used by HONDA
for research and development, to deliver HONDA SERVICES and information to you, and to contact you, and is retained only for a period
of time necessary to fulfill these goals.

(b) VEHICLE Geolocation Data (non-navigation/map based). If you opt-in to geolocation-based SERVICES, your vehicle’s geolocation data
(latitude and longitude) will be automatically sent from your VEHICLE to HONDA and PROVIDERS.

(c) You understand that the inputting or uploading of information to your VEHICLE’s multimedia system or the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is
at your own risk and that HONDA is not responsible for unauthorized access to or use of any personal or other information. All information
uploaded to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be stored on your VEHICLES’s multimedia system and you understand that the security and
safety of your VEHICLE’s multimedia system is your sole responsibility.

Continued 353
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 354 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

F. NO WARRANTY. You understand and agree that your use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are solely at your own risk and that you
will be solely responsible for any damage to your VEHICLE’s multimedia system or any other equipment or any loss of data that may result
from your use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. THE SOFTWARE AND SERVICES ARE PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE” BASIS
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WE SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. HONDA makes no warranties that the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES will meet your requirements, or that the SOFTWARE or SERVICES will be uninterrupted, timely, secure, non-
infringing or error free. You understand and agree that you are responsible for any and all charges, costs or expenses associated with your
use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. Advice or information, whether oral or written, obtained by you from us or through the SOFTWARE
or SERVICES are provided for informational purposes only and will not create any warranty not expressly made herein. You should not rely
on any such information or advice. We assume no liability or responsibility for any errors or omissions in the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. We
do not make any warranty or representation that your use of the material displayed on, or obtained through, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES
is non-infringing of any rights of any third party. Any decision or action taken by you on the basis of information or content provided via
Features

the application is at your sole discretion and risk. HONDA and PROVIDERS are not responsible or liable for any such decision, or for the
accuracy, completeness, usefulness, or availability of any content or information displayed, transmitted, or otherwise made available via
the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. To the extent jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion of certain warranties, some of the above exclusions may
not apply to you.

G. LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY. You and HONDA are each waiving important rights.
1. Limitations on YOUR liability. HONDA cannot recover from you any consequential, indirect, incidental, or special damages, or attorney’s
fees in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES. HONDA WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW
ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT.

354
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 355 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

2. Limitation on HONDA and PROVIDER liability. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable to you or any other party for consequential,
indirect, incidental, special, or punitive damages (including without limitation lost profits) in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE
or SERVICES, even if HONDA or PROVIDERS are aware of the possibility of such damages. These limitations apply to all claims, including,
without limitation, claims in contract and tort (such as negligence, product liability and strict liability). To the extent that a jurisdiction does
not permit the exclusion or limitation of liability as set forth herein our liability is limited to the maximum extent permitted by law in such
states. If HONDA or PROVIDERS are found liable to you for any reason, you agree that the aggregate liability of all these parties to you for
any claim is limited to ten U.S. dollars (US $10.00). Neither HONDA nor any PROVIDER would have agreed to provide the SOFTWARE or
SERVICES to you if you did not agree to this limitation. This amount is the sole and exclusive liability of HONDA and PROVIDERS to you,
and is payable as liquidated damages and not as a penalty. Except where prohibited by law, you may not bring any claim against HONDA
or any third-party beneficiary more than two (2) years after the claim arises. We do not have any liability for SOFTWARE or SERVICES
interruptions of any length.

Features
(a) Release of HONDA and PROVIDERS For yourself and anyone else claiming under you, you agree to release and discharge HONDA,
PROVIDERS, their respective officers, directors, and employees, and each third-party beneficiary from all claims, liabilities and losses in
connection with the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including, but not limited to claims for personal injury or property damage arising from the
total or partial failure of performance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, even if caused by or based upon the negligence, gross negligence,
strict products liability, Deceptive Trade Practices Act violations, bad faith, or breach of warranty of us or the malfunction of the SOFTWARE
or SOFTWARE SERVICES. YOU AGREE TO WAIVE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN
DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT. YOU HEREBY RELEASE AND DISCHARGE HONDA AND ITS
LICENSORS AND CONTRACTORS (INCLUDING ANY THIRD PARTIES PROVIDING ALL OR PART OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES) FROM AND
AGAINST ANY CLAIMS, DAMAGES, EXPENSES AND LIABILITY ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO ANY INJURIES, DAMAGES, OR LOSSES TO
ANY PERSON (INCLUDING DEATH) OR PROPERTY OF ANY KIND RESULTING IN WHOLE OR PART, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, FROM YOUR
USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES.

H. Survival. You agree that the limitations of liability and indemnities in this AGREEMENT will survive even after the AGREEMENT has
ended. These limitations of liability apply not only to you, but to anyone using the SOFTWARE or SERVICES via your VEHICLE, to anyone
making a claim on your behalf, and to any claims made by your family, employees, customers, or others arising out of or relating to your
VEHICLE, the SOFTWARE, or SERVICES.

Continued 355
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 356 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

I. Availability/Interruption. The SOFTWARE and certain SERVICES are made available through your VEHICLE’s compatible multimedia
system when the VEHICLE is turned on. Certain SERVICES may be available only through your compatible mobile device when it is within
the operating range of the VEHICLE and a wireless carrier. The availability of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be subject to transmission
limitation or interruption, including but not limited to technical obsolesce or sunsetting of the hardware, software or firmware, inside of
or external to the Vehicle, required for data transmission or receipt. HONDA does not guarantee that the SOFTWARE, SERVICES, or any
portion thereof will be available at all times or in all areas. You acknowledge and agree that HONDA is not responsible for performance
degradation, interruption or delays. You acknowledge that HONDA shall not be liable to you if the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in a given
location are not available. If the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are not available within your intended location, you agree that your sole remedy
shall be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.

J. PRODUCT SUPPORT: Product support for the SOFTWARE is provided by HONDA. For product support, please refer to HONDA
instructions provided in the DOCUMENTATION. Should you have any questions concerning this AGREEMENT, or if you desire to contact
Features

HONDA for any other reason, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.

K. Termination and Transfer.

1. Termination. This AGREEMENT is effective until terminated by you or US. WE may terminate this AGREEMENT for any or no reason,
and with or without notice to you. Your rights under this AGREEMENT will terminate automatically without notice from US if you fail to
comply with any term of this AGREEMENT. Upon termination of this AGREEMENT, you shall cease all use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.

2. Transfer: You may permanently transfer your rights under this AGREEMENT only as part of a sale or transfer of the VEHICLE, provided
you retain no copies, you transfer all of the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES (including all component parts, the media and printed
materials, and any upgrades), and the recipient agrees to the terms of this AGREEMENT. You agree to notify HONDA upon the sale or
transfer of the VEHICLE. To contact HONDA, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.

356
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 357 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

L. Changes to the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. WE may change, modify, or update the SOFTWARE or SERVICES from time to time. Unless
explicitly stated otherwise, any new features or services that augment or enhance the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in the future shall
respectively be considered part of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES and subject to this AGREEMENT. WE reserve the right at any time and from
time to time to interrupt, restrict, modify, suspend, discontinue, temporarily or permanently, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES (or any portion
thereof), with or without notice to you, and you agree that HONDA shall not be liable to you or to any third party for any modification,
suspension or discontinuance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES.

M. ARBITRATION:
PLEASE READ THIS ARBITRATION PROVISION CAREFULLY TO UNDERSTAND YOUR RIGHTS. YOU AGREE THAT ANY CLAIM THAT YOU
MAY HAVE IN THE FUTURE MUST BE RESOLVED THROUGH BINDING ARBITRATION. YOU WAIVE THE RIGHT TO HAVE YOUR DISPUTE
HEARD IN COURT AND WAIVE THE RIGHT TO BRING CLASS CLAIMS. YOU UNDERSTAND THAT DISCOVERY AND APPEAL RIGHTS ARE
MORE LIMITED IN ARBITRATION.

Features
Arbitration is a method of resolving a claim, dispute or controversy without filing a lawsuit. By agreeing to arbitrate, the right to go to
court is waived and instead claims, disputes or controversies are submitted to binding arbitration. This provision sets forth the terms and
conditions of our agreement. YOU and HONDA agree and acknowledge that this Agreement affects interstate commerce and the
Federal Arbitration Act (“FAA”) applies. By using the Software, Vehicle, or Services, YOU elect to have disputes resolved by arbitration.
YOU, HONDA or any involved third party may pursue a Claim. “Claim” means any dispute between YOU, HONDA, or any involved third
party relating to your use of the Software, the Vehicle, or the Services, this Agreement, or our relationship, including any
representations, omissions or warranties. “Claim” does not include personal injury or wrongful death claims. YOU or HONDA may seek
remedies in small claims court or provisional judicial remedies without arbitrating. In addition, notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, YOU or HONDA may seek equitable relief in a court of competent jurisdiction.
YOU or HONDA may select arbitration with American Arbitration Association, JAMS or National Arbitration and Mediation. Contact
these sponsors for their rules. The hearing will be in the federal district where YOU reside. If agreed, it may be by telephone or written
submissions. Filing and arbitrator fees to be paid per the sponsor rules. You may contact the sponsor for a fee waiver. If no fee waivers,
HONDA will pay filing and arbitrator fees up to $5,000, unless law requires more. Each party is responsible for other fees. Arbitrator
may award costs or fees to prevailing party, if permitted by law. HONDA will not seek fees, unless the claims are frivolous.

Continued 357
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 358 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

Arbitrator shall be an attorney or current or retired judge familiar with automotive or consumer software. The arbitrator shall follow
substantive law, statute of limitations and decide all issues relating to the interpretation, construction, enforceability and applicability of
this provision. The arbitrator may order relief permitted by law. This provision is governed and enforceable by the FAA. An award shall
include a written opinion and be final, subject to appeal by the FAA.
This provision survives termination of this Agreement or relationship, bankruptcy, assignment or transfer. If part of this provision is
unenforceable, the remainder remains in effect. If unenforceability allows arbitration as a class action, then this provision is entirely
unenforceable. YOU may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software by sending a signed, written notice to HONDA at
Honda Financial Services, P.O. Box 165007, Irving, TX 75016. HONDA reserves the right to make changes to this provision after
providing written notice and an opportunity to opt out.

N. Miscellaneous: You may not assign this AGREEMENT without HONDA’s prior written consent. This AGREEMENT and any additional
HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS represents the entire agreement between you and US. HONDA may amend the terms of this
Features

AGREEMENT by providing you with notices of such updated terms. If you do not consent to be bound by the updated terms, your sole
remedy will be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES. If any part of this AGREEMENT is found invalid, void, or unenforceable, the
balance of the AGREEMENT will remain valid and enforceable according to its terms. To the fullest extent permitted by law, and except as
explicitly provided otherwise, this AGREEMENT and any disputes arising out of or relating to it will be governed by the laws of the State of
California, except that California laws concerning choice of law or conflicts shall not apply if they would cause the substantive law of
another jurisdiction to apply. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section M shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act and the laws of
the State of California, as applicable, as set forth therein. The failure to enforce any term of this AGREEMENT on one occasion shall not
prevent enforcement on any other occasion or the enforcement of any other term. Headings and captions shall not be considered included
for purposes of interpretation or application hereof, but are for convenience only.

358
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 359 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLegal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto

Models with Display Audio

Legal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto

■ OWNER’S MANUAL LICENSE/LIABILITY STATEMENTS
USE OF APPLE CARPLAY IS SUBJECT TO YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE CARPLAY TERMS OF USE, WHICH ARE INCLUDED AS PART OF THE
APPLE iOS TERMS OF USE. IN SUMMARY, THE CARPLAY TERMS OF USE DISCLAIM APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ LIABILITY IF THE
SERVICES FAIL TO PERFORM CORRECTLY OR ARE DISCONTINUED, STRICTLY LIMIT APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ OTHER
LIABILITIES, DESCRIBE THE KINDS OF USER INFORMATION (INCLUDING, FOR EXAMPLE, VEHICLE LOCATION, VEHICLE SPEED, AND
VEHICLE STATUS) BEING GATHERED AND STORED BY APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS, AND DISCLOSE CERTAIN POSSIBLE RISKS
ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF CARPLAY, INCLUDING THE POTENTIAL FOR DRIVER DISTRACTION. SEE APPLE’S PRIVACY POLICY FOR
DETAILS REGARDING APPLE’S USE AND HANDLING OF DATA UPLOADED BY CARPLAY.

USE OF ANDROID AUTO IS SUBJECT TO YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE ANDROID AUTO TERMS OF USE WHICH MUST BE AGREED TO WHEN

Features
THE ANDROID AUTO APPLICATION IS DOWNLOADED TO YOUR ANDROID PHONE. IN SUMMARY, THE ANDROID AUTO TERMS OF USE
DISCLAIM GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ LIABILITY IF THE SERVICES FAIL TO PERFORM CORRECTLY OR ARE DISCONTINUED,
STRICTLY LIMIT GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ OTHER LIABILITIES, DESCRIBE THE KINDS OF USER INFORMATION (INCLUDING,
FOR EXAMPLE, VEHICLE LOCATION, VEHICLE SPEED, AND VEHICLE STATUS) BEING GATHERED AND STORED BY GOOGLE AND ITS
SERVICE PROVIDERS, AND DISCLOSE CERTAIN POSSIBLE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF ANDROID AUTO, INCLUDING THE
POTENTIAL FOR DRIVER DISTRACTION. SEE GOOGLE’S PRIVACY POLICY FOR DETAILS REGARDING GOOGLE’S USE AND HANDLING OF
DATA UPLOADED BY ANDROID AUTO.

Continued 359
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 360 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLegal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto

■ DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES; LIMITATION ON LIABILITY

YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT USE OF APPLE CARPLAY OR ANDROID AUTO (“THE APPLICATIONS”) IS AT YOUR
SOLE RISK AND THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO SATISFACTORY QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, ACCURACY AND EFFORT IS WITH YOU TO THE
MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, AND THAT THE APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS IS
PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE,” WITH ALL FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND HONDA HEREBY
DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS,
EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND/OR CONDITIONS OF
MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ACCURACY, QUIET ENJOYMENT, AND NON-
INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN INFORMATION OR ADVICE GIVEN BY HONDA OR AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY. AS EXAMPLES, AND WITHOUT LIMITATION, HONDA DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY
REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF DATA PROVIDED BY THE APPLICATIONS, SUCH AS THE ACCURACY OF DIRECTIONS, ESTIMATED
TRAVEL TIME, SPEED LIMITS, ROAD CONDITIONS, NEWS, WEATHER, TRAFFIC, OR OTHER CONTENT PROVIDED BY APPLE, GOOGLE, THEIR
Features

AFFILIATES, OR THIRD PARTY PROVIDERS; HONDA DOES NOT GUARANTEE AGAINST LOSS OF APPLICATION DATA, WHICH MAY BE LOST
AT ANY TIME; HONDA DOES NOT GUARANTEE THAT THE APPLICATIONS OR ANY SERVICES PROVIDED THROUGH THEM WILL BE
PROVIDED AT ALL TIMES OR THAT ANY OR ALL SERVICES WILL BE AVAILABLE AT ANY PARTICULAR TIME OR LOCATION. FOR EXAMPLE,
SERVICES MAY BE SUSPENDED OR INTERRUPTED WITHOUT NOTICE FOR REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, SECURITY FIXES, UPDATES, ETC.,
SERVICES MAY BE UNAVAILABLE IN YOUR AREA OR LOCATION, ETC. IN ADDITION, YOU UNDERSTAND THAT CHANGES IN THIRD PARTY
TECHNOLOGY OR GOVERNMENT REGULATION MAY RENDER THE SERVICES AND/OR APPLICATIONS OBSOLETE AND/OR UNUSABLE.

TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL HONDA OR ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR PERSONAL INJURY, OR ANY
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR
LOSS OF PROFITS, CORRUPTION OR LOSS OF DATA, FAILURE TO TRANSMIT OR RECEIVE ANY DATA, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR ANY
OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE APPLICATIONS OR YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO
USE THE APPLICATIONS OR INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS, HOWEVER CAUSED, REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY
(CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) AND EVEN IF HONDA WERE ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. SOME STATES AND
JURISDICTIONS DISALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES, SO THESE LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS MAY
NOT APPLY TO YOU. IN NO EVENT SHALL HONDA’S TOTAL LIABILITY TO YOU FOR ALL DAMAGES (OTHER THAN AS MAY BE REQUIRED
BY APPLICABLE LAW IN CASES INVOLVING PERSONAL INJURY) EXCEED THE AMOUNT OF FIVE DOLLARS ($5.00). THE FOREGOING
LIMITATIONS WILL APPLY EVEN IF THE ABOVE STATED REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE.

360
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 361 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuAbout Open Source Licenses

About Open Source Licenses

To see the open source license information, follow these steps. 1About Open Source Licenses
Models with color audio Models with Telematics Control Unit
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button. Free/Open Source Software Information.
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press .
This product contains Free/Open Source
3. Rotate to select License, then press . Software(FOSS).
The license information and/or the source code of
Models with Display Audio such FOSS can be found at the following URL.
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings. https://www.denso.com/global/en/opensource/tcu/
3. Select System. honda/
4. Select About.
5. Select Legal Information.

Features
6. Select Licence.

361
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 362 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLicense Information *

License Information *
■ DOLBY DIGITAL
Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby, Dolby Audio, Pro
Logic, and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
Features

■ DTS
For DTS patents, see http://patents.dts.com. Manufactured under license from DTS
Licensing Limited. DTS, DTS-HD, the Symbol, & DTS and the Symbol together are
registered trademarks of DTS, Inc.©DTS, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

362 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 363 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLicense Information *

■ Bluetooth
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth
SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by PANASONIC CORPORATION is under license.
Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners.

■ Windows Media

Features
This product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of Microsoft. Use or
distribution of such technology outside of this product is prohibited without a
license from Microsoft.

Continued 363
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 364 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLicense Information *

■ Apple
“Made for iPod,” and “Made for iPhone,” mean that an electronic accessory has
been designed to connect specifically to iPod, or iPhone, respectively, and has been
certified by the developer to meet Apple performance standards. Apple is not
responsible for the operation of this device or its compliance with safety and
regulatory standards. Please note that the use of this accessory with iPod, or iPhone,
may affect wireless performance.
Apple, the Apple Logo, iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the
U.S. and other countries. Apple CarPlay, and Lightning are trademarks of Apple Inc.
App Store is a service mark of Apple Inc.
Features

364
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 365 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLicense Information *

■ MPEG
Mpeg4 Visual
THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE MPEG-4 VISUAL PATENT PORTFOLIO
LICENSE FOR THE PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A CONSUMER FOR
(i) ENCODING VIDEO IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE MPEG-4 VISUALA STANDARD
(“MPEG-4 VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODING MPEG-4 VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED
BY A CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND NONCOMMERCIAL ACTIVITY
AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER LICENSED BY MPEG LA TO
PROVIDE MPEG-4 VIDEO. NO LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED FOR ANY
OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION INCLUDING THAT RELATING TO
PROMOTIONAL, INTERNAL AND COMMERCIAL USES AND LICENSING MAY BE
OBTAINED FROM MPEG LA, LLC.

Features
SEE HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.

VC-1
THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE VC-1 PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE
PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO
IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE VC-1 STANDARD (“VC-1 VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE
VC-1 VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL
AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO
PROVIDER LICENSED TO PROVIDE VC-1 VIDEO. NO LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL
BE IMPLIED FOR ANY OTHER USE.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED FROM MPEG LA, L.L.C. SEE
HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.

Continued 365
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 366 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLicense Information *

AVC/H.264
THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE AVC PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE
PERSONAL AND NONCOMMERCIAL USE OF A CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN
COMPLIANCE WITH THE AVC STANDARD (“AVC VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE
AVC VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL
AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO
PROVIDER LICENSED TO PROVIDE AVC VIDEO. NO LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL
BE IMPLIED FOR ANY OTHER USE.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED FROM MPEG LA, L.L.C. SEE
HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.

■ SDHC Memory Card

Features

microSDHC Logo is a trademark of SD-3C, LLC.

366
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 367 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Customized Features

Models with color audio 1Customized Features

Use the audio/information screen to customize certain features. When you customize settings:
• Make sure that the vehicle is at a complete stop.
• Put the transmission into (P .

■ How to customize 1How to customize

While the vehicle is at a complete stop with the power mode in ON, press the These illustrations are used to show how to operate
MENU/CLOCK button, then select Settings. To customize the phone settings, the selector knob.
press the button, then select Phone Setup. Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
Audio/Information Screen
To customize other features, select Settings, rotate
, and press .

Features
2 List of customizable options P. 371

(Phone) Button

Continued 367
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 368 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuCustomized Featuresu

■ Customization Flow
Press the MENU/CLOCK button.

Adjust Clock

Settings RDS Settings*1 RDS Information

Radio Text

Bluetooth Setup Add New Device

Connect an Audio Device
Features

Display Adjustment Brightness

Contrast
Black Level

Rear Camera Fixed Guideline

Dynamic Guideline

Display Change Audio

Clock/Wallpaper
Current Drive
History of Trip A

History of Trip A Delete History

Clock/Wallpaper Type Clock

*1 : FM mode Wallpaper

368
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 369 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Color Theme Blue

Red
Amber
Violet
Bluegreen

Header Clock Display On

Off

Features
Language

Clock Format 12h

24h

Vehicle Settings TPMS Calibration

Driver Assist System Setup
Meter Setup
Keyless Access Setup
Lighting Setup
Door/Window Setup
Default

License
Continued 369
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 370 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Press the button and rotate to select Phone Setup, then press .

Bluetooth Setup Add New Device

Connect a Phone
Connect an Audio Device
Disconnect All Devices
Delete Device
Pass-Key

Speed Dial
Features

Ringtone Mobile Phone

Fixed

Auto Transfer

System Clear

370
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 371 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuCustomized Featuresu

■ List of customizable options

Setup
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Group
Adjust Clock.
Adjust Clock —
2 Clock P. 164
Selects whether the RDS information comes
FM mode RDS Information On*1/Off
on.
RDS
Displays the radio text information of the
Settings Radio Text —
selected RDS station.
Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits and deletes a
paired phone, and create a code for a paired
Add New Device —
Bluetooth phone.

Features
Setup 2 Phone Setup P. 406
Connect an Audio Connects, disconnects or pairs a Bluetooth®
—
Device Audio device to HFL.
Settings
Changes the brightness of the audio/
Brightness —
information screen.
Display Changes the contrast of the audio/
Contrast —
Adjustment information screen.
Changes the black level of the audio/
Black Level —
information screen.
Selects whether the fixed guidelines come on
Fixed Guideline On*1/Off
Rear the audio/information screen.
Camera Selects whether the dynamic guidelines come
Dynamic Guideline On*1/Off
on the audio/information screen.
*1:Default Setting

Continued 371
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 372 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Group
Audio*1/Clock/Wallpaper/
Display Change Changes the display type. Current Drive/History of
Trip A
History of
Delete History Resets the trip meter. Yes/No
Trip A
Clock Changes the clock display type. Analog*1/Off
Blank*1/Image 1/Image 2/
Clock/ Select Changes the wallpaper type.
Image 3
Wallpaper
Wallpaper Imports an image file for a new wallpaper.
Settings Type Import —
2 Wallpaper Setup P. 249
Features

Delete Deletes an image file for a wallpaper. Image 1/Image 2/Image 3

Changes the background color of the audio/ Blue*1/Red/Amber/Violet/
Color Theme
information screen. Bluegreen
Selects whether the header clock display
Header Clock Display On*1/Off
comes on.
Language Changes the display language. English*1/Français/Español
Selects the digital clock display from 12H to
Clock Format 12h*1/24h
24H.
*1:Default Setting

372
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 373 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Group
Cancels/Calibrates the tire pressure
TPMS Calibration Cancel*1/Calibrate
monitoring system (TPMS).
Forward
Collision
Changes CMBSTM alert distance. Long/Normal*1/Short/
Warning
Distance
ACC
Causes the system to beep when the system
Forward
detects a vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out On/Off*1
Vehicle
of the ACC with LSF range.
Detect Beep

Features
Road
Departure Changes the setting for the road departure Normal*1/Wide/Warning
Vehicle
Settings Driver Assist Mitigation mitigation system. Only/Narrow
Settings
System Setting
Setup Lane
Keeping
Causes the system to beep when LKAS is
Assist On/Off*1
suspended.
Suspend
Beep
Traffic Sign
Displays traffic sign icon on the driver Small Icon On*1/Small Icon
Recognition
information interface. Off
System
Driver
Changes the setting for the driver attention Tactile and Audible Alert*1/
Attention
monitor. Tactile Alert/Off
Monitor
*1:Default Setting

Continued 373
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 374 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Group
Language
Changes the displayed language. English*1/Français/Español
Selection
Adjust
Outside Adjusts the temperature reading by a few
-5°F ~ ±0°F*1 ~ +5°F
Temp. degrees.
Display
“Trip A”
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter When Fully Refueled/IGN
Reset
A and average fuel economy A. Off/Manually Reset*1
Timing
“Trip B”
Vehicle Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter When Fully Refueled/IGN
Features

Settings Meter Setup Reset

Settings B and average fuel economy B. Off/Manually Reset*1
Timing
Adjust
Changes the alarm volume, such as buzzers,
Alarm High/Mid*1/Low
warnings, turn signal sound, and so on.
Volume
Fuel
Efficiency Turns the ambient meter feature on and off. On*1/Off
Backlight
Speed/
Distance Selects the trip computer units. mph · miles*1/km/h · km
Units
*1:Default Setting

374
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 375 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Group
Door Unlock Changes which doors to unlock when you Driver Door Only*1/All
Mode grab the driver’s door handle. Doors
Keyless
Causes some exterior lights to flash when you
Access Light On*1/Off
Keyless unlock/lock the doors.
Flash
Access
Keyless Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/
Setup On*1/Off
Access Beep lock the doors.
Remote
Turns the remote engine start feature on and
Start System On*1/Off
off.
On/Off

Features
Interior
Light Changes the length of time the interior lights 60seconds/30seconds*1/
Vehicle Dimming stay on after you close the doors. 15seconds
Settings Time
Settings
Headlight
Changes the length of time the exterior lights 60seconds/30seconds/
Auto Off
stay on after you close the driver’s door. 15seconds*1/0seconds
Timer
Lighting Auto Light Changes the timing for the headlights to
Max/High/Mid*1/Low/Min
Setup Sensitivity come on.
Auto Changes the sensitivity of the brightness of
Interior
the instrument panel when the headlight Min/Low/Mid*1/High/Max
Illumination
Sensitivity switch is in the AUTO position.

Headlight Changes the settings for the wiper operation

when the headlights automatically come on
integration On*1/Off
while the headlight switch is in the AUTO
Wiper position.
*1:Default Setting
Continued 375
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 376 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Group
Auto Door Used to change the setting for when the With Vehicle Speed*1/Shift
Lock doors automatically lock. from P/Off
All Doors When Driver’s
Door Opens*1/All Doors
Auto Door Changes the setting for when the doors
When Shifted to Park/All
Unlock unlock automatically.
Doors When Ignition
Switched Off/Off
Key and
Remote Sets up the driver’s door or all the doors to
Door/ Driver Door*1/All Doors
Unlock unlock on the first push of the remote.
Window
Features

Vehicle Mode
Setup
Settings Settings Keyless Lock
LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash.
Answer On*1/Off
LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds.
Back
Security Changes the time it takes for the doors to
90seconds/60seconds/
Relock relock and the security system to set after you
30seconds*1
Timer unlock the vehicle without opening any door.
Changes the settings for the auto lock
Walk Away
function when you walk away from the On/Off*1
Auto Lock
vehicle.
Resets the vehicle settings to the factory
Default Yes/No
defaults.
License Shows the legal information. —
*1:Default Setting

376
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 377 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Group
Pairs a new phone to HFL.
Add New Device —
2 Phone Setup P. 406
Pairs a new phone or connects a paired phone
Connect a Phone to HFL. —
Bluetooth 2 Phone Setup P. 406
Setup Connect an Audio
Connects a Bluetooth® Audio device to HFL. —
Device
Disconnect All Devices Disconnects a paired phone from HFL. —
Phone Delete Device Deletes a paired phone. —
Setup
Pass-Key Inputs and changes a code for a paired phone. —

Features
Edits, adds or deletes a speed dial entry.
Speed Dial —
2 Speed Dial P. 415
Ringtone Selects the ring tone. Mobile Phone*1/Fixed
Sets calls to automatically transfer from your
Auto Transfer On*1/Off
phone to HFL when you enter the vehicle.
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
System Clear —
Phone Setup group as default.
*1:Default Setting

377
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 378 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Customized Features

Models with Display Audio 1Customized Features

Use the audio/information screen to customize certain features. When you customize settings:
• Make sure that the vehicle is at a complete stop.
■ How to customize • Put the transmission into (P .
With the power mode in ON, select Settings, then select a setting item.
To customize other features, select Settings.
2 List of customizable options P. 385
Features

Audio/Information Screen

378
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 379 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuCustomized Featuresu

■ Customization flow
Press the button.
Day & Time Set Date & Time Automatic Date &
Time
Select Settings. Set Date
Set Time
Time Zone Automatic Time
Zone *
(Select time zone)
Auto Daylight Saving
Time
Date Format

Features
Time Format
Language
System
Touch Panel
Sensitivity

System Volumes System Volumes

Reading/Warning Verbal Reminder
Config. of
Select Configuration
Instrument Panel
Security Password
Unknown sources

* Not available on all models Continued 379

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 380 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Accessibility Caption Caption

Text-to-speech output Language
Text Size
Caption style
Refuel
recommend *

About Status
Features

Legal Information

Factory Data
Reset

Detail App Manager

Information
Recent Location
Requests Apps

380 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 381 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Wi-Fi Change Mode

(Available Networks/Connected Devices)
Connections
Bluetooth + Connect New Device
(Saved Devices)
Smartphone Apple CarPlay
Connection Android Auto
NFC *

Android Beam *

Features
Display Day Mode
Night Mode

Sound Bass/Treble Treble

Midrange
Bass
Subwoofer *
Balance/Fader
DTS Neural
Surround *
Speed Volume
Compensation

* Not available on all models Continued 381

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 382 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuCustomized Featuresu

TPMS Calibration

Driver Assist Blind Spot Info *

System Setup Head-up Warning *
Traffic Sign Recognition System
Forward Collision Warning Distance
Vehicle ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep
Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep
Road Departure Mitigation Setting
Driver Attention Monitor
Features

Meter Setup Language Selection

Adjust Outside Temp. Display
Adjust Alarm Volume
Reverse Alert Tone *
Config. of Instrument Panel
Fuel Efficiency Backlight
“Trip A” Reset Timing
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Speed/Distance Units
Turn By Turn Auto Display

382 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 383 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Driving Position Memory Position Link

Setup * Seat Position Movement at Entry/Exit

Keyless Access Door Unlock Mode

Setup Smart Entry Light Flash
Smart Entry Beep
Remote Start System ON/OFF

Lighting Setup Headlight Auto OFF Timer

Interior Light Dimming Time

Features
Auto Light Sensitivity
Auto Interior Illumination Sensitivity
Auto Headlight On with Wiper On

Door / Window Auto Door Lock

Setup Key and Remote Unlock Mode
Keyless Lock Answer Back
Security Relock Timer
Auto Door Unlock
Walk Away Auto Lock

Maintenance Info. Select Reset Items

* Not available on all models Continued 383

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 384 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Camera Rear Camera Fixed Guideline

Dynamic Guideline

Cross Traffic
Monitor *

LaneWatch * Show with turn signal

Display Time after Turn Signal Off
Show Reference Line
Features

384 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 385 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuCustomized Featuresu

■ List of customizable options

Setup
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Group
Automatic
Selects ON to have the GPS automatically adjust
Date & ON*1/OFF
the clock. Select OFF to cancel this function.
Time
Set Date
Adjusts date.
& time Set Date —
2 Adjusting the Clock P. 164

Adjusts clock.
Set Time —
2 Adjusting the Clock P. 164

Features
Automatic Sets the navigation system to automatically
Time adjust the clock when driving through different ON*1/OFF
Time Zone * time zones.
System Day & Time Zone
(Select time
Changes the time zone manually. —
zone)

Select ON to have the GPS automatically adjust

Auto Daylight Saving
the clock to daylight savings time. Select OFF to ON*1/OFF
Time
cancel this function.
MM/DD/YYYY*1/
Date Format Sets the date format. DD/MM/YYYY/
YYYY/MM/DD
Time Format Selects the digital clock display from 12H to 24H. 12H*1/24H

*1:Default Setting

* Not available on all models Continued 385

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 386 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Group

English (United
Language Changes the display language. States)*1/Español/
Français/

Touch Panel
Sets the sensitivity of the touch panel screen. High/Normal*1
Sensitivity
System Volumes Changes the system sounds volume. —
System
System Volumes Reading/ Verbal
Turns the verbal reminders on and off. ON*1/OFF
Warning Reminder
Features

Config. of
Select which apps display on the driver Config.1*1/Config.2/
Instrument Select Configuration
information interface. Config.3
Panel
Password Set the value of password display. ON*1/OFF
Security
Unknown sources — ON/OFF*1

*1:Default Setting

386
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 387 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Group
Caption Turns the subtitles on and off. ON/OFF*1

Default*1/English
Language Change the subtitle language. (United States)/
Español/Français

Very small/Small/
Text Size Change the subtitle Text Size.
Caption Normal*1/Large

Accessibility Use app defaults*1/

White on black/

Features
Caption Black on white/
Change the subtitle Caption style.
System style Yellow on black/
Yellow on blue/
Custom
Text-to- Current
speech TTS engine TtsService — —
output TtsService
Refuel Turns the refuel recommend function on and off.
ON*1/OFF
recommend * 2 Refuel Recommend P. 449

Status
About Displays the Android setting items. —
Legal Information

*1:Default Setting

* Not available on all models Continued 387

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 388 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Group
Factory Data Resets all the settings to their factory default.
Continue/Cancel
Reset 2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 396

Displays the Android system memory and apps

System App Manager —
Detail information.
Information Recent Location
Displays the recent location requests from apps. —
Requests Apps

Network*1/Hotspot/
Change Mode Changes the Wi-Fi mode.
OFF
Features

Wi-Fi
(Available Networks/ Displays the available network(s) or current
—
Connected Devices) connected device(s).
Pairs a new phone to HFL.
+ Connect New Device —
2 Phone Setup P. 429
Connec- Bluetooth Connects, disconnects, or deletes a paired
tions (Saved Devices) phone. —
2 Phone Setup P. 429

Smartphone Apple CarPlay Sets up the Apple CarPlay connection. —

Connection Android Auto Sets up the Android Auto connection. —

NFC * Turns the NFC function on and off. ON*1/OFF

Android Beam * Turns the NFC connection on and off. ON*1/OFF

*1:Default Setting

388 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 389 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Group
Day Mode Adjusts the settings of the audio/information
Display screen. —
Night Mode 2 Display Setup P. 290

Treble
Midrange
Bass/Treble
Bass
Adjusts the settings of the audio speakers’
Sound Subwoofer * sound. —

Features
2 Adjusting the Sound P. 289
Balance/Fader

DTS Neural Surround *

Speed Volume Compensation

Cancels/Calibrates the tire pressure monitoring

TPMS Calibration Calibrate/Cancel
system (TPMS).

Changes the setting for the blind spot Audible And Visual
Blind Spot Info *
information. Alert*1/Visual Alert
Vehicle
Driver Assist Head-up Warning * Turns the head-up warning on and off. ON*1/OFF
System Setup
Select On/Off to indicate small displaying traffic
Traffic Sign Small Icons ON*1/
sign icon on the driver information interface and
Recognition System Small Icons OFF
the head-up display *.

*1:Default Setting

* Not available on all models Continued 389

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 390 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Group

Forward Collision Changes Collision Mitigation Braking System Normal*1/Short/

Warning Distance (CMBS) alert distance. Long

Causes the system to beep when the system

ACC Forward Vehicle
detects a vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out of ON/OFF*1
Detect Beep
the ACC with LSF range.
Lane Keeping Assist Causes the system to beep when Lane Keeping
Driver Assist ON/OFF*1
Suspend Beep Assist System (LKAS) is suspended.
System Setup
Normal*1/Wide/
Features

Road Departure Changes the setting for the road departure

Warning Only/
Mitigation Setting mitigation system.
Narrow
Vehicle OFF/Tactile Alert/
Driver Attention Changes the setting for the driver attention
Tactile And Audible
Monitor monitor.
Alert*1

English*1/Français/
Language Selection Changes the display language.
Español
-5°F ~ ±0°F*1 ~ +5°F
Adjust Outside Temp. Adjusts the temperature reading by a few (U.S.)
Meter Setup
Display degrees. -3°C ~ ±0°C*1 ~ +3°C
(Canada)
Changes the alarm volume, such as the buzzers,
Adjust Alarm Volume High/Mid*1/Low
warnings, turn signal sound, and so on.

*1:Default Setting
390
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 391 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Group
Reverse Alert Tone * Turns the reverse alert tone on and off. ON*1/OFF

Config. of Instrument Select which apps display on the driver Config.1*1/Config.2/

Panel information interface. Config.3

Fuel Efficiency
Turns the ambient meter feature on and off. ON*1/OFF
Backlight

When Fully
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A
“Trip A” Reset Timing Refueled/Manually
and average fuel economy A.
Reset*1/IGN OFF

Features
Vehicle Meter Setup
When Fully
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B
“Trip B” Reset Timing Refueled/Manually
and average fuel economy B.
Reset*1/IGN OFF
km/h · km/mph ·
miles*1 (U.S.)
Speed/Distance Units Selects the trip computer units.
km/h · km*1/mph ·
miles (Canada)
Turn By Turn Auto Selects whether the turn-by-turn display comes
ON*1/OFF
Display on during the route guidance.

*1:Default Setting

* Not available on all models Continued 391

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 392 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Group
Turns the driving position memory system on and
Memory Position Link ON*1/OFF
Driving off.
Position Seat Position Moves the seat rearward when you get in/get out
Setup * Movement at Entry/ of the vehicle. Changes the setting for this ON*1/OFF
Exit feature.
Changes which doors to unlock when you grab Driver Door Only*1/
Door Unlock Mode
Vehicle the driver’s door handle. All Doors

Causes some exterior lights to flash when you

Features

Smart Entry Light Flash ON*1/OFF

Keyless Access unlock/lock the doors.
Setup Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/
Smart Entry Beep ON*1/OFF
lock the doors.
Remote Start System
Turns the remote engine start feature on and off. ON*1/OFF
ON/OFF

*1:Default Setting

392 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 393 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Group
Headlight Auto OFF Changes the length of time the exterior lights 0 sec/15 sec*1/30 sec/
Timer stay on after you close the driver’s door. 60 sec

Interior Light Dimming Changes the length of time the interior lights stay 15 sec/30 sec*1/60
Time on after you close the doors. sec

Changes the timing for the headlights to come Min/Low/Mid*1/

Auto Light Sensitivity
on. High/Max
Lighting
Vehicle
Setup Changes the sensitivity of the brightness of the
Auto Interior Min/Low/Mid*1/
instrument panel when the headlight switch is in

Features
Illumination Sensitivity High/Max
AUTO.

Used to automatically come on the headlights

Auto Headlight On when the wipers are used several times within a
ON*1/OFF
with Wiper On certain number of intervals with the headlight
switch is in AUTO.

*1:Default Setting

Continued 393
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 394 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Group

Changes the setting for the automatic locking OFF/With Vehicle

Auto Door Lock
feature. Speed*1/Shift From P

Sets up either the driver’s door or all doors to

Key and Remote Driver Door Only*1/
unlock on the first push of the remote or built-in
Unlock Mode All Doors
key.
Keyless Lock Answer LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash.
ON*1/OFF
Back LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds.

Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock

Features

Door/Window 30 sec*1/60 sec/90

Security Relock Timer and the security system to set after you unlock
Setup sec
the vehicle without opening any door.
Vehicle
OFF/All Doors When
Driver’s Door
Changes the setting for when the doors unlock Opens*1/All Doors
Auto Door Unlock
automatically. When Shifted to
Park/All Doors with
IGN OFF
Changes the settings for the auto lock function
Walk Away Auto Lock ON/OFF*1
when you walk away from the vehicle.
Maintenance Resets the engine oil life display when you have
Select Reset Items —
Info. performed the maintenance service.

*1:Default Setting

394
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 395 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Group

Selects whether the guidelines come on the rear

Fixed Guideline camera monitor. ON*1/OFF
2 Multi-View Rear Camera P. 558
Rear Camera
Selects whether the guidelines come on the rear
Dynamic Guideline camera monitor. ON*1/OFF
2 Multi-View Rear Camera P. 558

Cross Traffic Monitor * Turns the cross traffic monitor on and off. ON*1/OFF
Camera Selects whether the LaneWatch display comes on

Features
Show with turn signal when you move the turn signal lever to indicate a ON*1/OFF
right turn.

Changes the length of time the LaneWatch

LaneWatch * Display Time after Turn 0 seconds*1/2
display stays on after the turn signal lever returns
Signal off seconds
to the center.

Selects whether the reference lines come on the

Show Reference Line ON*1/OFF
LaneWatch monitor.

*1:Default Setting

* Not available on all models 395

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 396 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuCustomized FeaturesuDefaulting All the Settings

Defaulting All the Settings

Reset all the menu and customized settings as the factory defaults. 1Defaulting All the Settings
When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, reset
■ Defaulting System Settings all settings to default and delete all personal data.

1. Press the button. If you perform Factory Data Reset, it will reset the
2. Select Settings. preinstalled apps to their factory default.
3. Select System.
4. Select Factory Data Reset. If you perform Factory Data Reset, you cannot use
the HondaLink® because it becomes off line.
u A confirmation message appears on the
2 HondaLink® P. 318
screen.
5. Select Continue to reset the settings.
6. Select Continue again to reset the settings.
u The system will reboot.
Features

■ Defaulting Vehicle Settings

1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Vehicle.
4. Select Default.
5. Select Yes.

396
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 397 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver *

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver can be programmed to operate up to three 1HomeLink® Universal Transceiver *
remote controlled devices around your home, such as garage doors, lighting, or Before programming HomeLink to operate a garage
home security systems. door opener, confirm that the opener has an external
entrapment protection system, such as an “electronic
eye,” or other safety and reverse stop features. If it
■ Important Safety Precautions does not, HomeLink may not be able to operate it.
Refer to the safety information that came with your garage door opener to test that
the safety features are functioning properly. If you do not have the safety
information, contact the manufacturer.

Before programming HomeLink, make sure that people and objects are out of the
way of the garage or gate to prevent potential injury or damage.

Features
When programming a garage door opener, park just outside the garage door’s
path.

* Not available on all models 397

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 398 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHomeLink® Universal Transceiver * uTraining HomeLink

Training HomeLink
Indicator If it is necessary to erase a previously entered
I HomeLink learned code:
Button • Press and hold the I and III HomeLink
buttons for about 10 seconds, until the
green indicator blinks. Release the buttons,
and proceed to step 1.
• If you are training the second or third
button, go directly to step 1.
III HomeLink Button

The instructions on the next page should work for most gate or garage openers, but
may not work for all. For detailed instructions about your specific remote opener,
Features

visit http://www.homelink.com or call (800) 355-3515.

398
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 399 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHomeLink® Universal Transceiver * uTraining HomeLink

■ Programming a Button 1Training HomeLink

Reprogramming a Button
1. Position the remote transmitter you wish to link 1 to 3 inches (3 - 8 cm) from the If you want to retrain a programmed button for a
HomeLink® button you want to program. new device, you do not have to erase all button
memory. You can replace the existing memory code
2. Press and hold the desired HomeLink button. Is the HomeLink indicator (LED) slowly using this procedure:
flashing orange? 1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink button until
the HomeLink indicator begins to slowly flash
YES NO orange. This should take about 20 seconds.
3a. Hold the button on the remote 3b. Canadian Garage Door Opener
transmitter. Does HomeLink indicator 2. Release the HomeLink button and position the
A. Press and release the HomeLink remote transmitter you wish to link 1 - 3 inches
(LED) change from slowly flashing button. Press, hold and release the (3 - 8 cm) from the HomeLink button you want to
orange to rapidly flashing green or button on the remote every 2 secs. program, then follow steps 3 - 6 under
continuously on green? The process “programming a button.”
Does the HomeLink indicator (LED)

Features
should take less than 60 seconds.
change from slowly flashing orange to
rapidly flashing or continuously on Erasing Button Memory
4. Press and hold the programmed HomeLink
green? The process should take less To erase programming from the buttons, press and hold
button for about a second. Does the device
(garage door opener) work? than 60 seconds. the two outside HomeLink buttons until the HomeLink
indicator changes from orange to rapidly flashing green.
This should take about 10 seconds. You should erase all
YES NO programming before selling the vehicle.
5. Press and hold the HomeLink button again.
Operating
Training To operate, simple press and release the
Complete HomeLink LED is HomeLink indicator rapidly flashes programmed HomeLink button. Activation will now
continuously on green. green. occur for the trained device.

6. Press and hold the HomeLink button 5a. The remote has a rolling code. Press the Questions
again. “learn” button on the remote-controlled For questions or comments, visit
The remote-controlled device should device (e.g. garage door opener). www.HomeLink.com, www.youtube.com/
operate. HomeLinkGentex, or by calling the HomeLink Hotline
(North America only) at (800) 355-3515.
5b. Within 30 secs, press and hold the
Training Complete programmed HomeLink button for 2 HomeLink® is a registered trademark of Gentex
secs. Corporation.

399
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 400 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®

Models with color audio 1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using Place your phone where you can get good reception.
your vehicle's audio system, without handling your cell phone.
To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell
phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing
Using HFL procedures, and special feature capabilities:
• U.S.: Visit automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink/,
or call 1-888-528-7876.
■ HFL Buttons • Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.

Microphone Voice control tips

• Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the
windows, as noise coming from them may interfere
with the microphone.
• Press and release the
Features

button when you want to

(Phone) Button call a number using a stored voice tag. Speak
clearly and naturally after a beep.
• If the microphone picks up voices other than yours,
the command may be misinterpreted.
(Talk) Button • To change the volume level, use the audio system’s
volume knob or the remote audio controls on the
(Hang-up/Back) Button steering wheel.
(Pick-up) Button
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
Selector Knob
handheld electronic devices while operating a vehicle.

If you receive a call while using the audio system, the

(Pick-up) button: Press to go directly to the phone screen or to answer an system resumes its operation after ending the call.
incoming call.
(Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call or to cancel a command. Up to 20 speed dial entries can be stored. If there is
no entry in the system, Speed Dial is disabled.
(Talk) button: Press to call a number with a stored voice tag. 2 Speed Dial P. 415
(Phone) button: Press to go directly to the phone screen.
Selector knob: Rotate to select an item on the screen, then press . Up to 20 call histories can be stored. If there is no call
history, Call History is disabled.

400
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 401 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL

■ HFL Status Display 1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®

Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
Roam Status The audio/information screen notifies you
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
when there is an incoming call. trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any
Signal Strength
use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under
Battery Level Status license. Other trademarks and trade names are those
Bluetooth Indicator of their respective owners.
Appears when your
phone is connected HFL Limitations
to HFL. An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio
system when it is playing. It will resume when the call
HFL Mode is ended.
Call Name
1HFL Status Display

Features
The information that appears on the audio/
information screen varies between phone models.

You can change the system language to English,

French, or Spanish.
2 Customized Features P. 367

■ Limitations for Manual Operation

Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.
You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.

Only previously stored speed dial entries can be called using voice commands while
the vehicle is in motion.
2 Speed Dial P. 415

401
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 402 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

HFL Menus
The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use HFL. 1HFL Menus
To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth-
compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle
is parked.
or Speed Dial*1 Add New
Some functions are limited while driving. A message
appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving
and the operation is canceled.

Select a phone number from the call history to

Call History
store as a speed dial number.

Select a phone number from the phonebook to

Phonebook
store as a speed dial number.
Features

Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial

(Existing entry list) Phone Number
number.
Call History*1 Dialed Calls Display the last 20 outgoing calls.

Received Calls Display the last 20 incoming calls.

Missed Calls Display the last 20 missed calls.

Phonebook*1 Display the paired phones’s phonebook.

Dial*1 Enter a phone number to dial.

*1 : Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

402
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 403 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Redial*1 Redial the last number dialed in the phone’s history.

Phone Setup Bluetooth Setup Add New Device Pair a phone to the system.

Connect a Phone Connect a phone to the system.

Features
Connect a Bluetooth® Audio device to the
Connect an Audio Device
system.

Disconnect All Devices Disconnect a paired phone from the system.

Delete Device Delete a previously paired phone.

Pass-Key Create a code for a paired phone.

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

Continued 403
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 404 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Add New
Select a phone number from the call history
Speed Dial*1 Call History
to store as a speed dial number.

Select a phone number from the phonebook

Phonebook
to store as a speed dial number.

Enter a phone number to store as a speed

Phone Number
dial number.
Features

Existing entry list

Change a previously stored speed dial
Change Speed Dial
number.

Delete a previously stored speed dial

Delete Speed Dial
number.

Store Voice Tag Create a voice tag for a speed dial number.

Change Voice Tag Change a voice tag for a speed dial number.

Delete Voice Tag Delete a voice tag for a speed dial number.

*1 : Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

404
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 405 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Select the ring tone stored in the connected

Ringtone Mobile Phone
cell phone.

Fixed Select the ring tone stored in HFL.

Set calls to automatically transfer from your phone to HFL when you enter
Auto Transfer
the vehicle.

Features
Clear the system of all paired phones, phonebook entries, and security
System Clear
codes.

Continued 405
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 406 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Phone Setup 1Phone Setup

Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to
■ To pair a cell phone (No phone has HFL before you can make and receive hands-free
been paired to the system) calls.
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Yes, then press . Phone Pairing Tips:
3. Make sure your phone is in search or • You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving.
discoverable mode, then press .
• Up to six phones can be paired.
u HFL automatically searches for a • Your phone’s battery may drain faster when it is
Bluetooth® device. paired to HFL.
• If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found
by the system within three minutes, the system will
4. When your phone appears on the list, select time out and return to idle.
Features

it by pressing .
Once you have paired a phone, you can see it
u If your phone doesn’t appear, select displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the
Phone Not Found? and search for right side.
Bluetooth® devices using your phone. These icons indicate the following:
From your phone, select : The phone can be used with HFL.
HandsFreeLink. : The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio.

5. The system gives you a pairing code on the

audio/information screen.
u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by phone.
6. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.

406
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 407 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To pair a cell phone (when a phone has

already been paired to the system)
1. Press the button or the button.
u If a prompt appears asking to connect to
a phone, select No and proceed with
step 2.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Bluetooth Setup, then
press .
4. Rotate to select Add New Device, then
press .

Features
u The screen changes to device list.

Continued 407
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 408 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

5. Make sure your phone is in search or

discoverable mode, then press .
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth® device.

6. When your phone appears on the list, select

it by pressing .
Features

u If your phone does not appear, select

Phone Not Found? and search for
Bluetooth® devices using your phone.
From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.

7. The system gives you a pairing code on the

audio/information screen.
u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by a phone.

408
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 409 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To change the currently paired phone

1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Bluetooth Setup, then
press .

4. Rotate to select Connect a Phone,

then press .

Features
u The screen changes to a device list.

5. Rotate to select a desired device name,

then press .
u HFL disconnects the connected phone
and starts searching for another paired
phone.

Continued 409
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 410 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To change the pairing code setting

1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Bluetooth Setup, then
press .

4. Rotate to select Pass-Key, then press

.
Features

5. Input a new pairing code, then press .

410
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 411 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To delete a paired phone

1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Bluetooth Setup, then
press .

4. Rotate to select Delete Device, then

press .

Features
u The screen changes to a device list.
5. Rotate to select a phone you want to
delete, then press .

6. A confirmation message appears on the

screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press
.

Continued 411
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 412 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Ring Tone 1Ring Tone

Mobile Phone: For certain connected phones, the
You can change the ring tone setting. ring tone stored in the phone sounds from the
1. Press the button or the button. speakers.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speakers.
press .
3. Rotate to select Ringtone, then press
.
4. Rotate to select Mobile Phone or
Fixed, then press .
Features

■ Automatic Transferring
If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically
transferred to HFL.
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Auto Transfer, then
press .
4. Rotate to select On or Off, then press
.

412
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 413 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To Clear the System

Pairing codes, paired phones, all stored voice tags, all speed dial entries, all call
history data, and all imported phonebook data are erased.
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select System Clear, then
press .
4. Rotate to select Yes, then press .

Features
5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press
.

6. A notification appears on the screen. Press

.

Continued 413
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 414 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History 1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
When you select a person from the list in the cellular
When your phone is paired, the contents of its phonebook and call history are phonebook, you can see up to three category icons.
automatically imported to HFL. The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored
for that name.

Pref Fax

Home Car

Mobile Other

Work Pager
Features

Voice

If a name has four or more numbers, ... appears

instead of category icons.

On some phones, it may not be possible to import the

category icons to HFL.

The phonebook is updated after every connection.

Call history is updated after every connection or call.

414
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 415 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Speed Dial 1Speed Dial

When a voice tag is stored, you can press the
Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone. button and call the number using voice commands.
To store a speed dial number:
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
3. Rotate to select Add New, then press
.
4. Rotate to select a place to choose a
number from, then press .
From Call History:
u Select a number from the call history.

Features
From Phonebook:
u Select a number from the connected cell
phone’s imported phonebook.
From Phone Number:
u Input the number manually.

5. When the speed dial is successfully stored,

you are asked to create a voice tag for the
number. Rotate to select Yes or No,
then press .
6. Using the button, follow the prompts to
say the name for the speed dial entry.

Continued 415
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 416 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To edit a speed dial

1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
4. Select an existing speed dial entry.
5. Rotate to select Change Speed Dial,
then press .
6. Select a new speed dial number, then press
.

■ To delete a speed dial number

Features

1. Press the button or the button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
4. Select an existing speed dial entry.
5. Rotate to select Delete Speed Dial,
then press .
u A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .

416
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 417 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To add a voice tag to a stored speed 1Speed Dial

dial number Avoid using duplicate voice tags.
1. Press the button or the button. Avoid using “home” as a voice tag.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then It is easier for HFL to recognize a longer name. For
press . example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.”
3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
4. Select an existing speed dial entry.
5. Rotate to select Store Voice Tag, then
press .
6. Using the button, follow the prompts to
complete the voice tag.

Features
■ To change a voice tag
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
4. Select an existing speed dial entry.
5. Rotate to select Change Voice Tag,
then press .
6. Using the button, follow the prompts to
complete the voice tag.

Continued 417
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 418 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To delete a voice tag 1Making a Call

1. Press the button or the button. Any voice-tagged speed dial entry can be dialed by
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then voice from any screen.
press . Press the button and follow the prompts.
3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of
.
the person you are calling through the audio
4. Select an existing speed dial entry.
speakers.
5. Rotate to select Delete Voice Tag,
then press .
u A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
Features

■ Making a Call
You can make calls by inputting any phone number, or by using the imported
phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or redial.

418
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 419 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To make a call using the imported 1To make a call using the imported phonebook
phonebook This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.
When your phone is paired, the contents of its However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed
phonebook are automatically imported to dial number using voice commands.
HFL. 2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 401
1. Press the button or the button. 2 Speed Dial P. 415
2. Rotate to select Phonebook, then
press .
3. The phonebook is stored alphabetically.
Rotate to select the initial, then press
.
4. Rotate to select a name, then press .

Features
5. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.

■ To make a call using a phone number 1To make a call using a phone number
1. Press the button or the button. This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.
2. Rotate to select Dial, then press . However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed
3. Rotate to select a number, then press dial number using voice commands.
. 2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 401
2 Speed Dial P. 415
4. Rotate to select , then press .
u Dialing starts automatically.

Continued 419
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 420 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To make a call using redial 1To make a call using redial

1. Press the button or the button. Press and hold the button to redial the last
2. Rotate to select Redial, then press . number dialed in your phone’s call history.
u Dialing starts automatically.

■ To make a call using the call history 1To make a call using the call history
Call history is stored by Dialed Calls, The call history appears only when a phone is
Received Calls, and Missed Calls. connected to HFL, and displays the last 20 dialed,
Features

1. Press the button or the button. received, or missed calls.

2. Rotate to select Call History, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Dialed Calls, Received
Calls, or Missed Calls, then press .
4. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.

420
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 421 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To make a call using a speed dial entry 1To make a call using a speed dial entry
1. Press the button or the button. Select Others to view another paired phone’s speed
2. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press dial list.
.
3. Rotate to select a number, then press When a voice tag is stored, press the button and
call the number using voice commands.
.
2 Speed Dial P. 415
u Dialing starts automatically.
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry can be dialed by
voice from any screen. Press the button and
follow the prompts.

Features
Continued 421
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 422 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Receiving a Call 1Receiving a Call

Call Waiting
HFL Mode When there is an incoming call, an audible Press the button to put the current call on hold to
Caller’s Name
notification sounds and the Incoming Call answer the incoming call.
screen appears. Press the button again to return to the current
call.
Press the button to answer the call. Select Ignore to ignore the incoming call if you do
not want to answer it.
Press the button to decline or end the call.
Press the button if you want to hang up the
current call.

You can select the icons on the audio/information

screen instead of the and buttons. Rotate
to select the icon, then press .
Features

422
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 423 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Options During a Call 1Options During a Call

Dial Tones: Available on some phones.
The following options are available during a call.
Swap Call: Put the current call on hold to answer the incoming call.
Mute: Mute your voice.
Transfer Call: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone.
Dial Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu-driven
phone system.
1. To view the available options, press the
button.
2. Rotate to select the option, then press
.
u The check box is checked when Mute is

Features
selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.

423
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 424 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®

Models with Display Audio 1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using Place your phone where you can get good reception.
your vehicle’s audio system, without handling your cell phone.
To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell
phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing
Using HFL procedures, and special feature capabilities:
• U.S.: Visit automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink/,
■ HFL Buttons or call 1-888-528-7876.
• Canada: For more information on smartphone
VOL (+ /VOL (- (Volume) Buttons compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.

(home) Button Microphone To use the system, the Bluetooth setting must be
Left Selector Wheel ON.
2 Phone Setup P. 429
Features

Voice control tips

• Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the
windows, as noise coming from them may interfere
with the microphones.
• Press the button when you want to call a
number using a phonebook name or a number.
Speak clearly and naturally after a beep.
• If the microphones pick up voices other than yours,
the command may be misinterpreted.
(Back) Button • To change the volume level, select the audio
(Talk) Button system’s VOL (Volume) or use the remote audio
(Hang-up) Button controls on the steering wheel.
(Pick-up) Button
If there is no Favorite Contact entry in the system, the
pop-up notification appears on the screen.
2 Favorite Contacts P. 434

424
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 425 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL

(Pick-up) button: Press to go directly to the phone menu on the driver 1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
information interface, or to answer an incoming call. Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
(Hang-up) button: Press to end a call. The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
(Back) button: Press to go back to the previous screen, or cancel a command. trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any
(Talk) button: Press to access Voice Portal. use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under
license. Other trademarks and trade names are those
Left Selector Wheel: Press the (home) button, then roll up or down to select
of their respective owners.
Phone on the driver information interface, and then press the left selector wheel.
(home) button: Press to go back to the home screen of the driver information HFL Limitations
interface. An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio
system when it is playing. It will resume when the call
To go to the phone screen of the driver information interface: is ended.
1. Press the (home) button on the steering wheel.

Features
2. Select Phone.
u You can select Favorite Contacts or Recent Calls.

Continued 425
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 426 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL

■ HFL Status Display 1HFL Status Display

The information that appears on the audio/
The audio/information screen notifies you when there is an incoming call. information screen varies between phone models.

Bluetooth Indicator Signal Strength

Appears when your phone is Battery Level Status
connected to HFL.
HFL Mode

Caller’s Name
(If registered)/
Features

Caller’s Number
(If not registered)

■ Limitations for Manual Operation *

Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.
You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.

Only previously stored phonebook names or numbers can be called using voice
commands while the vehicle is in motion.
2 Favorite Contacts P. 434

426 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 427 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

HFL Menus
The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use the system. 1HFL Menus
To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth-
■ Phone settings screen compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle
1. Press the button. is parked.
2. Select Phone.
Some functions are limited while driving.
3. Select Settings.

Features
Change Devices + Connect New Device Pair a new phone to the system.

(Existing entry list) Connect, disconnect, or delete a paired device.

Auto Sync Phone Set phonebook and call history data to be automatically imported when a phone is paired to HFL.

Auto Phone Call Transfer Set calls to automatically transfer from your phone to HFL when you enter the vehicle.

Ringtone Select the ring tone.

HondaLink Assist * Turn HondaLink® Assist on and off.

* Not available on all models Continued 427

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 428 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Phone menu screen

1. Press the button.
2. Select Phone.

Recent Calls All Display the last outgoing, incoming and missed calls.
Features

Dialed Display the last outgoing calls.

Missed Display the last missed calls.
Received Display the last incoming calls.

Favorite Contacts (Existing entry list) Dial the selected number in the speed dial list.

Contacts Display the paired phone’s phonebook.

Keypad Enter a phone number to dial.

428
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 429 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Phone Setup
■ Bluetooth® setup
You can turn Bluetooth® function on and off.
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Connections.
4. Select Bluetooth.
5. Select Options.
6. Select Bluetooth, then ON.

Features
Continued 429
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 430 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To pair a cell phone (when there is no 1Phone Setup

phone paired to the system) Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to
1. Press the button. the system before you can make and receive hands-
2. Select Phone. free calls.
3. Select Connect Phone.
Phone Pairing Tips:
4. Make sure your phone is in search or
• You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
discoverable mode, then select + Connect
moving.
New Device. • Up to six phones can be paired.
u HFL automatically searches for a • Your phone’s battery may drain faster when it is
Bluetooth® device. paired to the system.
5. Select your phone when it appears on the
list. Once you have paired a phone, you can see it
displayed on the screen with one or more icons on
Features

u If your phone still does not appear,

the right side.
search for Bluetooth® devices using your These icons indicate the following:
phone. : The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio.
From your phone, search for HandsFree : The phone can be used with HFL.
Link.
6. The system gives you a pairing code on the If there is an active connection to Apple CarPlay,
audio/information screen. pairing of additional Bluetooth-compatible devices is
unavailable.
u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by phone.
7. Select desired functions and then select
Save.

430
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 431 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To change the currently paired phone 1To change the currently paired phone
1. Go to the phone settings screen. If no other phones are found or paired when trying to
2 Phone settings screen P. 427 switch to another phone, HFL will inform you that the
2. Select Change Devices. original phone is connected again.
3. Select a phone to connect.
To pair other phones, select + Connect New Device
u HFL disconnects the connected phone
from the Bluetooth screen.
and starts searching for another paired
phone.
4. Select or .
5. Select Save.

■ To delete a paired phone

Features
1. Go to the phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 427
2. Select Change Devices.
3. Select a phone you want to delete.

4. Select Delete.
5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select Yes.

Continued 431
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 432 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Ring Tone 1Ring Tone

Vehicle: The fixed ring tone sounds from the
You can change the ring tone setting. speakers.
1. Go to the phone settings screen. Phone: Depending on the make and model of the
2 Phone settings screen P. 427 cell phone, the ring tone stored in the phone will
2. Select Ringtone. sound if the phone is connected.
3. Select Vehicle or Phone.
Features

■ Automatic Transferring
If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically
transferred to HFL.
1. Go to the phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 427
2. Select Auto Phone Call Transfer.
3. Select ON or OFF.

432
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 433 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History 1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
On some phones, it is necessary to set up it enabled
■ When Auto Sync Phone is set to ON: to be imported the cellular phonebook.
When your phone is paired, the contents of its
phonebook and call history are automatically When you select a name from the list in the cellular
imported to the system. phonebook, you can see a category icon. The icons
indicate what types of numbers are stored for that
name.

Mobile Work

Home Other
■ Changing the Auto Sync Phone setting
1. Go to the phone settings screen. Pager Fax

Features
2 Phone settings screen P. 427
2. Select Auto Sync Phone. Car Voice
3. Select ON or OFF.
Pref

On some phones, it may not be possible to import the

category icons to the system.

The phonebook is updated after every connection.

Call history is updated after every connection or call.

Continued 433
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 434 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Favorite Contacts
To store a number as a Favorite Contact:
Recent Calls Screen
1. Go to the phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 428
2. Select the Recent Calls, Contacts, or
Keypad screen.
3. Select the star icon.
u A notification appears on the screen if
Star Icon the Favorite Contact is successfully
Contacts Screen stored.
u To remove the Favorite Contact, select
the star icon again.
Features

Star Icon
Keypad Screen

Star Icon

434
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 435 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To edit a Favorite Contact

1. Go to the phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 428
2. Select Favorite Contacts.
3. Select Edit on the Favorite Contact entry
you want to edit.
4. Select a setting you want.
5. Select Save.

■ To delete a speed dial

1. Go to the phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 428

Features
2. Select Favorite Contacts.
3. Select Edit on the Favorite Contact entry
you want to delete.
4. Select Remove.
5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select Yes.

Continued 435
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 436 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Making a Call 1Making a Call

Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of
You can make calls by inputting any phone the person you are calling through the audio
number, or by using the imported speakers.
phonebook, call history, or Favorite Contact
entries. While there is an active connection with Apple
CarPlay, phone calls cannot be made with
HandsFreeLink® and are only made from Apple
CarPlay.
Features

436
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 437 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To make a call using the imported

phonebook
1. Go to the phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 428
2. Select Contacts.
3. Select a name.
u You can sort by First Name or Last
Name. Select the icon on the upper right
of the screen.
4. Select a number.
u Dialing starts automatically.

■ To make a call using a phone number

Features
1. Go to the phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 428
2. Select Keypad.
3. Select a number.
u Use the keyboard on the touch screen for
entering numbers.
4. Select Call.
u Dialing starts automatically.

Continued 437
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 438 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To make a call using the call history 1To make a call using the call history
Call history is stored by All, Dialed, Missed, The call history appears only when a phone is
and Received. connected to the system.
1. Go to the phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 428
2. Select Recent Calls.
u You can sort by All, Dialed, Missed, or
Received. Select the icon on the upper
right of the screen.
3. Select a number.
u Dialing starts automatically.

■ To make a call using a Favorite Contact

Features

entry
1. Go to the phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 428
2. Select Favorite Contacts.
u You can change the order of Favorite
Contact entries by selecting Reorder.
3. Select a number.
u Dialing starts automatically.

438
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 439 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Receiving a Call 1Receiving a Call

Call Waiting
When there is an incoming call, an audible Press the button to put the current call on hold to
notification sounds (if activated) and the answer the incoming call.
Incoming Call... screen appears. Press the button again to return to the current
call.
Press the button to answer the call.
Select Ignore to ignore the incoming call if you do
Press the button to decline or end the
not want to answer it.
call. Press the button if you want to hang up the
current call.

You can select the icons on the audio/information

screen instead of the and buttons.

Features
■ Options During a Call 1Options During a Call
You can select the icons on the audio/information
The following options are available during a call. screen.
Mute: Mute your voice.
Use Handheld: Transfer a call from the system to your phone.
Keypad: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu-driven
phone system.
Mute Icon The available options are shown on the lower
half of the screen.

Select the option.

u The mute icon appears when Mute is
selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.

Continued 439
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 440 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To Set Up Text Message Options 1To Set Up Text Message Options

To use the text message function, it may be necessary
■ To turn on or off the text message
to set up on your phone.
notice
1. Press the button.
1To turn on or off the text message notice
2. Select Messages.
ON: A pop-up notification comes on every time you
3. Select Settings.
receive a new message.
4. Select Pop-up Notification. OFF: The message you receive is stored in the system
5. Select ON or OFF. without notification.
Features

440
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 441 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Receiving a Text Message 1Receiving a Text Message

Some cell phones might not be able to read the
HFL can display newly received text messages as well as the last 20 messages transmission log of data sent and data received.
received on a linked cell phone. Each received message can be read aloud and
replied to using a fixed common phrase. The system does not display any received messages
1. Select the system status icon. while you are driving. You can only hear them read
u The status area appears. aloud.
2. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new
The system can only receive messages that are sent as
text message. text (SMS) messages. The message sent using the
3. Select Open to display the message. data services will not be displayed in the list.
u The text message is displayed.
4. Select Play to listen to the message. To With some phones, you may be able to display up to
discontinue the message read-out, select 20 of the last text messages received.

Features
Stop.
State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text
message feature. Only use the text message feature
when conditions allow you to do so safely.

Continued 441
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 442 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Selecting a Phone 1Selecting a Phone

You can only receive notifications from one phone at
You can select one from the Bluetooth® device list to be active and receive a time.
notifications.
1. Press the button.
2. Select Messages.
3. Select Settings.
4. Select Change Connected Phone.
5. Change a desired phone.
2 To change the currently paired phone
P. 431
Features

442
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 443 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Displaying Messages 1Displaying Messages

The (blue) icon appears next to an unread
Message List 1. Press the button. message.
2. Select Messages.
u Select a phone if necessary. If you delete a message on the phone, the message
3. Select a message. will also be deleted from the system. If you send a
u The text message is displayed. message from the system, the message goes to your
phone’s outbox.

To see the previous or next message, select Prev.

or Next on the message screen.

Text Message

Features
Continued 443
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 444 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Read or Stop reading a message 1Reply to a message

1. Go to the text message screen. The available fixed reply messages are as follows:
2. Select Play. • Talk to you later, I’m driving.
u The system starts reading the message • I’m on my way.
aloud. • I’m running late.
3. Select Stop to stop reading. • OK
• Yes
Select Play again to start reading the
• No
message.
The default reply messages are displayed only in
English. If you want to use reply messages in
■ Reply to a message languages other than English, please edit them.
1. Go to the text message screen. 2 To edit a reply message P. 445
2. Select Reply.
Features

You can add a reply message by selecting + Create

3. Select the reply message.
New Message.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen. 2 To edit a reply message P. 445
4. Select Send to send the message.
u Message sent. appears on the screen Only certain phones receive and send messages when
when the reply message was successfully paired and connected. For a list of compatible
sent. phones:
• U.S.: Visit automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink/,
or call 1-888-528-7876.
• Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.

444
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 445 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To edit a reply message 1To edit a reply message

1. Press the button. You can change the order of reply messages by
2. Select Messages. selecting Reorder.
3. Select Settings.
4. Select Edit Replies.
5. Select the reply message you want to edit
or + Create New Message.
u The on-screen keyboard screen is
displayed.
6. Enter a reply message, and then select
Save.

■ To delete a reply message

Features
1. Press the button.
2. Select Messages.
3. Select Settings.
4. Select Delete Replies.
5. Select on the reply message you want to
delete.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
6. Select Yes.

Continued 445
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 446 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Making a call to a sender

1. Go to the text message screen.
2. Select Call.
Features

446
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 447 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHondaLink® Assist *

HondaLink® Assist *
■ In Case of Emergency 1HondaLink® Assist *
HondaLink® Assist also provides services you can
■ Automatic collision notification operate from the Internet or your smartphone.
If your vehicle’s airbags deploy or if the unit
detects that the vehicle is severely impacted, To subscribe to HondaLink® Assist, or to get more
your vehicle automatically will attempt to information about all of its features, contact an
connect to the HondaLink® operator. If Honda dealer, or visit hondalink.honda.com
connected, information about your vehicle, its
location, and its condition can be sent to the 1In Case of Emergency
operator*1; you also can speak to the operator Your vehicle may not be able to connect to the
when connected. operator if the battery level is low, the line is
disconnected, or you do not have adequate cellular
coverage.
IMPORTANT: For vehicles equipped with HondaLink® Assist, owner activation

Features
constitutes authorization for Honda to collect information from your vehicle needed You cannot use this emergency services when:
to provide the service, and agreement to the Terms of Use at www.hondalink.com/ • You travel outside the HondaLink® service coverage
TermsAndConditions. In a crash, HondaLink® Assist will attempt to notify emergency areas.
services but NEITHER HONDA NOR ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS GUARANTEE THAT • There is a problem with the connecting devices,
SUCH NOTIFICATION WILL OCCUR. such as the microphones, speakers, or the unit
itself.
• HondaLink Assist is not enabled.
Honda reserves the right to terminate HondaLink® Assist services at any time or for 2 To enable notification P. 448
any reason, and in the future may not be able to provide services due to changes in,
or obsolescence of, technology integral to the service or changes in governmental You cannot operate other phone-related functions
regulation. using the screen while talking to the operator.
Only the operator can terminate the connection to
your vehicle.

1Automatic collision notification

If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it
*1: Depending on your phone and adequate cellular coverage, your vehicle’s location may not repeatedly tries until it succeeds.
be sent to the operator.
* Not available on all models Continued 447
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 448 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHondaLink® Assist *

■ To enable notification 1To enable notification

1. Go to the phone settings screen. Setting options:
2 Phone settings screen P. 427 • YES: Notification is available.
2. Select HondaLink Assist. • NO: Disable the feature.
3. Select YES or NO.
Features

448
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 449 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Refuel Recommend

Models with navigation system 1Refuel Recommend

Your vehicle is equipped with a feature that recommends refueling at a timing of You can change the setting for Refuel Recommend
your preference. Once the system is programmed, this feature will notify you when by selecting: SettingsSystemRefuel
refueling is recommended as well as enable you to search for gas stations that are recommend
located in the vicinity of your vehicle.
When you turn off this feature, the timing that you
1. When it is time to refuel the vehicle, a
programmed for refueling will be deleted.
notification is displayed and a notification
icon is displayed in the header. This feature can only be used when the fuel level in
2. Touch the box that contains the icon. the tank is below 30 percent.

If you select Find Gas Station Now or put more

than 5 liters of gasoline into the fuel tank, the
Notification notification for refueling will disappear. If you prefer

Features
Icon not to be notified, select OFF in the settings for
Refuel Recommend.
3. Select Find Gas Station Now.
When you drive on a rough road or ascend or
descend a hill for an extended period of time, the
notification may disappear or may not be displayed at
all.

4. Choose a gas station from the search

screen of the navigation system.
u For instructions on how to use the
navigation system, refer to the
navigation system manual.

449
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 450 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

450
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 451 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Driving
This chapter discusses driving and refueling.

Before Driving................................... 452 Agile Handling Assist ....................... 480 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System....526
Towing a Trailer................................ 457 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) .. 481 Traffic Sign Recognition System ....... 530
When Driving Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Front Sensor Camera ....................... 536
Turning on the Power ...................... 458 Required Federal Explanation ......... 484 Radar Sensor ................................... 538
Precautions While Driving................. 464 Blind spot information (BSI) System * ... 486 Braking
Transmission .................................... 464 High Voltage Battery........................ 489
Shifting ............................................ 465 Brake System ................................... 539
LaneWatchTM * .................................. 490 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ........... 546
SPORT Mode.................................... 471
Honda SensingTM Brake Assist System ......................... 547
Deceleration Paddle Selector ............ 472
ECON Button ................................... 475 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM
Parking Your Vehicle........................ 548
Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System...... 476 (CMBSTM) ....................................... 493
Multi-View Rear Camera.................. 558
Adaptive Damper System * ............... 477 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow (LSF) ......................... 502 Refueling........................................... 561
Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka Electronic
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) .. 518 Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions.... 564
Stability Control (ESC), System .............. 478

* Not available on all models 451

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 452 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Before Driving
Driving Preparation
Check the following items before you start driving. 1Exterior Checks
NOTICE
■ Exterior Checks When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around
the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force
• Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior them open, as this can damage the rubber trim
lights, or other parts of the vehicle. around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid
u Remove any frost, snow, or ice. further freezing.
u Remove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of
vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened. Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder.
You will be unable to insert the key if the water
u When removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel
freezes in the hole.
or wheel components.
• Make sure the hood is securely closed. Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite
u If the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked. flammable materials left under the hood, causing a
• Make sure the tires are in good condition. fire. If you’ve parked your vehicle for an extended
u Check air pressures, and check for damage and excessive wear. period, inspect and remove any debris that may have
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 600 collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have
Driving

fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a

• Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle.
small animal. Also check under the hood for leftover
u There are blind spots from the inside. flammable materials after you or someone else has
performed maintenance on your vehicle.

452
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 453 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation

■ Interior Checks 1Interior Checks

The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
• Store or secure all items on board properly. need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
u Carrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicle's heavy items in the trunk, have the aiming readjusted
handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe. at a dealer or by a qualified technician.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 455
• Do not pile items higher than the seat height.
u They can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden
braking.
• Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor
mat.
u An object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator
pedal operation while driving.
• If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle.
u They may interfere with driving and a crash could occur.
• Securely close and lock all doors and the trunk.

Driving
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 174
• Adjust your seating position properly.
u Adjust the head restraint, too.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 208
2 Adjusting the Front and Rear Outer Head Restraint Positions P. 214
• Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly for your driving.
u Adjust them while sitting in the proper driving position.
2 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 206
2 Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 205

Continued 453
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 454 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation

• Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the
seats.
u They can interfere with the driver’s ability to operate the pedals, the operation
of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats.
• Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 45
• Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the
vehicle, and go off soon after.
u Always have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated.
2 Indicators P. 82
Driving

454
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 455 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit

Maximum Load Limit

The maximum load for your vehicle is 850 lbs (385 kg). See the 1Maximum Load Limit
Tire and Loading Information label attached to the driver’s
doorjamb. 3 WARNING
Overloading or improper loading
Label Example can affect handling and stability
and cause a crash in which you
can be hurt or killed.
Follow all load limits and other
loading guidelines in this manual.

Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR):

This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all
accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer. occupants, all accessories and all cargo.
2 Specifications P. 660

Driving
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit - Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR):
(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle.
cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your 2 Specifications P. 660
vehicle’s placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers
that will be riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers
from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount
equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load
capacity is 650 lbs. (1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
Continued 455
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 456 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit

(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being

loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the
available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will
be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to
determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage
load capacity of your vehicle.

In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants,

accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the driver’s doorjamb.
Load Limits Example
Driving

Example1

Max Load Passenger Weight Cargo Weight

850 lbs 150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs 550 lbs
(385 kg) (68 kg x 2 = 136 kg) (249 kg)

Example2

Max Load Passenger Weight Cargo Weight

850 lbs 150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs 100 lbs
(385 kg) (68 kg x 5 = 340 kg) (45 kg)

456
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 457 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Towing a Trailer

Your vehicle is not designed to tow a trailer. Attempting to do so can void your
warranties.

Towing Your Vehicle

Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs
to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information.
2 Emergency Towing P. 655

Driving
457
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 458 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

When Driving
Turning on the Power
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied. 1Turning on the Power
u The electric parking brake indicator Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when
comes on for 30 seconds when you pull starting the power system.
up the electric parking brake switch.
The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in
thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400
meters).

When turning on the power system in cold weather,

Electric Parking Brake Switch turn off all electrical accessories such as the lights,
2. Depress the brake pedal. climate control system, and rear defogger in order to
reduce the 12-volt battery drain.
Brake Pedal
If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold,
an engine block heater will improve starting and
warming of the engine. Consult a dealer for details.
Driving

If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can

smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with
the engine or exhaust system.

458
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 459 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuWhen DrivinguTurning on the Power

3. Press the POWER button without 1Turning on the Power

depressing the accelerator pedal. The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from
4. Check the READY indicator. theft. If an improperly coded key (or other device) is
u Keep depressing the brake pedal until used, the power system does not activate.
the READY indicator comes on. 2 Immobilizer System P. 181
u The READY indicator comes on when
When you set the power mode to ON, you may feel
the power system is on and you can start
the brake pedal slightly sink down. This is normal.
driving.
u If the outside temperature is extremely Bring the smart entry remote close to the POWER
low, you cannot drive until conditions are button if the battery in the smart entry remote is
improved. In this case, the READY weak.
indicator does not come on and a 2 If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
P. 637
warning message appears on the driver
information interface. The power system may not activate if the smart entry
2 Driver Information Interface remote is subjected to strong radio waves.

Driving
Warning and Information Messages
P. 108 The engine may not run when the vehicle is ready for
driving.
You can start driving with the READY indicator on.
■ Stopping the Power System If you press the POWER button while depressing the
You can turn the power system off when the vehicle is completely stopped. brake pedal with the READY indicator on, the power
mode is set to VEHICLE OFF and you cannot start
driving.
1. Put the transmission into (P .
2 READY Indicator P. 87
2. Press the POWER button.

Continued 459
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 460 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuWhen DrivinguTurning on the Power

■ Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback 1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback

You can remotely turn the power system on using the button on the smart entry 3 WARNING
remote. Engine exhaust contains toxic carbon
monoxide.
■ To turn the power system on
Press the button, then press and Breathing carbon monoxide can kill you or
hold the button. Go within the range, cause unconsciousness.
Some exterior lights flash once. and try again.
Never use the remote engine starter when
LED: Blinks when any button is pressed.
the vehicle is parked in a garage or other
area with limited ventilation.

The remote engine start may violate local laws.

Before using the remote engine start, check your
local laws.
Driving

If there are buildings and obstacles between your

vehicle and the remote, the range will be reduced.
This distance may vary by external electrical
interference.
Some exterior lights flash six Some exterior lights will not
The power system may not be turned on by the
times if the power system flash if the power system
turns on successfully. turns on unsuccessfully. remote engine start if:
• You have disabled a remote engine start setting
using the audio/information screen.
The power system is on for up to 10 minutes without you starting the vehicle. • The power mode is not in VEHICLE OFF.
To extend the time for another 10 minutes during the first 10 minutes, press the • The transmission is in a position other than (P .
button, then press and hold the button. • The hood is open, or any door or the trunk is
u Some exterior lights flash six times if a 10-minute extension request was unlocked.
transmitted successfully.

460
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 461 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuWhen DrivinguTurning on the Power

■ To turn the power system off 1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback

Go within the range, • You have already used the remote twice to turn the
and try again. power system on.
• Another registered smart entry remote is in the
The exterior lights will not flash when the remote is out of vehicle.
the smart entry system range. • There is an antenna failure.
The power system will not be turned off. • The door is unlocked with the built-in key.
• The engine oil pressure is low.
• The engine coolant temperature is extremely high.
• The security system alarm is not set.

The power system may be turned off while it is on if:

• You do not start the vehicle within 10 minutes of
turning the power system on with the smart entry
remote.
• The power system is turned off by using the smart
entry remote.

Driving
• The security system alarm is activated.
Press and hold • The door is unlocked with the built-in key.
the button The exterior lights flash once if the power system turns off • The hood is open.
for one second. successfully. • The engine coolant temperature is extremely high.
• The engine oil pressure is low.
• The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) comes on if
there is a problem with the emissions control
systems.
• The transmission is in a position other than (P .

Continued 461
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 462 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuWhen DrivinguTurning on the Power

1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback

While the power system is on, the vehicle will
automatically precondition inside the vehicle.
When it is warm outside:
• The climate control system is activated in auto
mode.
When it is cold outside:
• The defroster is activated at a moderately warm
temperature.
• The rear defogger and door mirror heaters are
activated.
• The seat heaters * and heated steering wheel * are
activated.
2 Heated Steering Wheel * P. 228
2 Front Seat Heaters * P. 229
2 Front Seat Heaters and Seat Ventilation *
P. 230
Driving

462 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 463 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuWhen DrivinguTurning on the Power

■ Starting to Drive 1Starting to Drive

When the power system is turned on using the
When the power system is turned on using the button on the smart entry remote button on the smart entry remote
1. While depressing the brake pedal, press the POWER button. The power system is off when the shift position is
When the power system is turned on in any case changed from (P before the POWER button is
pressed. Follow the step 1 when starting to drive.
2. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, check that the READY indicator is on,
then press the (D button. Select (R when reversing. You can also release the parking brake by pressing
3. With the parking brake applied, release the brake pedal and gently depress the the electric parking brake switch while depressing the
accelerator pedal. brake pedal.
u Make sure the electric parking brake indicator goes off. When facing downhill, you can start your vehicle
2 Parking Brake P. 539 more smoothly by manually releasing it with the
2 If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning electric parking brake switch than by releasing it with
the accelerator pedal.
Message P. 650

■ Hill start assist system 1Hill start assist system

Driving
Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from
rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator. rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and
does not operate on small inclines.
Put the transmission into (D when facing uphill, or (R when facing downhill, then
Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking
release the brake pedal.
brake.

As a hybrid vehicle, the sounds and vibrations from

the engine may be absent even though the vehicle is
ready for driving. It also makes you fail to recognize
that you can start.
Make sure to check if the READY indicator is on
before you start to drive.

463
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 464 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving

Precautions While Driving

■ In Rain 1Precautions While Driving
NOTICE
Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the power
Do not change the shift position while pressing the
system or driveline, or cause electrical component failure. accelerator pedal. You could damage the
transmission.
■ Other Precautions
NOTICE
If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location. If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an
Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks. extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel in
the full left or right position for a while, the electric
power steering (EPS) system heats up. The system
Transmission goes into a protective mode, and limits its
performance. The steering wheel becomes harder
■ Creeping and harder to operate. Once the system cools down,
As with a conventional gasoline-powered vehicle with an automatic transmission, the EPS system is restored.
Repeated operation under these conditions can
this vehicle will creep.
eventually damage the system.
Driving

Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped.

If the power mode is set to ACCESSORY while
driving, the power system will shut down and all
steering and brake power assist functions will stop,
making it difficult to control the vehicle.

Do not press the (N button, as you will lose

regenerative braking (and acceleration) performance.

During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation,

avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so
as not to damage the power system or powertrain.

Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km).
You should also follow this when the brake pads are
replaced.

464
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 465 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

Shifting
Change the shift position in accordance with your driving needs. 1Shifting

■ Shift button positions 3 WARNING

The vehicle can roll away if left unattended
Park
without confirming that Park is engaged.
Used when parking or turning the power
on or off.
A vehicle that rolls away could cause a crash
Transmission is locked.
resulting in serious injury or death.
Reverse
Used when reversing. Always keep your foot on the brake pedal
Neutral until you have confirmed that (P is shown
Transmission is not locked. on the shift position indicator.
Drive
● Used for normal driving. While the High Voltage battery level is full, or the
● The deceleration paddle selector can be High Voltage battery temperature is low,
used temporarily. regenerative braking may become less effective.

Driving
● The deceleration paddle selector can be

used when SPORT mode is on. To prevent malfunction and unintended

engagement:
• Do not spill any liquids on or around shift buttons.
• Do not place or drop any objects on or around shift
buttons.
• Do not let passengers or children operate the shift
buttons.

You may occasionally find that it takes longer than

usual for the vehicle to start moving when you select
(R , release the brake pedal, and/or depress the
accelerator pedal. This may occur when the High
Voltage battery level is extremely low, and does not
indicate a vehicle malfunction.

Continued 465
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 466 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

■ (P (parking) button 1Shifting

(P Button The shift position changes to (P when you The beeper sounds and a message appears on the
press the (P button while the vehicle is driver information interface when you depress the
parked with the power mode in ON. accelerator pedal with the shift position in (N .
The indicators on the sides of the (P button Change the shift position to (D or (R with the brake
pedal depressed.
come on.
When shifting positions in extremely low
temperatures (-22°F/-30°C), there may be a short
delay before the shift position is displayed. Always
confirm you are in the correct shift position before
driving.
Driving

466
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 467 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

■ Shift Operation 1Shift Operation

NOTICE
When you change (D to (R and vice versa, come to
a complete stop and keep the brake pedal depressed.
Operating the shift button before the vehicle has
Shift Position Indicator
come to a complete standstill can damage the
Deceleration Paddle Selector transmission.
Indicator
Use the shift position indicator and the shift button
indicator to check the shift position before selecting a
shift button.

If the indicator of the currently selected shift position,

or all the shift position indicators are blinking
simultaneously, there is a problem with the
transmission.
Press the (P button. Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission

Driving
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
Press back the (R button.
The beeper sounds once when you change to (R .
2 Customized Features P. 378
Press the (N button.

Press the (D button.

Shift Button
Indicator

Continued 467
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 468 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

■ When opening the driver’s door 1When opening the driver’s door
If you open the driver’s door under the following conditions, the shift position While the system is designed to automatically change
automatically changes to (P . the shift position to (P under the described
• The vehicle is in stationary with the power mode in ON, or moving at 1 mph (2 conditions, in the interest of safety you should always
km/h) or slower. select (P before opening the driver’s door.
Make sure to park the vehicle in a safe place.
• The transmission is in other than (P .
2 When Stopped P. 548
• You have unfastened the driver side seat belt.
u If you manually change the shift position from (P with the brake pedal If you want to drive the vehicle after the shift position
depressed, the shift position will automatically return to (P once you release has automatically changed to (P under the described
the brake pedal. conditions, close the door, fasten the seat belt,
depress the brake pedal, then change the shift
■ When turning off the power mode position.
If you turn the power system off while the vehicle is stationary, and the transmission
If you leave the vehicle, turn off the power system
is in other than (P , the shift position automatically changes to (P . and lock the doors.
Driving

468
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 469 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

■ If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash mode] 1If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash
With the power system on: mode]
1. Press and hold the brake pedal. To keep the vehicle in (N position, you can also
2. Press and release the (N button. follow this procedure:
u (N (Neutral) hold mode will appear on the driver information interface. While the power system is on, select (N , and then
3. Press the (N button again and hold it for two seconds. within five seconds, press the POWER button.
u The vehicle will enter car wash mode, which must be used when your vehicle
Note that the transmission may not stay in (N
is pulled through a conveyor type automatic car wash where you or an position while any of the following indicators is on:
attendant do not remain in the vehicle. • Transmission system indicator.
If the POWER button is pressed after car wash • Malfunction indicator lamp.
mode has been activated, the power mode • Charging system indicator.
will change to ACCESSORY and a message
will be displayed on the driver information
interface.
u For 15 minutes the transmission remains

Driving
in (N with the power mode will remain
in ACCESSORY. After that, the
transmission automatically changes to
(P and the power mode changes to OFF.
u Manually changing to (P cancels
ACCESSORY mode. The (P indicator
comes on and the power mode changes
to OFF. You must always put the
transmission into (P when car wash
mode is no longer needed.

Continued 469
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 470 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

■ Restriction on selecting a shift position

You cannot select a shift position under certain circumstances that may lead to a crash.
When the 1. Under the circumstances 3. The shift position How to change the
2. You cannot select:
transmission is in: of that: remains in/changes to: shift position

The brake pedal is not

depressed.
(P (P
The accelerator pedal is
depressed.
Release the accelerator
The vehicle is moving at low Other shift position pedal and depress the
speed without the brake pedal brake pedal.
depressed.
(N
The vehicle is moving at low
speed with the accelerator
Driving

pedal depressed. (N
(N or (D The vehicle is moving forward. (R

(R or (N The vehicle is moving backward. (D Park your vehicle in a

safe place.
You cannot press the (P
(R , (N , or (D The vehicle is moving.
button.

Make sure that the

A shift position other than
(P or (N The READY indicator is not on. (P or (N READY indicator
(P or (N
comes on.

470
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 471 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuWhen DrivinguSPORT Mode

SPORT Mode
SPORT Mode Indicator

Models without adaptive

damper system

Models with adaptive

damper system
Press

Driving
SPORT Button

To turn the SPORT mode on and off, press the SPORT button.

The SPORT mode increases engine performance and handling *.

This mode is not recommended for fuel economy enhancement, but suitable for
driving on hills or through curves on mountain roads.

The SPORT mode is turned off every time you start the power system, even if you
turned it on the last time you drove the vehicle.

* Not available on all models 471

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 472 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuWhen DrivinguDeceleration Paddle Selector

Deceleration Paddle Selector

When you release the accelerator pedal, you can control the rate of deceleration 1Deceleration Paddle Selector
without removing your hands from the steering wheel. Using the deceleration
paddle selector situated on the steering wheel, you can sequentially shift through 3 CAUTION
four stages of deceleration. Rapidly increasing the deceleration rate by
When descending a hill, you can use the deceleration paddle selector to help quickly shifting the deceleration paddle can
maintain the rate of deceleration, thereby allowing you to keep a safe distance cause the tires to skid, resulting in a crash
between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead as well as utilize engine braking. that could injure or kill someone.
The default deceleration stage is . Each
Decrease Always maintain a reasonable rate of
paddle selector operation makes a single
stage deceleration change. deceleration.
u The deceleration stage may not change if
Deceleration If you are descending a hill when you select stage ,
Stage
you pull the paddle selector
continuously. the vehicle may enter stage .

If you pull back right and left paddle selector at the

Increase same time, the deceleration stage may not change.
Driving

To select the different stages of deceleration:

• Pull back the (+ selector (right side) to decrease the deceleration stage.
• Pull back the (- selector (left side) to increase the deceleration stage.
Pull the (+ selector for a few seconds when you want to cancel the deceleration
paddle selector.

472
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 473 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuWhen DrivinguDeceleration Paddle Selector

When to use 1Deceleration Paddle Selector

Shift position is in (D In the following situations, the stage may not change
and the stage icon will blink even if you pull back the
Deceleration Stage
selector. The deceleration stage may decrease or
When SPORT mode is cancel automatically:
OFF, the deceleration
When SPORT mode is • The High Voltage battery is fully charged or its
stage appears.
ON, the deceleration temperature is too cold or too hot.
stage and M appear. • The speed of the vehicle is beyond the deceleration
range with SPORT mode off.
• Hybrid system protection is needed.
• The paddle selector is operated while your vehicle
is stopped automatically by ACC with LSF.

If either paddle selector is operated, ACC with LSF

will cancel automatically.

Driving
Paddle Selector
Increase the deceleration stage Decrease the deceleration stage
when pulling the (- paddle when pulling the (+ paddle
selector (left side) selector (right side)

Continued 473
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 474 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuWhen DrivinguDeceleration Paddle Selector

■ When SPORT mode is OFF

If you pull back the paddle selector, the rate of deceleration will change temporarily,
and the stage will appear in the driver information interface.
When you want to cancel the deceleration paddle selector, pull the (+ selector
(right side) for a few seconds.
The deceleration paddle selector will cancel automatically and deceleration stage in
the driver information interface disappear when you drive with constant speed,
situations of acceleration and decelerate just before stopping your vehicle.

■ When SPORT mode is ON

If you pull back the paddle selector, the rate of deceleration will change and the
stage along with M will appear in the driver information interface. The deceleration
stage will not cancel automatically while SPORT mode is ON.
When you want to cancel the deceleration paddle selector, turn the SPORT mode
OFF, or pull the (+ selector (right side) for a few seconds. When canceled,
Driving

deceleration stage in the driver information interface disappears.

474
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 475 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuWhen DrivinguECON Button

ECON Button
1ECON Button
*1 While in ECON mode, the climate control system has
greater temperature fluctuations.

*2

Driving
*1:Models without adaptive damper system
*2:Models with adaptive damper system
The ECON button turns the ECON mode on and off.
The ECON mode helps you improve your fuel economy by adjusting the
performance of the climate control system and the accelerator pedal response.

475
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 476 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuWhen DrivinguAcoustic Vehicle Alerting System

Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System

Alerts pedestrians when a vehicle is propelled solely by electricity, approaching at
speeds around 12 mph (20 km/h) or less.

Canadian models

■ Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System OFF Button

Press the button to turn the system on and
off.
u The indicator in the button comes on
when the system is off.

The system is turned on every time you turn

the power system on, even if you turned it off
the last time you drove the vehicle.
Driving

476
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 477 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Damper System *

Adaptive Damper System *

Constantly controls your vehicle’s front and rear dampers according to current road
conditions, vehicle speed and steering operation.

You can change handling response by turning the SPORT mode on.
2 SPORT Mode P. 471

Driving
* Not available on all models 477
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 478 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System

Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka Electronic

Stability Control (ESC), System 1Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System
VSA® helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less
than what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces. VSA® may not function properly if tire type and size
are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and type
It does so by regulating engine and motor output and selectively applying the
of tire, and the air pressures as specified.
brakes.
When the VSA® indicator comes on and stays on
■ VSA® Operation while driving, there may be a problem with the
system. While this may not interfere with normal
When VSA® activates, you may notice that the driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer
engine and motor do not respond to the immediately.
accelerator. You may also notice some noise
from the hydraulic system. You will also see VSA® cannot enhance stability in all driving situations
the indicator blink. and does not control the entire braking system. You
still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate
for the conditions and always leave a sufficient
margin of safety.
VSA® System
Driving

Indicator
The main function of the VSA® system is generally
known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The
system also includes a traction control function.

The Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) system, Vehicle

Stability Assist® (VSA®) OFF, adaptive cruise control
(ACC) with low speed follow (LSF), safety support,
and low tire pressure/TPMS indicators may come on
in amber along with a message in the driver
information interface when you set the power mode
to ON after re-connecting a 12-volt battery.
Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h).
Each indicator should go off. If any do not, have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.

478
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 479 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System

■ VSA® On and Off 1Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System
This button is on the driver side control panel.
In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets
To partially disable VSA® functionality/ stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier
features, press and hold it until you hear a to free it with the VSA® temporarily switched off.
beep.
When the button is pressed, the traction control
Your vehicle will have normal braking and function becomes less effective. This allows for the
wheels to spin more freely at low speed. You should
cornering ability, but traction control function
only attempt to free your vehicle with the VSA® off if
will be less effective. you are not able to free it when the VSA® is on.
VSA® OFF Indicator
To restore VSA® functionality/features, press Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to
the (VSA® OFF) button until you hear a beep. switch VSA® on again. We do not recommend driving
your vehicle with the VSA® system switched off.
VSA® is turned on every time you turn the
You may hear a motor sound coming from the
power system on, even if you turned it off the

Driving
engine compartment while system checks are being
last time you drove the vehicle. performed immediately after turning the power
system on or while driving. This is normal.

479
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 480 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuWhen DrivinguAgile Handling Assist

Agile Handling Assist

Lightly brakes the front wheels, as needed, when you turn the steering wheel, and 1Agile Handling Assist
helps support the vehicle’s stability and performance during cornering. The agile handling assist cannot enhance stability in
all driving situations. You still need to drive and
corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and
always leave a sufficient margin of safety.

When the VSA® system indicator comes on and stays

on while driving, the agile handling assist does not
activate.

You may hear a sound coming from the engine

compartment while the agile handling assist is
activated. This is normal.
Driving

480
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 481 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

Instead of directly measuring the pressure in each tire, the TPMS on this vehicle 1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
monitors and compares the rolling radius and rotational characteristics of each The system does not monitor the tires when driving
wheel and tire while you are driving to determine if one or more tires are at low speed.
significantly under-inflated. This will cause the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to
Conditions such as low ambient temperature and
come on and a message to appear on the driver information interface.
altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can
trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come
■ TPMS Calibration on.

You must start TPMS calibration every time you: Tire pressure checked and inflated in:
• Adjust the pressure in one or more tires. • Warm weather can become under-inflated in
• Rotate the tires. colder weather.
• Replace one or more tires. • Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer
weather.
The low tire pressure indicator will not come on as a
Before calibrating the TPMS: result of over inflation.
• Set the cold tire pressure in all four tires.
2 Checking Tires P. 600 The TPMS may not function properly if tire type and

Driving
size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and
type of tire.
Make sure: 2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 600
• The vehicle is at a complete stop.
• The transmission is in (P . The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator may come on
• The power mode is in ON. with a delay or may not come on at all when:
• You rapidly accelerate, decelerate, or turn the
steering wheel.
• You drive on snowy or slippery roads.
• Snow chains are used.

The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator may come on

under the following conditions:
• There is a heavier and uneven load on the tires than
the condition at calibration.
• Snow chains are used.

Continued 481
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 482 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

Models with color audio 1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

You can calibrate the system from the The Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) system, Vehicle
customized feature on the audio/information Stability Assist® (VSA®) OFF, adaptive cruise control
screen. (ACC) with low speed follow (LSF), safety support,
2 Audio System Basic Operation P. 246 and low tire pressure/TPMS indicators may come on
in amber along with a message in the driver
1. Set the power mode to ON.
information interface when you set the power mode
2. Press the CLOCK/MENU button.
to ON after re-connecting a 12-volt battery.
3. Rotate to select Settings, then press Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h).
. Each indicator should go off. If any do not, have your
4. Rotate to select Vehicle Settings, then vehicle checked by a dealer.
press .
5. Rotate to select TPMS Calibration, 1TPMS Calibration
then press . • The calibration process requires approximately 30
6. Rotate to select Calibrate, then press minutes of cumulative driving at speeds between
. 30-60 mph (48-97 km/h).
• During this period, if the power mode is set to ON
Driving

and the vehicle is not moved within 45 seconds,

• If the Calibration failed to start. message you may notice the low tire pressure indicator
appears, repeat steps 5-6. comes on briefly. This is normal and indicates that
• The calibration process finishes the calibration process is not yet complete.
automatically.
If the snow chains are installed, remove them before
calibrating the TPMS.

If the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on even

when the properly inflated specified regular tires are
installed, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

We recommend that the tires be replaced with the

same brand, model, and size as the originals. Ask a
dealer for details.

482
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 483 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

Models with Display Audio

You can calibrate the system from the
customized feature on the audio/information
screen.
2 Audio System Basic Operation P. 267
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Press the button.
3. Select Settings.
4. Select Vehicle.
5. Select TPMS Calibration.
6. Select Calibrate.

• If the Calibration Failed To Start.

message appears, repeat steps 5-6.
• The calibration process finishes

Driving
automatically.

483
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 484 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation

U.S. models
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required
Federal Explanation
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure
recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard
or tire inflation pressure label.

(If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should
determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with

a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low
tire pressure telltale
Driving

when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you

should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure.

Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to

overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces
fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’s
handling and stopping ability.

484
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 485 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation

Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the
level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction

indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire
pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the
telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain
continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may

not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.

Driving
TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including
the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the
vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.

Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or

more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to
continue to function properly.

485
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 486 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information (BSI) System *

Blind spot information (BSI) System *

Is designed to detect vehicles in specified alert zones adjacent to your vehicle, 1Blind spot information (BSI) System *
particularly in harder to see areas commonly known as “blind spots.”
3 WARNING
When the system detects vehicles approaching from behind in adjacent lanes, the Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to
appropriate indicator comes on for a few seconds, providing assistance when you change lanes before doing so may result in
change lanes. a crash and serious injury or death.
Do not rely only on the blind spot
■ How the system works information system when changing lanes.

● The transmission is in (D . Always look in your mirrors, to either side

● Your vehicle speed is of your vehicle, and behind you for other
between 20 mph (32 km/h) vehicles before changing lanes.
and 100 mph (160 km/h) Radar Sensors:
underneath Alert Zone
the rear A
Alert zone range Important Safety Reminder
bumper B
A: Approx. 1.6 ft. (0.5 m) Like all assistance systems, BSI has limitations. Over
corners
B: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m) reliance on BSI may result in a collision.
Driving

C: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m)
C The BSI alert indicator may not come on under the
following conditions:
• A vehicle does not stay in the alert zone for more
than two seconds.
• A vehicle is parked in a side lane.
• The speed difference between your vehicle and the
vehicle you are passing is greater than 6 mph (10
km/h).
• An object not detected by the radar sensors
approaches or passes your vehicle.
• A vehicle running in the adjacent lane is a
motorcycle or other small vehicle.

486 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 487 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information (BSI) System *

■ When the system detects a vehicle 1Blind spot information (BSI) System *
BSI Alert Indicator: Located on the outside The system is for your convenience only. Even if an
Comes On
rearview mirror on both sides. object is within the alert zone, the following
situations may occur.
Comes on when: • The BSI alert indicator may not come on due to
obstruction (splashes, etc.) even without the Blind
• A vehicle enters the alert zone from behind
Blinks Spot Information System Not Available driver
to overtake you with a speed difference of
information interface appearing.
no more than 31 mph (50 km/h) from your • The BSI alert indicator may come on even with the
vehicle. message appearing.
• You pass a vehicle with a speed difference
of no more than 12 mph (20 km/h). You can change the setting for BSI.
2 Customized Features P. 378
Blinks and a beeper sounds when:
The system does not operate when the transmission
You move the turn signal lever in the direction is in (R .
of the detected vehicle. The beeper sounds

Driving
three times.

* Not available on all models Continued 487

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 488 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information (BSI) System *

■ BSI On and Off 1Blind spot information (BSI) System *

Left Selector When you turn the BSI on and off, do the BSI may be adversely affected when:
Wheel following. • Objects (guard rails, poles, trees, etc,.) are
1. Press the safety support switch. detected.
2. Roll the left selector wheel to the symbol • An object that does not reflect radio waves well,
such as a motorcycle, is in the alert zone.
and push it.
• Driving on a curved road.
• A vehicle is moving from a far lane to the adjacent
The BSI is in the previously selected ON or OFF lane.
setting each time you start the power system. • The system picks up external electrical interference.
• The rear bumper or the sensors have been
improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been
Safety Support Switch deformed.
• The orientation of the sensors has been changed.
• In bad weather (Heavy rain, snow, and fog).
• Making a turn at an intersection.
• Driving on a bumpy road.
Driving

• Making a short turn that slightly tilts the vehicle.

For proper BSI operation:

• Always keep the rear bumper corner area clean.
• Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with
labels or stickers of any kind.
• Take your vehicle to a dealer if you need the rear
bumper corner area or the radar sensors to be
repaired, or the rear bumper corner area is strongly
impacted.

488 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 489 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuWhen DrivinguHigh Voltage Battery

High Voltage Battery

The High Voltage battery gradually discharges even if the vehicle is not in use. As a 1High Voltage Battery
result, if your vehicle is parked for an extended period of time, the battery charge Be careful not to let the High Voltage battery drain
level will become low. Extended periods of time at a low state of charge will shorten too much. If the battery level becomes close to zero,
battery life. To maintain the battery state of charge, drive your vehicle for more than it will make it impossible to start the engine.
30 minutes at least once every three months.
Extreme high temperatures can affect the battery life. You can minimize the effects
by parking the vehicle in the shade during the summer.

Driving
489
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 490 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuWhen DrivinguLaneWatchTM *

Canadian models
LaneWatchTM* 1LaneWatchTM *
LaneWatch is an assistance system that allows you to check the passenger side rear
areas displayed on the audio/information screen when the turn signal is activated to 3 WARNING
the passenger’s side. A camera in the passenger side door mirror monitors these Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to
areas and allows you to check for vehicles, in addition to your visual check and use change lanes before doing so may result in
of the passenger door mirror. You can also keep the system on for your convenience a crash and serious injury or death.
while driving.
Do not rely only on LaneWatch while
1 The system activates when you: 2 driving.
The passenger side view
display appears on the Always look in your mirrors, to either side
Move the turn Press the LaneWatch
signal lever to the button.
audio/information of your vehicle, and behind you for other
screen. vehicles before changing lanes.
passenger side.

Important Safety Reminder

Like all assistance systems, LaneWatch has
Driving

limitations. Over reliance on LaneWatch may result in

a collision.

The system deactivates when you: The LaneWatch function can be affected by weather,
Pull the turn signal Press the LaneWatch lighting (including headlights and low sun angle),
lever back. button again. ambient darkness, camera condition, and loading.

The LaneWatch may not provide the intended display

of traffic to the side and rear under the following
conditions:
Camera
• Your vehicle’s suspension has been altered,
changing the height of the vehicle.
• Your tires are over or under inflated.
• Your tires or wheels are of varied size or
construction.
Audio/Information Screen

490 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 491 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuWhen DrivinguLaneWatchTM *

■ Customizing the LaneWatch settings 1LaneWatchTM *

You can customize the following items using the audio/information screen. The LaneWatch camera view is restricted. Its unique
• Show with turn signal: Selects whether LaneWatch monitor comes on when lens makes objects on the screen slightly look
you operate the turn signal light lever. different from what they are.
• Show Reference Line: Selects whether the reference lines appear on the LaneWatch display does not come on when the
LaneWatch monitor. transmission is in (R .
• Display Time after Turn Signal Off: Changes the remaining LaneWatch display
time after you pull the turn signal lever back. For proper LaneWatch operation:
• The camera is located in the passenger side door
• Display: Adjusts display settings. mirror. Always keep this area clean. If the camera
2 Customized Features P. 378 lens is covered with dirt or moisture, use a soft,
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 242 moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free of
debris.
• Do not cover the camera lens with labels or stickers
of any kind.
• Do not touch the camera lens.

■ Reference Lines 1Reference Lines

Driving
Three lines that appear on the screen can give The area around the reference line 1 (red) is very close
an idea of how far the vehicles or objects on to your vehicle. As always, make sure to visually
the screen are from your vehicle, respectively. confirm the safety of a lane change before changing
lanes.
If an object is near line 1 (in red), it indicates
3
2 that it is close to your vehicle whereas an The distance between your vehicle and lines 1, 2 and
1 object near line 3 farther away. 3 on the screen vary depending on road conditions
and vehicle loading. For example, the reference lines
on the screen may seem to appear closer than the
actual distances when the rear of your vehicle is more
heavily loaded.

Consult a dealer if:

• The passenger side door mirror, or area around it is
severely impacted, resulting in changing the
camera angle.
• The LaneWatch display does not come on at all.

* Not available on all models 491

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 492 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Honda SensingTM

Honda SensingTM is a driver support system which employs the use of two distinctly
different kinds of sensors: a radar sensor located at the lower part of the front
bumper and a front sensor camera mounted to the interior side of the windshield,
behind the rearview mirror.

Honda SensingTM has following functions.

■ The functions which do not require switch operations to activate

• Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System 2 P. 526
• Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) 2 P. 493
• Traffic Sign Recognition System 2 P. 530

■ The functions which require switch operations to activate

• Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) 2 P. 502
• Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) 2 P. 518
Driving

492
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 493 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

Can assist you when there is a possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a 1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
pedestrian detected in front of yours. The CMBSTM is designed to alert you when a Important Safety Reminder
potential collision is determined, as well as to reduce your vehicle speed to help The CMBSTM is designed to reduce the severity of an
minimize collision severity when a collision is deemed unavoidable. unavoidable collision. It does not prevent a collision
■ How the system works nor stop the vehicle automatically. It is still your
responsibility to operate the brake pedal and steering
When to use wheel appropriately according to the driving
The camera is located conditions.
behind the rearview
mirror. The CMBSTM may not activate or may not detect a
vehicle in front of your vehicle under certain
conditions:
2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 497

You can read about handling information for the

camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 536
The radar sensor is

Driving
at the lower part of
the front bumper. For directions on the proper handling of the radar
sensor, refer to the following page.
The system starts monitoring the roadway ahead when your vehicle speed is about 2 Radar Sensor P. 538
3 mph (5 km/h) and there is a vehicle in front of you.
When the CMBSTM activates, it may automatically
The CMBSTM activates when:
● The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian detected
apply the brake. It will be canceled when your vehicle
in front of you becomes about 3 mph (5 km/h) and over with a chance of a stops or a potential collision is not determined.
collision.
● Your vehicle speed is about 62 mph (100 km/h) or less and the system determines

there is a chance of a collision with:

- Vehicles detected in front of you that are stationary, oncoming, or traveling in your
same direction.
- A pedestrian who is detected in front of you.
● Your vehicle speed is above 62 mph (100 km/h), and the system determines there

is a chance of a collision with a vehicle detected in front of you traveling in your

same direction.
Continued 493
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 494 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

■ When the system activates 1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

The camera in the CMBSTM is also designed to detect
The system provides visual and audible alerts of a possible collision, and stops if pedestrians.
the collision is avoided. However, this pedestrian detection feature may not
u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change lanes, activate or may not detect a pedestrian in front of
etc.) your vehicle under certain conditions.
Visual Alerts Head-up Warning Refer to the ones indicating the pedestrian detection
Lights * limitations from the list.
2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 497

Models with head-up display

The head-up warning uses a lens located at the front
end of the dashboard.
Do not cover the lens or spill any liquid on it.
Beep
Lens
Audible Alert
Driving

At system’s earliest collision alert stage, you can change the distance (Long/
Normal/Short) between vehicles at which alerts will come on through audio/
information screen setting options.
2 List of customizable options P. 371, 385

494 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 495 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

■ Collision Alert Stages

The system has three alert stages for a possible collision. However, depending on circumstances, the CMBSTM may not go through all of
the stages before initiating the last stage.

CMBSTM
Distance between vehicles
The radar sensor detects a vehicle Audible & Visual WARNINGS Braking

Normal
When in Long, visual and audible alerts
Vehicle
Long Short Ahead come on at a longer distance from a vehicle
Stage There is a risk of a collision with the
ahead than in Normal setting, and in —
one vehicle ahead of you.
Short, at a shorter distance than in
Your Vehicle Normal.

Your Vehicle
Stage Vehicle Ahead The risk of a collision has increased, Lightly
two time to respond is reduced. applied

Driving
Visual and audible alerts.
Your Vehicle
Stage Vehicle Ahead The CMBSTM determines that a collision Forcefully
three is unavoidable. applied

Continued 495
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 496 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

■ CMBSTM On and Off 1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

The CMBSTM may automatically shut off, and the
Left Selector When you turn the CMBSTM on and off, do the safety support indicator (amber) will come and stay
Wheel following. on under certain conditions:
1. Press the safety support switch. 2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 497
2. Roll the left selector wheel to the
symbol and push it. When the CMBSTM is activated, it will continue to
operate even if the accelerator pedal is partially
u The message appears on the driver
depressed. However, it will be canceled if the
information interface when the system accelerator pedal is deeply depressed.
becomes on or off.
The Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) system, Vehicle
The CMBSTM is turned on every time you turn Stability Assist® (VSA®) OFF, adaptive cruise control
Safety Support Switch (ACC) with low speed follow (LSF), safety support,
on the power system, even if you turned it off
the last time you drove the vehicle. and low tire pressure/TPMS indicators may come on
in amber along with a message in the driver
information interface when you set the power mode
Driving

to ON after re-connecting a 12-volt battery.

Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h).
Each indicator should go off. If any do not, have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.

496
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 497 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

■ CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations 1CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if you find any
The system may automatically shut off and the safety support indicator (amber) will unusual behavior of the system (e.g., the warning
come on under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed message appears too frequently).
below. Other conditions may reduce some of the CMBSTM functions.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 536

■ Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between objects and the background.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as vehicles and pedestrians.
• Reflections on the interior of the windshield.

Driving
• Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.

■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on curvy, winding, or undulating roads.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.

Continued 497
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 498 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

■ Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, etc.).
• When tire chains are installed.
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• Driving with the parking brake applied.
• When the radar sensor at the lower part of the front bumper gets dirty.

■ Detection limitations
• A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you.
• The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is
too short.
Driving

• A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.

• When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you
at high speed.
• The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter or other small
vehicle.
• When there are animals in front of your vehicle.
• When you drive on a curved, winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for
the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you.
• The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian in front of
you is significantly large.
• An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.
• Another vehicle suddenly comes in front of you at an intersection, etc.
• Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.
• When driving through a narrow iron bridge.
• When the lead vehicle suddenly slows down.
498
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 499 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

Limitations applicable to pedestrian detection only

• When there is a group of people in front of your vehicle walking together side by
side.
• Surrounding conditions or belongings of the pedestrian alter the pedestrian’s
shape, preventing the system from recognizing that the person is a pedestrian.
• When the pedestrian is shorter than about 3.3 feet (1 meter) or taller than about
6.6 feet (2 meters) in height.
• When a pedestrian blends in with the background.
• When a pedestrian is bent over or squatting, or when their hands are raised or
they are running.
• When several pedestrians are walking ahead in a group.
• When the camera cannot correctly identify that a pedestrian is present due to an
unusual shape (holding luggage, body position, size).

■ Automatic shutoff

Driving
The CMBSTM may automatically shut itself off and the safety support indicator
(amber) comes and stays on when:
• The temperature inside the system is high.
• You drive off-road or on a mountain road, or curved and winding road for an
extended period.
• An abnormal tire condition is detected (wrong tire size, flat tire, etc.).
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.

Once the conditions that caused the CMBSTM to shut off improve or are addressed
(e.g., cleaning), the system comes back on.

Continued 499
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 500 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

■ With Little Chance of a Collision

The CMBSTM may activate even when you are aware of a vehicle ahead of you, or
when there is no vehicle ahead. Some examples of this are:

■ When Passing
Your vehicle approaches another vehicle ahead of you and you change lanes to pass.

■ At an intersection
Your vehicle approaches or passes another vehicle that is making a left or right turn.
Driving

500
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 501 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

■ On a curve
When driving through curves, your vehicle comes to a point where an oncoming
vehicle is right in front of you.

■ Through a low bridge at high speed

You drive under a low or narrow bridge at high speed.

Driving
■ Speed bumps, road work sites, train tracks, roadside objects, etc.
You drive over speed bumps, steel road plates, etc., or your vehicle approaches train
tracks or roadside objects (such as a traffic sign and guard rail) on a curve or, when
parking, stationary vehicles and walls.

501
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 502 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) 1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following interval behind a vehicle
3 WARNING
detected ahead of yours and, if the detected vehicle comes to a stop, can decelerate
and stop your vehicle, without you having to keep your foot on the brake or the Improper use of ACC with LSF can lead
accelerator. to a crash.
When ACC with LSF slows your vehicle by applying the brakes, your vehicle’s brake
Use ACC with LSF only when traveling
lights will illuminate.
on open highways in good weather.
When to use

The camera is 3 WARNING

located behind
ACC with LSF has limited braking
the rearview
mirror. capability and may not stop your vehicle
in time to avoid a collision with a vehicle
that quickly stops in front of you.
Driving

Always be prepared to apply the brake

pedal if the conditions require.

The radar sensor is

at the lower part of Important Reminder
the front bumper. As with any system, there are limits to ACC with LSF.
Use the brake pedal whenever necessary, and always
keep a safe interval between your vehicle and other
■ Vehicle speed for ACC with LSF: A vehicle is detected ahead within ACC with vehicles.
LSF range – ACC with LSF operates at speeds up to 90 mph (145 km/h).
No vehicle is detected within ACC with LSF range – ACC with LSF operates at
the speed of 25 mph (40 km/h) or above.
■ Shift position for ACC with LSF: In (D .

502
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 503 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

■ How to activate the system 1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
How to use When the MAIN button is pressed, both ACC with
LSF and the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) are
ACC (green) is on in either turned on or off.
the instrument panel.
ACC with LSF is ready ■ Press the MAIN button on ACC with LSF may not work properly under certain
to use. the steering wheel.
conditions.
2 ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations
P. 508

When not using ACC with LSF: Turn off adaptive

cruise by pressing the MAIN button. This also will
turn off the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS).

Do not use ACC with LSF under the following

conditions:
• On roads with heavy traffic or while driving in

Driving
continuous stop and go traffic.
• On roads with sharp turns.
• On roads with steep downhill sections, as the set
vehicle speed can be exceeded by coasting. In such
cases, ACC with LSF will not apply the brakes to
maintain the set speed.
• On roads with toll collection facilities or other
objects between lanes of traffic, or in parking
areas, or facilities with drive through access.

Continued 503
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 504 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

■ To Set the Vehicle Speed 1To Set the Vehicle Speed

You can switch the displayed set speed
SET/− Button measurements on the driver information interface or
audio/information screen between mph and km/h.
2 Speed unit P. 146
2 Customized Features P. 367, 378

The Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) system, Vehicle

Stability Assist® (VSA®) OFF, adaptive cruise control
(ACC) with low speed follow (LSF), safety support,
On when ACC with and low tire pressure/TPMS indicators may come on
LSF begins
in amber along with a message in the driver
Press and release
information interface when you set the power mode
to ON after re-connecting a 12-volt battery.
When driving at about 25 mph (40 km/h) or above: Take your foot off the Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h).
pedal and press the SET/– button when you reach the desired speed. The moment Each indicator should go off. If any do not, have your
you release the button, the set speed is fixed, and ACC with LSF begins. vehicle checked by a dealer.
Driving

When driving at slower than about 25 mph (40 km/h): If the vehicle is moving
and the brake pedal is not depressed, pressing the button fixes the set speed to
about 25 mph (40 km/h) regardless of current vehicle speed. If the vehicle is
stationary, you can set the vehicle speed even with the brake pedal depressed.

Set Vehicle Interval When ACC with LSF starts operating, the
vehicle icon, interval bars and set speed
appear on the driver information interface.

When you use ACC with LSF, Straight Driving

Assist (a feature of the Electric Power Steering
system) is activated.
By enabling the steering system to
automatically compensate for natural steering
Set Vehicle Speed pull, Straight Driving Assist makes it easier for
you to keep your vehicle in a straight line.
504
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 505 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

■ When in Operation 1When in Operation

If the vehicle ahead of you slows down abruptly, or if
■ There is a vehicle ahead another vehicle cuts in front of you, the beeper
ACC with LSF monitors if a vehicle ahead of you enters the ACC with LSF range. If a sounds, a message appears on the driver information
vehicle is detected doing so, the ACC with LSF system maintains or decelerates your interface, and the head-up warning lights * flash.
vehicle’s set speed in order to keep the vehicle’s set following interval from the
vehicle ahead.
2 To Set or Change Following Interval P. 512

Depress the brake pedal, and keep an appropriate

Driving
ACC with LSF Range: 394 ft. (120 m) interval from the vehicle ahead.

Head-up warning
When a vehicle whose speed is slower than lights*
your set speed is detected in front of you, your
vehicle starts to slow down.

Beep
A vehicle icon appears on the
driver information interface

* Not available on all models Continued 505

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 506 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

■ There is no vehicle ahead 1When in Operation

Your vehicle maintains the set speed without Even if the interval between your vehicle and the
having to keep your foot on the brake or vehicle detected ahead is short, ACC with LSF may
accelerator pedal. start accelerating your vehicle under the following
If there previously was a vehicle detected circumstances:
ahead that kept your vehicle from traveling at • The vehicle ahead of you is going at almost the
same speed as, or faster than, your vehicle.
the set speed, ACC with LSF accelerates your
• A vehicle that cuts in front of you is going faster
A vehicle icon with dotted-line vehicle to the set speed, and then maintains it. than your vehicle, gradually increasing the interval
contour appears on the driver between the vehicles.
information interface
You can also set the system to beep when a vehicle in
front of you comes in and goes out of the ACC with
LSF detecting range. Change the ACC Forward
Vehicle Detect Beep setting.
2 Customized Features P. 367, 378
Driving

Limitations
You may need to use the brake to maintain a safe
interval when using ACC with LSF. Additionally, ACC
with LSF may not work properly under certain
conditions.
2 ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations
P. 508

■ When you depress the accelerator pedal 1When you depress the accelerator pedal
You can temporarily increase the vehicle speed. In this case, there is no audible or While the accelerator pedal is depressed, the system
visual alert even if a vehicle is in the ACC with LSF range. does not apply the brakes to keep the following
ACC with LSF stays on unless you cancel it. Once you release the accelerator pedal, interval, as well as the BRAKE message on the driver
the system resumes an appropriate speed for keeping the following interval while a information interface display does not appear.
2 When in Operation P. 505
vehicle ahead is within the ACC with LSF range.

506
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 507 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

■ A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with LSF range and slows to a stop 1A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with LSF range and slows
Your vehicle also stops, automatically. The to a stop
Stopped message appears on the driver
information interface. 3 WARNING
When the vehicle ahead of you starts again, Exiting a vehicle that has been stopped
the vehicle icon on the driver information while the ACC with LSF system is
interface blinks. If you press the RES/+ or operating can result in the vehicle
SET/– button, or depress the accelerator moving without operator control.
pedal, ACC with LSF operates again within the
prior set speed. A vehicle that moves without operator
If no vehicle is ahead of you before you control can cause a crash, resulting in
resume driving, depress the accelerator pedal serious injury or death.
and ACC with LSF will operate again within
Never exit a vehicle when the vehicle is
the prior set speed.
stopped by ACC with LSF.

Driving
Continued 507
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 508 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

■ ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations 1ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations
For directions on the proper handling of the radar
The system may automatically shut off and the ACC indicator will come on under sensor, refer to the following page.
certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other 2 Radar Sensor P. 538
conditions may reduce some of the ACC functions.
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
■ Environmental conditions 2 Front Sensor Camera P. 536
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
Always keep the radar sensor cover clean.
■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder for
cleaning the radar sensor cover. Clean it with water
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
or a mild detergent.

■ Vehicle conditions Do not put a sticker on the radar sensor cover or

• The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. replace the radar sensor cover.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (Wrong sized, varied size or construction,
Driving

improperly inflated, etc.). If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or

removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly
• The camera temperature gets too high. impacted, turn off the system by pressing the MAIN
• The parking brake is applied. button and take your vehicle to a dealer.
• When the radar sensor cover is dirty.
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if you find any
unusual behavior of the system (e.g., the warning
• When tire chains are installed. message appears too frequently).

If the front of the vehicle is impacted in any of the

following situations, the radar sensor may not work
properly. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer:
• The vehicle impacted a bump, curb, chock,
embankment, etc.
• You drive the vehicle where the water is deep.
• Your vehicle has a frontal collision.

508
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 509 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

■ Detection limitations
• A vehicle suddenly crosses in front of you.
• The interval between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you is too short.
• A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.
• When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle ahead of you at high
speed.
• The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small
vehicle.
• When there are animals in front of your vehicle.
• When you drive on a curved or winding or undulating road that makes it difficult
for the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you.

Driving
• The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle in front of you is
significantly large.
• An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.
• Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.

Continued 509
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 510 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

• When driving through a narrow iron bridge.

• When the vehicle ahead of you brakes suddenly.

• When the vehicle ahead of you has a unique shape.

Radar detects upper section of Panel truck,

an empty carrier truck. tanker truck, etc.
Driving

• When your vehicle or the vehicle ahead of you is driving on one edge of the lane.

510
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 511 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

■ To Adjust the Vehicle Speed 1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

If a vehicle detected ahead is going at a speed slower
Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+ or SET/– button on the than your increased set speed, ACC with LSF may not
steering wheel. accelerate your vehicle. This is to maintain the set
To increase speed interval between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead.

When you depress the accelerator pedal and then

push and release the SET/– button, the current speed
of the vehicle is set.

To decrease speed

• Each time you press the RES/+ or SET/– button, the vehicle speed is increased or
decreased by about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly.

Driving
• If you keep pressing the RES/+ or SET/– button, the vehicle speed increases or
decreases by about 5 mph or 5 km/h accordingly.

Continued 511
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 512 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

■ To Set or Change Following Interval

Press the (Interval) button to change the
ACC with LSF following interval.
Each time you press the button, the following
interval (the interval behind a vehicle detected
ahead of you) setting cycles through extra
long, long, middle, and short following
Interval
intervals.
Button

Determine the most appropriate following

interval setting based on your specific driving
conditions. Be sure to adhere to any following
interval requirements set by local regulation.
Driving

512
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 513 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

The higher your vehicle’s following speed is, the longer the short, middle, long or
extra long following interval becomes. See the following examples for your
reference.

When the Set Speed is:

Following Interval
50 mph (80 km/h) 65 mph (104 km/h)

83 feet 100 feet

Short 25 meters 31 meters
1.1 sec 1.1 sec

110 feet 137 feet

Middle 33 meters 42 meters
1.5 sec 1.5 sec

154 feet 200 feet

Driving
Long 47 meters 61 meters
2.1 sec 2.1 sec

207 feet 272 feet

Extra
63 meters 83 meters
Long
2.9 sec 2.9 sec

When your vehicle stops automatically because a vehicle detected ahead of you has
stopped, the interval between the two vehicles will vary based on the ACC with LSF
interval setting.

Continued 513
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 514 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

■ To Cancel 1To Cancel

Resuming the prior set speed: After you have
MAIN To cancel ACC with LSF, do any of the canceled ACC with LSF, you can resume the prior set
Button following: speed while it is still displayed. Press the RES/+
• Press the CANCEL button. button.
• Press the MAIN button.
u The ACC with LSF indicator (green) goes The set speed cannot be set or resumed when ACC
with LSF has been turned off using the MAIN button.
off.
Press the MAIN button to activate the system, then
• Depress the brake pedal. set the desired speed.
CANCEL u When the LSF function has stopped the
Button vehicle, you cannot cancel ACC with LSF
by depressing the brake pedal.
Driving

514
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 515 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

■ Automatic cancellation 1Automatic cancellation

The beeper sounds and a message appears on the driver information interface when Even though ACC with LSF has been automatically
ACC with LSF is automatically canceled. Any of these conditions may cause the ACC canceled, you can still resume the prior set speed.
with LSF to automatically cancel: Wait until the condition that caused ACC with LSF to
• Bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.) cancel improves, then press the SET/– button.
• When the radar sensor at the lower part of the front bumper gets dirty.
• The vehicle ahead of you cannot be detected.
• An abnormal tire condition is detected, or the tires are skidding.
• Driving on a mountainous road, or driving off road for extended periods.
• Abrupt steering wheel movement.
• When the ABS, VSA® or CMBSTM is activated.
• When the ABS or VSA® system indicator comes on.
• When the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope.
• When you manually apply the parking brake.
• When the detected vehicle within the ACC with LSF range is too close to your

Driving
vehicle.
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
• When the Maximum Load Limit is exceeded.
• When passing through an enclosed space, such as tunnel.

In the following cases, a buzzer sounds, ACC with LSF is deactivated, and the Cruise
Cancelled: Slope Too Steep. Watch Downhill Speed message appears in the
driver information interface.
• The vehicle has repeatedly applied the brakes to maintain the set speed (for
example, you are descending a long slope).

Continued 515
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 516 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

The ACC with LSF automatic cancellation can be also triggered by the following 1To Switch ACC with LSF to Cruise Control
causes. In these cases, the parking brake will be automatically applied. Always be aware which mode you are in. When you
• The driver’s seat belt is unfastened when the vehicle is stationary. are driving in Cruise mode, the system will not assist
• The vehicle stops for more than 10 minutes. you to maintain a following interval from a vehicle
• The power system is turned off. ahead of you.

You can switch the displayed set speed

■ To Switch ACC with LSF to Cruise Control measurements on the driver information interface or
audio/information screen between mph and km/h.
Press and hold the (interval) button for one
2 Speed unit P. 146
second. Cruise Mode Selected appears on 2 Customized Features P. 367, 378
ACC with Cruise the driver information interface for two
LSF ON Control ON seconds, and then the mode switches to
Cruise.
To switch back to ACC with LSF, press and
hold the button again for one second.
Driving

■ When to use
Desired speed in a range above roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~.

516
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 517 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

■ To Set the Vehicle Speed 1To Cancel

Resuming the prior set speed:
Take your foot off the pedal and press the SET/– button when you reach the desired After cruise control has been canceled, you can still
speed. resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/+
The moment you release the SET/– button, the set speed is fixed, and cruise control button while driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40
begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on. km/h) or more.

You cannot set or resume in the following situations:

When you use cruise control, Straight Driving Assist (a feature of the Electric Power
• When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h)
Steering system) is activated. • When the MAIN button is turned off.
By enabling the steering system to automatically compensate for natural steering
pull, Straight Driving Assist makes it easier for you to keep your vehicle in a straight At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise
line. control canceled automatically.

■ To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

• Each time you press the RES/+ or SET/– button, the vehicle speed is increased or

Driving
decreased by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).
• If you keep pressing the RES/+ or SET/– button, the vehicle speed increases or
decreases until you release it. This speed is then set.

■ To Cancel
To cancel cruise control, do any of the following:
• Press the CANCEL button.
• Press the MAIN button.
• Depress the brake pedal.
The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.

517
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 518 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and 1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
provides tactile and visual alerts if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane. Important Safety Reminders
The LKAS is for your convenience only. It is not a
■ Steering input assist substitute for your vehicle control. The system does
The system applies torque to the steering to keep the vehicle between the left and not work if you take your hands off the steering
right lane lines. The applied torque becomes stronger as the vehicle gets closer to wheel or fail to steer the vehicle.
either of the lane lines. 2 Driver Information Interface Warning and
■ Front Sensor Information Messages P. 108
Camera ■ Tactile and visual alerts
Monitors the lane Do not place objects on the instrument panel.
Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel
lines. Objects may reflect on the windshield and prevent
and a warning display alert you that the
vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane. correct detection of the traffic lanes.

The LKAS only alerts you when lane drift is detected

without a turn signal in use. The LKAS may not detect
all lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will
vary based on weather, speed, and lane marker
Driving

condition.
It is always your responsibility to safely operate the
vehicle and avoid collisions.

The LKAS is convenient when it is used on freeways.

The LKAS may not work properly or may work

improperly under the certain conditions:
2 LKAS Conditions and Limitations P. 523
When you operate the turn signals to change lanes, the system is suspended, and
resumes after the signals are off. You can read about handling information for the
If you make a lane change without operating the turn signals, the LKAS alerts camera equipped with this system.
activate, and torque is applied to the steering. 2 Front Sensor Camera P. 536

518
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 519 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

■ Lane Keep Support Function 1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

The LKAS may not function as designed while driving
Provides assistance to keep the vehicle in the center of the lane. When the vehicle in frequent stop and go traffic, or on roads with
nears a white or yellow line, steering force of the electric power steering will become sharp curves.
stronger.
When it fails to detect lanes, the system will
temporarily be canceled. When a lane is detected, the
system will recover automatically.

■ Lane Departure Warning Function

Driving
When the vehicle enters the warning area, the LKAS alerts you with slight steering
wheel vibration as well as a warning display.

Warning Area

Warning Area

Continued 519
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 520 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

■ When the System can be Used 1When the System can be Used
If the vehicle drifts toward either left or right lane line
The system can be used when the following conditions are met. due to the system applying torque, turn off the LKAS
• The lane in which you are driving has detectable lane markers on both sides, and and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
your vehicle is in the center of the lane.
• The vehicle speed is between 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h).
• You are driving on a straight or slightly curved road.
• The turn signals are off.
• The brake pedal is not depressed.
• The wipers are not in continuous operation.

■ How to activate the system

1. Press the MAIN button.
u The LKAS is on in the driver information
interface.
MAIN Button
The system is ready to use.
Driving

2. Press the LKAS button.

u Lane outlines appear on the driver
LKAS Button
information interface.
The system is activated.

520
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 521 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

3. Keep your vehicle near the center of the 1To Cancel

lane while driving. Pressing the MAIN button also turns ACC with LSF
u The dotted outer lines change to solid on and off.
ones once the system starts operating
after detecting the left and right lane
markings.

■ To Cancel
To cancel the LKAS:
Press the MAIN or LKAS button.
MAIN Button
The LKAS is turned off every time you stop the

Driving
power system, even if you turned it on the last
LKAS time you drove the vehicle.
Button

Continued 521
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 522 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

■ The system operation is suspended if

you:
• Set the wipers to HI.
u Turning the wipers off or setting it to LO
resumes the LKAS.
Models with automatic intermittent wipers
• Set the wiper switch to AUTO and the
When the LKAS is suspended, wipers operate at high speed.
the lane lines on the driver u The LKAS resumes when the wipers stop
information interface change
to contour lines, and the beeper
or operate at low speed.
sounds (if activated). All models
• Decrease the vehicle speed to about 40
mph (64 km/h) or less.
u Increasing the vehicle speed to about 45
mph (72 km/h) or more resumes the
Driving

LKAS.
• Depress the brake pedal.
u The LKAS resumes and starts detecting
the lane lines again once you release the
brake pedal.

■ The LKAS may automatically be suspended when:

• The system fails to detect lane lines.
• The steering wheel is quickly turned.
• You fail to steer the vehicle.
• Driving through a sharp curve.
• Driving at a speed in excess of approximately 90 mph (145 km/h).
Once these conditions no longer exist, the LKAS automatically resumes.

522
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 523 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

■ The LKAS may automatically be canceled when:

• The camera temperature gets extremely high or low.
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
• The ABS or VSA® system engages.
The beeper sounds if the LKAS is automatically canceled.

■ LKAS Conditions and Limitations

The system may not detect lane markings and therefore may not keep the vehicle in
the middle of a lane under certain conditions, including the following:

■ Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.

Driving
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers.
• Reflections on the interior of the windshield.
• Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.

Continued 523
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 524 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.
• Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings.
Faded lines Duplicate lines Tire tracks

• The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
Driving

or crosswalk).
• The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.
Very wide or narrow traffic lane

• The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.

• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.
524
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 525 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

• When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white
lines (or yellow lines).
• Driving on roads with double lines.

Lane void of lines at junction

■ Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet

Driving
snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.

525
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 526 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

Alerts and helps to assist you when the system determines a possibility of your 1Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
vehicle unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings and/or leaving the Important Safety Reminder
roadway altogether. Like all assistance systems, the RDM system has
limitations.
Over-reliance on the RDM system may result in a
■ How the System Works collision. It is always your responsibility to keep the
vehicle within your driving lane.
The front camera behind the rearview mirror
monitors left and right lane markings (in white The RDM system only alerts you when lane drift is
or yellow). If your vehicle is getting too close detected without a turn signal in use. The RDM
system may not detect all lane markings or lane or
to detected lane markings without a turn
roadway departures; accuracy will vary based on
signal activated, the system, in addition to a weather, speed and lane marker condition. It is
visual alert, applies steering torque and alerts always your responsibility to safely operate the
you with rapid vibrations on the steering vehicle and avoid collisions.
wheel, to help you remain within the detected
You can read about handling information for the
lane. camera equipped with this system.
2 Customized Features P. 367, 378 2 Front Sensor Camera P. 536
Driving

The RDM system may not work properly or may work

As a visual alert, the Lane Departure improperly under the certain conditions:
message appears on the driver information 2 RDM Conditions and Limitations P. 528
interface.
There are times when you may not notice RDM
functions due to your operation of the vehicle, or
If the system determines that its steering input is insufficient to keep your vehicle on road surface conditions.
the roadway, it may apply braking.
u Braking is applied only when the lane markings are solid continuous lines. In the following case, a beeper sounds, a message
The system cancels assisting operations when you turn the steering wheel to avoid related to the ACC with LSF appears on the driver
information interface, and the braking function
crossing over detected lane markings. controlled by the RDM system is canceled.
• The vehicle has repeatedly applied the brakes to
If the system operates several times without detecting driver response, the system maintain the set speed (for example, you are
beeps to alert you. descending a long slope).

526
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 527 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

■ How the System Activates 1Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

If LKAS is off and you have selected Narrow from the
The system becomes ready to start searching for lane markings when all the
customized options using the audio/information
following conditions are met: screen, the message below will appear in case the
• The vehicle is traveling between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h). system determines a possibility of your vehicle
• The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road. crossing over detected lane markings.
• The turn signals are off. 2 Customized Features P. 367, 378
• The brake pedal is not depressed.
• The wipers are not in continuous operation.
• The vehicle is not accelerating or braking, and the steering wheel is not being
turned.
• The system makes a determination that the driver is not actively accelerating,
braking or steering.

Driving
1How the System Activates
The RDM system may automatically shut off and the
safety support indicator (amber) comes and stays on.
2 Indicators P. 82

RDM system function can be impacted when the

vehicle is:
• Not driven within a traffic lane.
• Driven on the inside edge of a curve, or outside of
a lane.
• Driven in a narrow lane.

Continued 527
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 528 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

■ RDM On and Off 1RDM On and Off

When you have selected Warning Only from the
Left Selector When you turn the RDM on and off, do the customized options using the audio/information
Wheel following. screen, the system does not operate the steering
1. Press the safety support switch. wheel and braking.
2. Roll the left selector wheel to the symbol
and push it. The Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) system, Vehicle
u The message appears on the driver Stability Assist® (VSA®) OFF, adaptive cruise control
information interface when the system (ACC) with low speed follow (LSF), safety support,
becomes on or off. and low tire pressure/TPMS indicators may come on
in amber along with a message in the driver
information interface when you set the power mode
The RDM is in the previously selected ON or to ON after re-connecting a 12-volt battery.
Safety Support Switch OFF setting each time you start the power Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h).
system. Each indicator should go off. If any do not, have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
■ RDM Conditions and Limitations
Driving

The system may not properly detect lane markings and the position of your vehicle
under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below.

■ Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers.
• Reflections on the interior of the windshield.
• Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.
528
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 529 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.
• Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings.
• The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk).
• The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.
• The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.
• When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white
lines (or yellow lines).
• Driving on roads with double lines.

Driving
■ Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• When tire chains are installed.

529
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 530 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uTraffic Sign Recognition System

Traffic Sign Recognition System

Reminds you of road sign information, such as the current speed limit, your vehicle 1Traffic Sign Recognition System
has just passed through, showing it on the driver information interface and the Not all signs may be displayed, but any signs posted
head-up display *. on roadsides should not be ignored. The system does
not work on the designated traffic signs of all the
countries you travel, nor in all situations.
■ How the System Works Do not rely too much on the system. Always drive at
When the camera located behind the rearview mirror captures traffic signs while speeds appropriate for the road conditions.
driving, the system displays the ones that are recognized as designated for your
Never apply a film or attach any objects to the
vehicle. The sign icon will be displayed until the vehicle reaches a predetermined
windshield that could obstruct the camera’s field of
time and distance. vision and cause the system to operate abnormally.
Driver information interface Head-up display * Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield
within the camera’s field of vision can cause the
system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we
recommend that you replace the windshield with a
genuine Honda replacement windshield. Making
even minor repairs within the camera’s field of vision
Driving

or installing an aftermarket replacement windshield

may also cause the system to operate abnormally.
After replacing the windshield, have a dealer
recalibrate the camera. Proper calibration of the
camera is necessary for the system to operate
The sign icon also may switch to another one, or disappear when:
properly.

• The other designated limit is detected.

• You make a turn with a turn signal at an intersection.

530 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 531 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uTraffic Sign Recognition System

If the system does not detect any traffic signs while you are driving, the image below 1Traffic Sign Recognition System
may appear. To help reduce the likelihood that high interior
* temperatures will cause the camera’s sensing system
Driver information interface Head-up display
to shut off, when parking, find a shady area or face
the front of the vehicle away from the sun. If you use
a reflective sun shade, do not allow it to cover the
camera housing.
Covering the camera can concentrate heat on it.

If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot

Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message
appears, the traffic sign recognition system does not
work, and will be displayed.
• Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode
with the air flow directed towards the camera.
• Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield

Driving
temperature, which cools down the area around
the camera.

If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot

Operate: Clean Front Windshield message
appears, the traffic sign recognition system does not
work, and will be displayed.
Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the
windshield. If the message does not disappear after
you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a
while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

* Not available on all models Continued 531

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 532 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uTraffic Sign Recognition System

■ Traffic Sign Recognition System Conditions and Limitations 1Traffic Sign Recognition System Conditions and Limitations
When the traffic sign recognition system
The traffic sign recognition system may not be able to recognize the traffic sign in malfunctions, appears on the driver information
the following cases. interface. If this message does not disappear, have
your vehicle checked by a dealer.
■ Vehicle conditions
Driver information interface
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• There are portions remaining to be wiped.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.

■ Environmental conditions
Head-up display *
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
Driving

• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.

• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• When you drive in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Driving at night, in dark areas such as long tunnels.
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• A vehicle in front of you is traveling flying up spray or snow.

532 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 533 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uTraffic Sign Recognition System

■ The position or the condition of the traffic sign

• A sign is hard to be found since it is in a complicated area.
• A sign is located far away from your vehicle.
• A sign is located where the beam of the headlight is hard to reach.
• A sign is on a corner or bend in the road.
• Faded or bent signs.
• Rotated or damaged signs.
• A sign is covered with mud, snow, or frost.
• A part of the sign is hidden by the trees, or the sign itself is hidden by a vehicle
and others.
• Light (a streetlight) or a shadow is reflected on the surface of the sign.
• A sign is too bright or too dark (an electric sign).
• A sign of a small size.

■ Other conditions

Driving
• When you are driving at a high speed.

Continued 533
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 534 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uTraffic Sign Recognition System

The traffic sign recognition system may not operate correctly, such as displaying a
sign that does not follow the actual regulation for the roadway or does not exist at
all in the following cases.
u A speed limit sign may display at a higher or lower speed than the actual speed
limit.
• There is a supplementary sign with further information such as weather, time,
vehicle type, school zone, etc.
• Figures on the sign are hard to read (electric signs, numbers on the sign are
blurred, etc.).
• A sign is in the vicinity of the lane you are driving even though it is not for the lane
(speed limit sign situated at the junction between the side road and the main
road, etc.).
• There are things that look similar to the color or shape of the recognition object
(similar sign, electric sign, signboard, structure, etc.).
• A truck or another large vehicle with a sticker of the speed limit sign on the back
Driving

are traveling in front of you.

534
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 535 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uTraffic Sign Recognition System

■ Signs Displayed on the Driver information interface and

Head-Up Display *
The speed limit sign icon is displayed on the right half of the screen.
■ When main mode is selected
Driver information interface Head-up display *

Speed Limit Sign

■ When main mode is not selected

Driving
Driver information interface Head-up display *

Speed Limit Sign

■ Selecting to display traffic signs when main mode is off

You can continue displaying reduced-size traffic sign icon on the driver information
interface and head-up display * even while the main mode is not selected.
2 Customized Features P. 367, 378

* Not available on all models 535

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 536 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uFront Sensor Camera

Front Sensor Camera

The camera, used in systems such as LKAS, RDM, ACC with LSF, CMBSTM, and traffic 1Front Sensor Camera
sign recognition system, is designed to detect an object that triggers any of the Never apply a film or attach any objects to the
systems to operate its functions. windshield, the hood, or the front grill that could
obstruct the camera’s field of vision and cause the
system to operate abnormally.
■ Camera Location and Handling Tips Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield
This camera is located behind the rearview within the camera’s field of vision can cause the
Front Sensor mirror. system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we
Camera recommend that you replace the windshield with a
genuine Honda replacement windshield. Making
To help reduce the likelihood that high interior even minor repairs within the camera’s field of vision
temperatures will cause the camera’s sensing or installing an aftermarket replacement windshield
system to shut off, when parking, find a shady may also cause the system to operate abnormally.
area or face the front of the vehicle away from After replacing the windshield, have a dealer
the sun. If you use a reflective sun shade, do recalibrate the camera. Proper calibration of the
not allow it to cover the camera housing. camera is necessary for the system to operate
properly.
Covering the camera can concentrate heat on
Driving

it. Do not place an object on the top of the instrument

panel. It may reflect onto the windshield and prevent
the system from detecting lane lines properly.

536
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 537 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uFront Sensor Camera

1Front Sensor Camera

If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message
appears:
• Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode
with the airflow directed towards the camera.
• Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield
temperature, which cools down the area around
the camera.

If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot

Operate: Clean Front Windshield message
appears:
• Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the
windshield. If the message does not disappear after
you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a

Driving
while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

537
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 538 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuHonda SensingTM uRadar Sensor

Radar Sensor
The radar sensor is at the lower part of the 1Radar Sensor
front bumper. Avoid strong impacts to the radar sensor cover.

For the CMBSTM to work properly:

• Always keep the radar sensor cover clean.
Radar • Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder
Sensor for cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water
or a mild detergent.
The radar sensor is • Do not put a sticker on the radar sensor cover or
at the lower part of replace the radar sensor cover.
the front bumper.
• Do not change the position of the radar If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or
sensor or any of the surrounding parts. removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly
impacted, turn off the system by using the safety
• Do not apply paint, stickers, or attach non-
support switch and take your vehicle to a dealer.
genuine accessories to the front part of the 2 CMBSTM On and Off P. 496
radar sensor or the surrounding area. Be
Driving

particularly careful that any custom license If the vehicle is involved in any of the following
plate frame or other accessory does not situations, the radar sensor may not work properly.
Do not apply paint, stickers, or block any part of the radar beam path (see Have your vehicle checked by a dealer:
attach accessories to the front • Your vehicle is involved in a frontal collision.
part of the radar sensor or the adjacent illustration).
• Your vehicle drives through deep water or is
surrounding area.
submerged in deep water.
• Your vehicle strongly strikes a bump, curb, chock,
or embankment that could jar the radar sensor.

538
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 539 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Braking
Brake System
■ Parking Brake 1Brake System
When you depress the brake pedal, you may hear a
Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parked. When the
whirling sound from the engine compartment. This is
parking brake is applied, you can manually or automatically release it. because the brake system is in operation, and it is
■ To apply normal.
The electric parking brake can be applied any
time the vehicle has battery, no matter which 1Parking Brake
position the power mode is in. You may hear the electric parking brake system
motor operating from the rear wheel area when you
Pull the electric parking brake switch up gently apply or release the parking brake, or set the power
and securely. mode to VEHICLE OFF. This is normal.
u The indicator in the switch comes on.
Electric Parking Brake Switch u The parking brake indicator (red) comes The brake pedal may slightly move due to the electric
parking brake system operation when you apply or
on.
release the parking brake. This is normal.

You cannot apply or release the parking brake if the

Driving
12-volt battery goes dead.
2 Jump Starting P. 639

If you pull up and hold the electric parking brake

switch while driving, the brakes on all four
wheels are applied by the VSA® system until the
vehicle comes to a stop. The electric parking
brake then applies, and the switch should be
released.

Continued 539
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 540 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBrakinguBrake System

■ To release 1Parking Brake

The power mode must be in ON in order to In the following situations, the parking brake
release the electric parking brake. automatically operates.
1. Depress the brake pedal. • When the vehicle stops with the automatic brake
2. Press the electric parking brake switch. hold system activated for more than 10 minutes.
u The indicator in the switch goes off. • When the driver’s seat belt is unfastened while
your vehicle is stopped and the automatic brake
u The parking brake indicator (red) goes
hold system is applied.
off. • When the power system is turned off while the
Electric Parking Brake Switch brake hold system is applied.
Manually releasing the parking brake using • When there is a problem with the automatic brake
the switch helps your vehicle start slowly and hold system while brake hold is applied.
smoothly when facing down hill on steep hills. • When the vehicle is stops more than 10 minutes
while ACC with LSF is activated.
• When the driver’s seat belt is unfastened while
your vehicle is stopped automatically by ACC with
LSF.
Driving

• When the power system is turned off while ACC

with LSF is activated.

540
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 541 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBrakinguBrake System

■ Automatic parking brake feature operation 1Parking Brake

If the automatic parking brake feature has been activated: If the parking brake cannot be released
• The parking brake is applied automatically when you set the power mode to automatically, release it manually.
VEHICLE OFF.
• To confirm that the parking brake is applied, check if the parking brake indicator When the vehicle is traveling uphill, the accelerator
pedal may need to be pressed farther to
(red) is on.
automatically release the electric parking brake.
2 Activating and deactivating the automatic parking brake feature P. 542
The parking brake cannot be released automatically
■ To release automatically while the following indicators are on:
Depressing the accelerator pedal releases the parking brake. • Malfunction indicator lamp
• Transmission indicator
Use the accelerator pedal to release the parking brake when you are starting the
The parking brake may not be released automatically
vehicle facing uphill, or in a traffic jam.
while the following indicators are on:
Gently depress the accelerator pedal. • Brake system indicator
When on a hill, it may require more • VSA® system indicator

Driving
accelerator input to release. • ABS indicator
u The indicator in the switch goes off. • Supplemental restraint system indicator
u The parking brake indicator (red) goes
off.

Accelerator Pedal

The parking brake automatically releases as you depress the accelerator pedal when:
• You are wearing the driver’s seat belt.
• The power system is on.
• The transmission is not in (P or (N .

Continued 541
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 542 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBrakinguBrake System

■ Activating and deactivating the automatic parking brake feature 1Parking Brake
With the power mode in ON, carry out the following steps to either activate or In cold climates, the parking brake may freeze in
deactivate the automatic parking brake feature. place if applied.
1. Put the transmission into (P .
2. Without depressing the brake pedal, pull up and release the parking brake switch. When parking the vehicle, chock the wheels and
make sure the automatic parking brake feature is
u Check that the parking brake indicator (red) has come on.
deactivated.
3. Pull up and hold the parking brake switch. When you hear a beeping sound,
release the switch and within 3 seconds pull up and hold the switch again. Also, when putting your vehicle through a conveyor-
4. When you hear a sound indicating that the procedure is completed, release the type car wash or when having your vehicle towed,
switch. deactivate the automatic parking brake feature and
u Two beeps indicates that the feature has been activated. leave the parking brake released.
u One beep indicates that the feature has been deactivated.
u When you have completed activating the feature, the parking brake will
remain applied after you turn off the power system.
u To confirm that the parking brake is applied, check if the parking brake
Driving

indicator (red) is on.

If you need to temporarily deactivate the feature for when putting your vehicle
through a conveyor type car wash, you can follow the procedure explained below.
1. Depress the brake pedal and bring the vehicle to a stop.
2. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF and then within 2 seconds push down the
parking brake switch.
u Activation and deactivation settings for the feature will not be affected.
u Before temporarily deactivating the feature, make sure to first turn off both
ACC with LSF and the automatic brake hold system.
u To confirm that the parking brake is applied, check if the parking brake
indicator (red) is on.

542
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 543 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBrakinguBrake System

■ Foot Brake 1Foot Brake

Check the brakes after driving through deep water,
Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at all four wheels. The brake assist system or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If
increases the stopping force when you depress the brake pedal hard in an necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the
emergency situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you retain steering pedal several times.
control when braking very hard.
2 Brake Assist System P. 547 If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 546 applying the brakes, this is caused by the brake wear
indicator rubbing on the brake rotor and indicates
that the brake pads need to be replaced. Have the
vehicle checked by a dealer. If you hear only an
occasional squeak or squeal when you initially apply
the brake pedal, this may be normal and caused by
high frequency vibration of the brake pads against
the rotating brake disc.

Applying constant pressure to the brakes while going

Driving
down a long hill can cause the brakes to heat up,
resulting in a loss of stopping power.
Therefore, when descending a long hill, release the
accelerator pedal and allow regenerative braking to
slow the vehicle down. To adjust the rate of
deceleration, use the deceleration paddle selector.
2 Deceleration Paddle Selector P. 472

Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while

driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause
them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad
life. It will also confuse drivers behind you.

Continued 543
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 544 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBrakinguBrake System

■ Automatic Brake Hold 1Automatic Brake Hold

Keeps the brake applied after releasing the brake pedal until the accelerator pedal is 3 WARNING
pressed. You can use this system while the vehicle is temporarily stopped, like at Activating the automatic brake hold system
traffic lights and in heavy traffic. on steep hills or slippery roads may still
allow the vehicle to move if you remove
■ Turning on the system ■ Activating the system ■ Canceling the system your foot from the brake pedal.

Comes If a vehicle unexpectedly moves, it may

On
On On cause a crash resulting in serious injury or
Comes Goes death.
On Off
U.S. Never activate the automatic brake hold
Automatic Brake Brake Pedal Comes Accelerator Pedal system or rely on it to keep a vehicle from
On
Hold Button moving when stopped on a steep hill or
Canada
slippery roads.
Fasten your seat belt Depress the brake pedal Depress the accelerator
properly, then start the to come to a complete pedal while the
Driving

power system. Press the stop. The transmission transmission is in (D . The 3 WARNING
automatic brake hold must be in (D or (N . system is canceled and
Using the automatic brake hold system to
button. ● The automatic brake the vehicle starts to
● The automatic brake move.
park the vehicle may result in the vehicle
hold indicator comes unexpectedly moving.
● The automatic brake
hold system indicator on. Braking is kept for
comes on. The system up to 10 minutes. hold indicator goes If a vehicle moves unexpectedly, it may
is turned on. ● Release the brake off. The system cause a crash, resulting in serious injury or
pedal after the continues to be on. death.
automatic brake hold
indicator comes on. Never leave the vehicle when braking is
temporarily kept by automatic brake hold
and always park the vehicle by putting the
transmission in (P and applying the parking
brake.

544
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 545 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBrakinguBrake System

■ The system automatically cancels when: 1Automatic Brake Hold

• You engage the parking brake. While the system is activated, you can turn off the
• You depress the brake pedal and put the transmission into to (P or (R . power system or park the vehicle through the same
procedure as you normally do.
■ The system automatically cancels and the parking brake is applied when: 2 When Stopped P. 548
• Braking is kept for more than 10 minutes.
Whether the system is on, or the system is activated,
• The driver’s seat belt is unfastened.
the automatic brake hold turns off once the power
• The power system is turned off. system is off.
• Brake Hold System Problem. Apply Brake When Stopped. See Your
Dealer. appears on the driver information interface.
• There is a problem with automatic brake hold system.
• The 12-volt battery is disconnected.

■ Turning off the automatic brake hold system 1Turning on the system
While the system is on, press the automatic Make sure to turn off the automatic brake hold

Driving
brake hold button again. system before using an automated car wash.
u The automatic brake hold system
Goes indicator goes off. You may hear an operating noise if the vehicle moves
Off while the automatic brake hold system is in
operation.
If you want to turn off automatic brake hold
while the system is in operation, press the
Automatic Brake automatic brake hold button with the brake
Hold Button pedal depressed.

545
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 546 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBrakinguAnti-lock Brake System (ABS)

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)

■ ABS 1Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
NOTICE
Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by
The ABS may not function correctly if you use a tire of
pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you. the wrong size or type.

The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also If the ABS indicator comes on while driving, there
balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading. may be a problem with the system. While normal
braking will not be affected, there is a possibility that
the ABS will not be operating. Have your vehicle
You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always
checked by a dealer immediately.
keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as
“stomp and steer.” The ABS is not designed for the purpose of reducing
the time or distance it takes for a vehicle to stop: It is
■ ABS operation designed to limit brake lockup which can lead to
The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is working. Keep holding the skidding and loss of steering control.
pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you will need to press on the brake pedal very
In the following cases, your vehicle may need more
hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel the ABS activate immediately
Driving

distance to stop than a vehicle without the ABS:

if you are trying to stop on snow or ice. • You are driving on rough or uneven road surfaces,
such as gravel or snow.
ABS may activate when you depress the brake pedal when driving on: • The tires are equipped with snow chains.
• Wet or snow covered roads.
• Roads paved with stone. The following may be observed with the ABS system:
• Roads with uneven surfaces, such as potholes, cracks, manholes, etc. • Motor sounds coming from the engine
compartment when the brakes are applied, or
when system checks are being performed after the
When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops. power system has been started while vehicle
accelerates.
• Brake pedal and/or the vehicle body vibration when
ABS activates.
These vibrations and sounds are normal to ABS
systems and are no cause for concern.

546
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 547 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBrakinguBrake Assist System

Brake Assist System

■ Brake Assist System
Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress
the brake pedal hard during emergency braking.

■ Brake assist system operation

Press the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking.

When brake assist operates, the pedal may wiggle slightly and an operating noise
may be heard. This is normal. Keep holding the brake pedal firmly down.

Driving
547
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 548 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Parking Your Vehicle

When Stopped
1. Depress the brake pedal firmly. 1Parking Your Vehicle
2. With the brake pedal depressed, pull up the electric parking brake switch slowly, Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects,
but fully. such as dry grass, oil, or timber.
3. Change the shift position to (P . Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire.
4. Turn off the power system.
u The parking brake indicator (red) goes off in about 30 seconds. 1When Stopped
NOTICE
Always confirm the electric parking brake is set, in particular if you are parked on an The following can damage the driveline:
incline. • Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals
simultaneously.
• Changing into (P before the vehicle stops
completely.

When facing uphill, do not hold the vehicle by

depressing the accelerator pedal.
Doing so may cause the power system to overheat
and fail.
Driving

In extremely cold temperatures, the parking brake

may freeze up if applied. If such temperatures are
expected, do not apply the parking brake but, if
parking on a slope, either turn the front wheels so
they will contact the curb if the vehicle rolls down the
slope or block the wheels to keep the vehicle from
moving. If you do not take either precaution, the
vehicle may roll unexpectedly, leading to a crash.

548
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 549 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System *

Parking Sensor System *

The corner and center sensors monitor obstacles around your vehicle, and the 1Parking Sensor System *
beeper, driver information interface and audio/information screen let you know the Even when the system is on, always confirm if there is
approximate distance between your vehicle and the obstacle. no obstacle near your vehicle before parking.

■ The sensor location and range The system may not work properly when:
• The sensors are covered with snow, ice, mud or
Front Corner Sensors dirt.
Rear Center Sensors • The vehicle is on uneven surface, such as grass,
Rear Corner Sensors
bumps, or a hill.
• The vehicle has been out in hot or cold weather.
• The system is affected by devices that emit
ultrasonic waves.
• Driving in bad weather.

The system may not sense:

• Thin or low objects.
• Sonic-absorptive materials, such as snow, cotton,

Driving
or sponge.
• Objects directly under the bumper.
Within about 24 in (60 cm) or less Within about 43 in (110 cm) or less
Do not put any accessories on or around the sensors.

* Not available on all models Continued 549

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 550 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System *

■ Parking sensor system on and off 1Parking Sensor System *

With the power mode in ON, press the When you set the power mode to ON, the system will
parking sensor system button to turn on or off be in the previously selected condition.
the system. The indicator in the button comes
on when the system is on.

The front corner, rear corner and rear center

sensors start to detect an obstacle when the
transmission is in (R , and the vehicle speed is
less than 5 mph (8 km/h).

The front corner sensors start to detect an

obstacle when the transmission is in any
position other than (P , and the vehicle speed
is less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
Driving

550 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 551 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System *

■ Screen Operation 1Screen Operation

Split View Off You can switch between split view off and The split screen tab disappears, and the split view
split view on by touching the split screen tab. returns to the last camera view mode under the
following conditions:
• If the parking sensor system is turned off.
• If there is a malfunction in the system.

Split Screen
Tab

Split View On

Driving
Continued 551
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 552 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System *

■ When the distance between your vehicle and obstacles behind becomes shorter

Length of the Distance between the Bumper and Obstacle

Indicator Audio/information screen
intermittent beep Corner Sensors Center Sensors

Rear: About 43-24 in

Moderate — Comes on in Yellow*1
(110-60 cm)

About 24-18 in About 24-18 in

Short
(60-45 cm) (60-45 cm)
Comes on in Amber Indicators light where the
About 18-14 in About 18-14 in sensor detects an obstacle.
Very short
(45-35 cm) (45-35 cm)
Driving

Indicators light where the

About 14 in About 14 in sensor detects an obstacle.
Continuous Comes on in Red
(35 cm) or less (35 cm) or less

*1:At this stage, only the center sensors detect obstacles.

552
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 553 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System *

■ Turning off All Rear Sensors 1Turning off All Rear Sensors
When you put the transmission into (R , the indicator
1. Make sure that the parking sensor system is not activated. Set the power mode to in the parking sensor system button blinks as a
VEHICLE OFF. reminder that the rear sensors have been turned off.
2. Press and hold the parking sensor system button, and set the power mode to ON.
3. Keep pressing the button for ten seconds. Release the button when the indicator
in the button blinks.
u The beeper sounds once.
4. Press the button again. The indicator in the button goes off.
u The beeper sounds twice. The rear sensors are now turned off.

To turn the rear sensors on again, follow the above procedure. The beeper sounds
three times when the rear sensors come back on.

Driving
553
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 554 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor *

Cross Traffic Monitor *

Monitors the rear corner areas using the radar sensors when reversing, and alerts 1Cross Traffic Monitor *
you if a vehicle approaching from a rear corner is detected.
3 CAUTION
The system is convenient when you are backing out of a parking space. Cross Traffic Monitor cannot detect all
approaching vehicles and may not detect
an approaching vehicle at all.

Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to

back up the vehicle before doing so may
result in a collision.

Do not solely rely on the system when

reversing; always also use your mirrors, and
look behind and to the sides of your vehicle
before reversing.
Driving

Models with parking sensor system

The parking sensor system’s alerting buzzer overrides
the Cross Traffic Monitor buzzer when the sensors
are detecting obstacles at the closest range.

554 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 555 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor *

■ How the System Works 1Cross Traffic Monitor *

Cross Traffic Monitor may not detect or may delay
The system activates when: alerting an approaching vehicle, or may alert without
• The power mode is in ON. an approaching vehicle under the following
• The Cross Traffic Monitor system is turned conditions:
on. • An obstacle, such as another vehicle and a wall,
2 Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off P. 557 near your vehicle’s rear bumper, is blocking the
radar sensor’s scope.
• The transmission is in (R .
• Your vehicle is moving at the speed of about 3 mph
• Your vehicle is moving at 3 mph (5 km/h) or (5 km/h) or higher.
lower. • A vehicle is approaching at the speed other than
between about 6 mph (10 km/h) and 16 mph (25
Radar sensors: km/h).
Underneath the rear bumper • The system picks up external interference such as
corners other radar sensors from another vehicle or strong
radio wave transmitted from a facility nearby.
When a vehicle is detected approaching from a rear corner, Cross Traffic Monitor
• Either corner of the rear bumper is covered with
alerts you with a buzzer and a displayed warning.

Driving
snow, ice, mud or dirt.
• When there is bad weather.
The system will not detect a vehicle that approaches from directly behind your • Your vehicle is on an incline.
vehicle, nor will it provide alerts about a detected vehicle when it moves directly • Your vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load in the rear.
behind your vehicle. • Your vehicle is reversing towards a wall, a pole, a
vehicle, and so on.
• The rear bumper or the sensors have been
The system does not provide alerts for a vehicle that is moving away from your improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been
vehicle, and it may alert for pedestrians, bicycles, or stationary objects. deformed. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

For proper operation, always keep the rear bumper

corner area clean.
Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with labels
or stickers of any kind.

* Not available on all models Continued 555

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 556 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor *

■ When the System Detects a Vehicle 1When the System Detects a Vehicle
If the on the lower right changes to in amber
when the transmission is in (R , mud, snow or ice,
Arrow Icon etc. may have accumulated in the vicinity of the
sensor. The system is temporarily canceled. Check the
bumper corners for any obstructions, and thoroughly
clean the area if necessary.

If the comes on when the transmission is in (R ,

there may be a problem with the Cross Traffic
Normal View Wide View Top Down View Monitor system. Do not use the system and have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
An arrow icon appears on the side of the audio/information screen when a vehicle
If the display remains the same with the transmission
is approaching.
in (R , there may be a problem with the rear camera
system and the Cross Traffic Monitor system.
Do not use the system and have your vehicle checked
Driving

by a dealer.

556
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 557 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor *

■ Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off

You can switch on and off the system using the audio/information screen.
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Camera.
4. Select Cross Traffic Monitor.
5. Select ON or OFF, then select Save.

The system can also be turned on and off on

the audio/information screen by pressing the
CTM icon.

Check Your Surroundings

Driving
Icon

557
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 558 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Multi-View Rear Camera

About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
The audio/information screen can display your vehicle’s rear view. The display 1About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
automatically changes to the rear view when the transmission is put into (R . The rear camera view is restricted. You cannot see
the corner ends of the bumper or what is underneath
■ Multi-View Rear Camera Display Area the bumper. Its unique lens also makes objects
appear closer or farther than they actually are.

Wide View Mode Visually confirm that it is safe to drive before backing
Approx. 39 inches (1 m) up. Certain conditions (such as weather, lighting, and
high temperatures) may also restrict the rear view. Do
Approx. 20 inches (50 cm) not rely on the rearview display which does not give
you all information about conditions at the back of
Guidelines your vehicle.
Normal View Mode
If the camera lens is covered with dirt or moisture,
use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free
of debris.
Driving

Top Down View Mode You can change the Fixed Guideline and Dynamic
Camera Guideline settings.
2 Customized Features P. 367, 378
Bumper
Fixed Guideline
On*1/ON*2: Guidelines appear when you put the
transmission into (R .
Off*1/OFF*2: Guidelines do not appear.
Dynamic Guideline
On*1/ON*2: Guidelines move according to the
steering wheel direction.
Off*1/OFF*2: Guidelines do not move.

*1: Models with color audio

*2: Models with Display Audio

558
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 559 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuMulti-View Rear CamerauAbout Your Multi-View Rear Camera

You can view three different camera modes on the audio/information screen.
Models with color audio
Press the preset button(1-3) under the appropriate icon to switch the mode.
: Wide view mode
: Normal view mode
: Top down view mode
Models with Display Audio
Touch the appropriate icon to switch the modes.
: Wide view mode
: Normal view mode
: Top down view mode

Models with color audio

• If you were last using Wide view mode or Normal view mode, the same view
mode will be activated the next time you put the transmission into (R .

Driving
• If you were using Top down view mode before you turned off the power system,
Wide view mode will be activated the next time you set the power mode to ON
and put the transmission into (R .
• If you were using Top down view mode and 10 seconds elapsed after you took
the transmission out of (R , Wide view mode will be activated the next time you
put the transmission into (R .

Continued 559
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 560 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuMulti-View Rear CamerauAbout Your Multi-View Rear Camera

Models with Display Audio

• If you were last using Wide view mode or Normal view mode, the same view
mode will be activated the next time you put the transmission into (R .
• If you were using Top down view mode before turning off the power system, the
next time you set the power mode to ON and put the transmission into (R , the
view mode you were using just before using Top down view mode (Wide view
mode or Normal view mode) will be activated.
• If you were using Top down view mode and 10 seconds elapsed after you took
the transmission out of (R , the view mode you were using just before selecting
Top down view mode (Wide view mode or Normal view mode) will be activated
the next time you put the transmission into (R .
Driving

560
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 561 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Refueling
Fuel Information
■ Fuel recommendation 1Fuel Information
Unleaded gasoline, pump octane number 87 or higher NOTICE
We recommend quality gasoline containing
Use of a lower octane gasoline can cause a persistent, heavy metallic knocking noise
detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and
that can lead to engine damage. engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain
good performance, fuel economy, and emissions
■ Top tier detergent gasoline control, we strongly recommend the use of gasoline
Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Honda that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based
endorses the use of “TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” where available to help fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is
maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent available.
Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive
Use of gasoline with these additives may adversely
manufacturers to meet the needs of today’s advanced engines. affect performance, and cause the malfunction
indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on.
Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met If this happens, contact a dealer for service.
“TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” standards at the retail location. This fuel is Some gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such
guaranteed to contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic as ethanol. Your vehicle is designed to operate on

Driving
oxygenated gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol
additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic
by volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol.
additives in gasoline, help avoid build-up of deposits in your engine and emission If you notice any undesirable operating symptoms, try
control system. another service station or switch to another brand of
gasoline.
For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on
gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit www.hondacars.com. In Canada, visit
www.honda.ca for additional information on gasoline. For more information on top
tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergas.com.

■ Fuel tank capacity: 12.81 US gal (48.5 L)

561
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 562 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel

How to Refuel
Your fuel tank is not equipped with a fuel filler cap. You can insert the filler nozzle 1How to Refuel
directly into the filler neck. The tank seals itself again when you pull out the filler
nozzle. 3 WARNING
1. Stop your vehicle with the service station Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive.
pump on the left side of the vehicle in the You can be burned or seriously injured
rear. when handling fuel.
2. Turn off the power system.
3. Unlock the driver’s door using the master • Turn the power system off, and keep
door lock switch. heat, sparks, and flame away.
u The fuel fill door on the outer side of the • Handle fuel only outdoors.
vehicle will unlock. • Wipe up spills immediately.
Master Door Lock Switch 2 Using the Master Door Lock Switch
P. 176 The fuel filler opening is designed to accept only
4. Press the area indicated by the arrow to service station filler nozzles for refueling. Use of
release the fuel fill door. You will hear a smaller diameter tubes (e.g., those used to siphon
fuel for other uses) or other non-service station
Driving

click.
devices can damage the area in and around the filler
opening.

Use the master door lock switch to unlock the fuel fill
Fuel Fill Door door.
The vehicle doors and fuel fill door automatically
Press relock if the remote unlock function is used. This can
be deactivated by briefly opening then closing the
driver’s door.

562
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 563 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel

5. Place the end of the filler nozzle on the 1How to Refuel

lower part of filler opening, then insert it The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in
slowly and fully. the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result
u Make sure that the end of the filler of changes in air temperature.
nozzle goes down along with the filler
If the filler nozzle keeps turning off when the tank is
pipe.
not full, there may be a problem with the pump’s fuel
u Keep the filler nozzle level.
vapor recovery system. Try filling at another pump. If
u When the tank is full, the filler nozzle will this does not fix the problem, consult a dealer.
click off automatically.
u After filling, wait about five seconds Do not continue to add fuel after the filler nozzle has
before removing the filler nozzle. automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed
6. Shut the fuel fill door by hand. the full tank capacity.

If you have to refuel your vehicle from a portable

container, use the funnel provided with your vehicle.
2 Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container

Driving
P. 658

563
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 564 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions

Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO2
Emissions 1Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO2 Emissions
Achieving fuel economy and reducing CO2 emissions is dependent on several Direct calculation is the recommended method to
determine actual fuel consumed while driving.
factors, including driving conditions, load weight, idling time, driving habits, and
vehicle condition. Depending on these and other factors, you may not achieve the Gallons of Miles per
Miles driven
rated fuel economy of this vehicle. fuel Gallon

100 Liter Kilometers L per 100 km

■ Maintenance and Fuel Economy

In Canada, posted fuel economy numbers are
You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle.
established following a simulated test. For more
Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the information on how this test is performed, please visit
driver information interface. http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/
• Use the recommended viscosity engine oil, displaying the API Certification Seal.
• Maintain the specified tire pressure.
• Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo.
• Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicle’s underside
Driving

adds weight and increases wind resistance.

564
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 565 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Maintenance
This chapter discusses basic maintenance.

Before Performing Maintenance Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter..... 581 Wear Indicators ............................... 605
Inspection and Maintenance ............ 566 Cooling System................................ 583 Tire Service Life................................ 605
Safety When Performing Maintenance .... 567 Inverter Coolant............................... 585 Tire and Wheel Replacement ........... 606
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Transmission Fluid............................ 586 Tire Rotation.................................... 607
Service ........................................... 568 Brake Fluid....................................... 587 Winter Tires ..................................... 608
Maintenance MinderTM ..................... 569 Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 588 12-Volt Battery ................................. 609
Replacing Light Bulbs ....................... 589 Remote Transmitter Care
Maintenance Under the Hood
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades.... 597 Replacing the Button Battery ........... 611
Maintenance Items Under the Hood .... 576
Checking and Maintaining Tires Climate Control System Maintenance .... 612
Opening the Hood ........................... 577 Checking Tires ................................. 600 Cleaning
Recommended Engine Oil ................ 578 Tire and Loading Information Label .. 601 Interior Care .................................... 613
Oil Check ......................................... 579 Tire Labeling .................................... 601 Exterior Care.................................... 615
Adding Engine Oil ............................ 580 DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles).. 603 Accessories and Modifications ........ 618

565
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 566 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Before Performing Maintenance

Inspection and Maintenance
For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle 1Inspection and Maintenance
in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient U.S. models
brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by a dealer. Maintenance, replacement, or repair of
(Note, however, that service at a dealer is not mandatory to keep your warranties in emissions control devices and systems may be
effect.) done by any automotive repair establishment or
individuals using parts that are “certified” to
EPA standards.
■ Types of Inspection and Maintenance
According to state and federal regulations, failure to
■ Daily inspections
perform maintenance on the maintenance main
Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when items marked with # will not void your emissions
refueling. warranties. However, all maintenance services should
be performed in accordance with the intervals
■ Periodic inspections indicated by the driver information interface.
• Check the brake fluid level monthly. 2 Maintenance Service Items P. 573
2 Brake Fluid P. 587
If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks
• Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects.
that require more skills and tools, you can purchase a
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 600 subscription to the Service Express website at
• Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly. www.techinfo.honda.com.
2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 589 2 Authorized Manuals P. 669
Maintenance

• Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months.
2 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 597 If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make
sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first.
After performing maintenance, update the records in
the separate maintenance booklet.

566
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 567 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance

Safety When Performing Maintenance

Some of the most important safety precautions are given here. 1Safety When Performing Maintenance
However, we cannot warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in
performing maintenance. Only you can decide whether you should perform a given 3 WARNING
task. Improperly maintaining this vehicle or
failing to correct a problem before driving
■ Maintenance Safety can cause a crash in which you can be
seriously hurt or killed.
• To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames
away from the 12-volt battery, all High Voltage system, and all fuel related parts. Always follow the inspection and
• Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood. maintenance recommendations according
u Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them, causing a fire. to the schedules in this owner’s manual.
• To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not
gasoline.
• Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the 12-volt 3 WARNING
battery or compressed air.
Failure to properly follow maintenance
• Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you.
instructions and precautions can cause you
u Only operate the engine if there is sufficient ventilation.
to be seriously hurt or killed.

■ Vehicle Safety Always follow the procedures and

Maintenance
precautions in this owner’s manual.
• The vehicle must be in a stationary condition.
u Make sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and
the power system is turned off.
• Be aware that hot parts can burn you.
u Make sure to let the power system including the engine and exhaust system
cool thoroughly before touching vehicle parts.
• Be aware that moving parts can injure you.
u Do not activate the power system unless instructed, and keep your hands and
limbs away from moving parts. When the power system is on, the engine can
automatically start, or the radiator fan may start operating without the engine
running.
567
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 568 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service

Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service

The use of Honda genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and
servicing your vehicle. Honda genuine parts are manufactured according to the
same high quality standards used in Honda vehicles.
Maintenance

568
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 569 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Maintenance MinderTM

If the engine oil life is less than 15%, you will see the Maintenance Minder messages
appear on the driver information interface every time you set the power mode to
ON. The messages notify you when to change the engine oil, or when to bring your
vehicle to a dealer for indicated maintenance services.

Maintenance
569
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 570 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

To Use Maintenance MinderTM

■ Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information 1Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information
Based on the engine operating conditions, the
Maintenance items, which should be serviced at the same time that you replace the remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed
engine oil, appear on the driver information interface. as a percentage.
You can view them on the engine oil life screen at any time. Displayed Engine Oil Calculated Engine Oil
1. Set the power mode to ON. Life (%) Life (%)
2. Press the (home) button. 100 100 to 91
3. Roll the left selector wheel until is displayed. 90 90 to 81
4. Press the left selector wheel to go to the Maintenance Minder screen. The engine 80 80 to 71
oil life appears on the driver information interface along with maintenance items 70 70 to 61
due soon. 60 60 to 51
50 50 to 41
40 40 to 31
30 30 to 21
20 20 to 16
15 15 to 11
10 10 to 6
Engine Oil Life 5 5 to 1
0 0
Maintenance

There is a list of maintenance main and sub items you

can view on the driver information interface.
(home) Button 2 Maintenance Service Items P. 573

Left Selector Wheel

Main Item Sub Item

570
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 571 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

■ Maintenance Minder Messages on the Driver Information

Interface
Maintenance Message Oil Life Display Explanation Information

When you select the Maintenance

Minder screen, it displays codes for
maintenance items due at the next
— engine oil change, along with the —
percentage of engine oil life
remaining.

Maintenance Due Soon 15 % The engine oil life indicator starts The engine oil is approaching the end
to appear along with other due- of its service life.
soon maintenance item codes
when the remaining oil life drops
to 15 percent.

Maintenance
Continued 571
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 572 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

Maintenance Message Oil Life Display Explanation Information

Maintenance Due Now 5% The remaining engine oil life is 5 to The engine oil has almost reached the
1 percent. Press the (home) end of its service life, and the
button to switch to another maintenance items should be
display. inspected and serviced as soon as
possible.

Maintenance Past Due Negative Distance The engine oil has passed its The engine oil life has passed.
service life, and a negative The maintenance items must be
distance appears after driving over inspected and serviced immediately.
10 miles (U.S. models) or 10 km
(Canadian models). The negative
distance on the display blinks.
Maintenance

The system message indicator ( ) comes on along with the Maintenance Minder message.

572
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 573 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

■ Maintenance Service Items 1Maintenance Service Items

• Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if
they are noisy.
Maintenance Minder Message
System Message
Indicator

Main Item Sub Items

U.S. models

CODE Maintenance Main Items CODE Maintenance Sub Items

A • Replace engine oil*1 1 • Rotate tires
B • Replace engine oil*1 and oil filter 2 • Replace air cleaner element*2
• Inspect front and rear brakes • Replace dust and pollen filter*3
• Check expiry date for tire repair kit bottle 3 • Replace transmission fluid*4

Maintenance
• Inspect tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots 4 • Replace spark plugs
• Inspect suspension components • Inspect valve clearance
• Inspect driveshaft boots 5 • Replace engine coolant
• Inspect brake hoses and lines (Including ABS/VSA®) 7 • Replace brake fluid*5
• Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids
• Inspect exhaust system# *2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
*3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and
• Inspect fuel lines and connections# from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
*4: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds results in higher transmission temperatures.
*1: If a Maintenance Minder message does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset, This requires transmission fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the Maintenance
change the engine oil every year. Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission fluid changed
# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty. every 47,500 miles (76,000 kilometers) or 3 years.
*5: If a Maintenance Minder message does not appear more than 36 months after the display for item 7 is
reset, change the brake fluid every 3 years.

Continued 573
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 574 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

Canadian models 1Maintenance Service Items

• Adjust the valves during services A, 0, 9, 1, 2, or 3
if they are noisy.

CODE Maintenance Main Items CODE Maintenance Sub Items

A • Replace engine oil*1 1 • Rotate tires
0 • Replace engine oil*1 and oil filter 2 • Replace air cleaner element*2
*1: If a Maintenance Minder message does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset,
• Replace dust and pollen filter*3
change the engine oil every year. 3 • Replace transmission fluid*4
*2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 24,000 km (15,000 miles).
*3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and 4 • Replace spark plugs
from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 24,000 km (15,000 miles). • Inspect valve clearance
*4: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds results in higher transmission temperatures.
This requires transmission fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the Maintenance 5 • Replace engine coolant
Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission fluid changed
at 76,000 kilometers (47,500 miles) or 3 years. 7 • Replace brake fluid*5
*5: If a Maintenance Minder message does not appear more than 36 months after the display for item 7 is 9 • Service front and rear brakes
reset, change the brake fluid every 3 years.
# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty. • Check expiry date for tire repair kit bottle
• Inspect tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots
• Inspect suspension components
Maintenance

• Inspect driveshaft boots

• Inspect brake hoses and lines (including ABS/VSA®)
• Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids
• Inspect exhaust system#
• Inspect fuel lines and connections#

574
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 575 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

■ Resetting the Display 1Resetting the Display

NOTICE
Reset the maintenance minder information display if you have performed the
Failure to reset the Maintenance MinderTM display
maintenance service.
after a maintenance service results in the system
Engine Oil showing incorrect maintenance intervals, which can
Life lead to serious mechanical problems.

The dealer will reset the Maintenance MinderTM

display after completing the required maintenance
service. If someone other than a dealer performs
maintenance service, reset the Maintenance
MinderTM display yourself.

Models with Display Audio

Left Selector Wheel
You can reset the Maintenance MinderTM display
Maintenance using the audio/information screen.
Item Codes 2 Customized Features P. 378

1. Go to the Maintenance Minder screen.

2 Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information P. 570
2. Press and hold the left selector wheel.

Maintenance
u The Maintenance MinderTM reset mode is displayed on the driver information
interface.
3. To reset all due items at once, select All Due Items with the left selector wheel,
then press the left selector wheel.
u The displayed maintenance items disappear.
To reset each item separately, select Item # Only with the left selector wheel,
then press the left selector wheel.
u The displayed maintenance item (i.e. #) disappears.

To cancel the Maintenance MinderTM reset mode, select Cancel, then press the left
selector wheel.
575
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 576 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Maintenance Under the Hood

Maintenance Items Under the Hood

Brake Fluid
(Black Cap)

Engine Oil Dipstick Inverter Coolant

(Orange) Filler Tank

Engine Oil Fill Cap

Washer Fluid 12-Volt Battery

(Blue Cap)
Maintenance

Engine Coolant
Reserve Tank

Radiator Cap

576
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 577 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduOpening the Hood

Opening the Hood

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, and set 1Opening the Hood
Hood Release Handle
the parking brake.
2. Pull the hood release handle under the 3 WARNING
driver’s side lower corner of the dashboard. The hood support rod can become very hot
u The hood will pop up slightly. due to heat from the engine.
Pull
To ensure against possible burns, do not
handle the metal section of the rod: Use
the foam grip instead.
3. Push the hood latch lever (located under
Lever
the front edge of the hood to the center) to NOTICE
the side and raise the hood. Once you have Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are
raised the hood slightly, you can release the raised. The hood will strike the wipers, resulting in
lever. possible damage to the hood and/or the wipers.

When closing the hood, check that the hood is

securely latched.

If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can

Maintenance
Support Rod 4. Remove the support rod from the clamp open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch
using the grip. Mount the support rod in mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated.
the hood.
Grip
When closing, remove the support rod, and
stow it in the clamp, then gently lower the
hood. Remove your hand at a height of
approximately 12 inches (30 cm) and let the
Clamp hood close.

577
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 578 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduRecommended Engine Oil

Recommended Engine Oil

• Genuine Honda Motor Oil 1Recommended Engine Oil
• Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil with an API Certification Seal on the Engine Oil Additives
container. Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact,
they may adversely affect the engine performance
Oil is a major contributor to your engine’s and durability.
performance and longevity. If you drive the
vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil,
the engine may fail or be damaged.

This seal indicates the oil is energy conserving

and that it meets the American Petroleum
Institute’s latest requirements.

Use Genuine Honda Motor Oil or another

commercial engine oil of suitable viscosity for
the ambient temperature as shown here.
Maintenance

Ambient Temperature

■ Synthetic oil
You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal
and is the specified viscosity grade.

578
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 579 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check

Oil Check
We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel. 1Oil Check
Park the vehicle on level ground. If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly
Turn off the power system. You can check the oil level without the engine having add oil, being careful not to overfill.
run beforehand. If the engine has been running, wait approximately three minutes
before you check the oil.
1. Remove the dipstick (orange).
2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or
paper towel.
3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its
hole.

4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the

level. It should be between the upper and
lower marks. Add oil if necessary.

Maintenance
Upper Mark
Lower Mark

579
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 580 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduAdding Engine Oil

Adding Engine Oil

1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap. 1Adding Engine Oil
2. Add oil slowly. NOTICE
3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark.
it securely. Overfilling the engine oil can result in leaks and
4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the engine damage.
engine oil dipstick.
If any oil spills, wipe it away immediately. Spilled oil
may damage the engine compartment components.
Engine Oil Fill Cap
Maintenance

580
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 581 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the 1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
engine’s lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly. NOTICE
You may damage the environment if you do not
Turning the power system on automatically starts the engine if the High Voltage dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are
battery charge level gauge shows two segments or less. changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of
2 High Voltage Battery Charge Level Gauge P. 134 the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take
it to a recycling center. Do not throw the oil away
into a garbage can or onto the ground.
Change the oil and filter in accordance with the maintenance message on the driver
information interface.

1. Run the engine until it reaches normal

operating temperature, and then turn the
engine off.
2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil
fill cap.
3. Remove the Phillips-head screws and
slotted head screws by turning 90°
counter-clockwise on the undercarriage

Maintenance
and remove the under cover.
4. Remove the drain bolt and washer from
the bottom of the engine, and drain the
oil into a suitable container.
Washer

Drain Bolt

Continued 581
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 582 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

5. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the 1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
remaining oil. You will need a special wrench to replace the oil
6. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to filter. You can buy this wrench from a dealer.
the engine contact surface.
u If it is stuck, you must detach it. When installing the new oil filter, follow the
Oil Filter instructions supplied with the oil filter.
7. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the
contact surface of the engine block, and Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine. The
install a new oil filter. low oil pressure indicator should go off within five
u Apply a light coat of new engine oil to seconds. If it does not, turn off the engine, and check
the filter gasket. your work.
8. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then
reinstall the drain bolt.
u Tightening torque:
30 lbf∙ft (40 N∙m, 4.0 kgf∙m)
9. Pour the recommended engine oil into the
engine.
u Engine oil change capacity (including
filter):
Maintenance

4.0 US qt (3.8 L)
10. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely and
start the engine.
11. Run the engine for a few minutes, and
then check that there is no leak from the
drain bolt or oil filter.
12. Stop the engine, wait for three minutes,
and then check the oil level on the
dipstick.
u If necessary, add more engine oil.

582
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 583 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduCooling System

Cooling System
Specified coolant: Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 1Cooling System

This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any 3 WARNING
straight antifreeze or water. Removing the radiator cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the out, seriously scalding you.
reserve tank first. If it is completely empty, also check the coolant level in the
radiator. Add the engine coolant accordingly. Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the radiator cap.
■ Reserve Tank
NOTICE
Reserve
1. Make sure the engine and radiator are
Genuine Honda engine coolant is a 50/50 mixture of
Tank cool. antifreeze and water that can withstand freezing at
2. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve temperatures as low as about -31°F (-35°C). If your
tank. vehicle is consistently subjected to temperatures
u If the coolant level is below the MIN below this, the concentration of antifreeze in the
mark, add the specified coolant until it coolant should be increased. Consult a dealer for
reaches the MAX mark. details.
MAX

Maintenance
If Honda antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may
MIN
use another major brand of non-silicate coolant as a
3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks. temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality
coolant recommended for aluminum engines.
Continued use of any non-Honda coolant can result
in corrosion, causing the cooling system to
malfunction or fail. Have the cooling system flushed
and refilled with Honda antifreeze/coolant as soon as
possible.

Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your

vehicle’s cooling system. They may not be compatible
with the coolant or with the engine components.

Continued 583
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 584 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduCooling System

■ Radiator 1Radiator
NOTICE
1. Make sure the engine and radiator are
Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill
cool. any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can
2. Turn the radiator cap 1/8 turn counter- damage components in the engine compartment.
clockwise to relieve any pressure in the
cooling system.
3. Push down and turn the radiator cap
counter-clockwise to remove it.
4. The coolant level should be up to the base
Radiator Cap of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low.
5. Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten it
fully.
Maintenance

584
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 585 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduInverter Coolant

Inverter Coolant
Specified coolant: Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 1Inverter Coolant
NOTICE
This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any Genuine Honda engine coolant is a 50/50 mixture of
straight antifreeze or water. antifreeze and water that can withstand freezing at
temperatures as low as about -31°F (-35°C). If your
We recommend you check the inverter coolant level every time you refuel. vehicle is consistently subjected to temperatures
below this, the concentration of antifreeze in the
coolant should be increased. Consult a dealer for
Have a dealer replace the inverter coolant.
details.

■ Checking the Coolant If Honda antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may

use another major brand non-silicate coolant as a
Filler 1. Check the fluid level in the tank. temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality
Tank 2. If the coolant level has dropped below the coolant recommended for aluminum engines.
MIN level, have your vehicle serviced at a Continued use of any non-Honda coolant can result
dealer. in corrosion, causing the cooling system to
u Only a properly trained technician can malfunction or fail. Have the cooling system flushed
MAX and refilled with Honda antifreeze/coolant as soon as
refill the coolant and check the system
MIN possible.
for leaks.

Maintenance
Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your
vehicle’s coolant system. They may not be compatible
with the coolant or with the motor components.

585
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 586 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduTransmission Fluid

Transmission Fluid
Specified fluid: Honda ATF DW-1 (automatic transmission fluid) 1Transmission Fluid
NOTICE
Have a dealer check the fluid level and replace if necessary. Do not mix Honda ATF DW-1 with other
transmission fluids.
Do not attempt to check or change the automatic transmission fluid yourself. Using a transmission fluid other than Honda ATF
DW-1 may adversely affect the operation and
durability of your vehicle’s transmission, and damage
the transmission.
Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that
is not equivalent to Honda ATF DW-1 is not covered
by Honda’s new vehicle limited warranty.
Maintenance

586
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 587 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduBrake Fluid

Brake Fluid
Specified fluid: Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 1Brake Fluid
NOTICE
■ Checking the Brake Fluid Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your
vehicle's braking system and can cause extensive
Reserve Tank The fluid level should be between the MIN damage.
and MAX marks on the side of the reserve
tank. If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should
MAX
use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed
container as a temporary replacement.

Using any non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion

and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the
brake system flushed and refilled with Honda Heavy
MIN Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible.

If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark,

have a dealer inspect the vehicle for leaks or worn
brake pads as soon as possible.

Maintenance
587
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 588 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduRefilling Window Washer Fluid

Refilling Window Washer Fluid

Check the amount of window washer fluid by looking at the reservoir. 1Refilling Window Washer Fluid
If the level is low, fill the washer reservoir. NOTICE
Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water
Canadian models solution in the windshield washer reservoir.
If the washer fluid is low, a message appears Antifreeze can damage your vehicle’s paint. A
on the driver information interface. vinegar/water solution can damage the windshield
washer pump.

Use only commercially available windshield washer

fluid.
Avoid prolonged use of hard water to prevent lime
scale build up.
Pour the washer fluid carefully. Do not overflow the reservoir.
Maintenance

588
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 589 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Replacing Light Bulbs

Headlight Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs. 1Headlight Bulbs
High beam headlight: LED type * Models with halogen high beam headlights

High beam headlight: 60 W (HB3 for halogen bulb type) * NOTICE

Halogen bulbs get very hot when lit.
Low beam headlight: LED type Oil, perspiration, or a scratch on the glass can cause
the bulb to overheat and shatter.

All models
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the trunk, have the aiming readjusted
at a dealer or by a qualified technician.

Models with halogen high beam headlights

When replacing a halogen bulb, handle it by its base,
and protect the glass from contact with your skin or
hard objects. If you touch the glass, clean it with
denatured alcohol and a clean cloth.

Maintenance
* Not available on all models Continued 589
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 590 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuHeadlight Bulbs

■ High Beam Headlights 1High Beam Headlights

Models with LED high beam headlights
Models with halogen high beam headlights
High beam headlights are LED type. Have an
Holding Passenger side authorized Honda dealer inspect and replace the light
clip 1. Remove the hose and the holding clip using assembly.
a flat-tip screwdriver, then remove the
When removing the clip, insert a flat-tip screwdriver,
upper part of the window washer reservoir.
then lift and remove the clip.
u Check the amount of window washer
fluid is below the upper part of the
window washer reservoir and remove it.

Hose
Both sides
Bulb
2. Push the tab to remove the coupler.
3. Rotate the old bulb counter-clockwise to
Tab remove.
4. Insert a new bulb into the headlight
assembly and turn it clockwise. Insert the clip with the pin raised, and push until it is
5. Insert the coupler into the connector of the
Maintenance

flat.
bulb.
Coupler

Push until the pin

■ Low Beam Headlights is flat.
Low beam headlights are LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.

590
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 591 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuFog Lights *

Fog Lights *
Fog lights are LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect and replace the
light assembly.

Parking/Daytime Running Lights

Parking/daytime running lights are LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer
inspect and replace the light assembly.

Front Turn Signal Lights

Front turn signal lights are LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.

Front Side Marker Lights

Front side marker lights are LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.

Maintenance
Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Lights *
Door mirror side turn lights are LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect
and replace the light assembly.

* Not available on all models 591

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 592 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuBrake Lights, Taillights, Rear Side Marker Lights, and Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs

Brake Lights, Taillights, Rear Side Marker Lights, and

Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs 1Brake Lights, Taillights, Rear Side Marker Lights, and Rear Turn
When replacing, use the following bulbs. Signal Light Bulbs
Brake lights, taillights, and rear side marker lights are
Brake Light: LED LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect
Taillight: LED and replace the light assembly.
Rear Side Marker Light: LED
Rear Turn Signal Light: 21 W (Amber)

1. Pry on the edge of the cover using a flat-tip

screwdriver to remove the cover.
u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth
to prevent scratches.

Cover
2. Remove the bolts.
3. Pull the light assembly out of the rear pillar.
Maintenance

Bolts

592
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 593 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuBrake Lights, Taillights, Rear Side Marker Lights, and Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs

4. Turn the socket counter-clockwise and

Bulb remove it.
5. Push and turn the old bulb clockwise and
remove it, and insert a new bulb.

Socket

Maintenance
593
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 594 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuTaillights, Brake Lights *, and Back-Up Light Bulbs

Taillights, Brake Lights *, and Back-Up Light Bulbs

When replacing, use the following bulbs. 1Taillights, Brake Lights *, and Back-Up Light Bulbs
Taillight: LED Taillights and brake lights * are LED type. Have an
Brake Light *: LED authorized Honda dealer inspect and replace the light
assembly.
Back-Up Light: 16 W

1. Remove the holding clips using a flat-tip When removing the clip, insert a flat-tip screwdriver,
Holding Clip then lift and remove the clip.
screwdriver, then pull the lining back.

Clip

Driver side
2. Turn the socket counter-clockwise and
remove it. Insert the clip with the pin raised, and push until it is
Bulb 3. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb. flat.
Maintenance

Push until the

pin is flat.
Socket

594 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 595 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuTaillights, Brake Lights *, and Back-Up Light Bulbs

Passenger side
2. Turn the socket clockwise and remove it.
3. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.
Bulb

Socket

Maintenance
595
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 596 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear License Plate Light

Rear License Plate Light

Rear license plate light is LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.

High-Mount Brake Light

High-mount brake light is LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.
Maintenance

596
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 597 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades

Checking Wiper Blades
If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks and the hard surfaces 1Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber
of the blade may scratch the window glass. NOTICE
Avoid dropping the wiper arm onto the windshield, it
may damage the wiper arm and/or the windshield.
Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber
1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF.
2. While holding the wiper switch in the
MIST position, set the power mode to ON,
then to VEHICLE OFF.
u Both wiper arms are set to the
maintenance position as shown in the
image.

3. Lift the driver side wiper arm first, then the

passenger side.

Maintenance
Continued 597
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 598 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Wiper Blade Rubber

4. Press and hold the tab, then slide the

holder off the wiper arm.

Tab

5. Pull the end of the wiper blade in the

Blade direction of the arrow in the image until it
is out of the holder’s end cap.

End Cap At
The Bottom
Maintenance

Blade 6. Pull the wiper blade in the opposite

direction to slide it out of its holder.

Holder

598
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 599 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Wiper Blade Rubber

7. Insert the flat side of the new wiper blade

onto the bottom part of the holder. Insert
Blade the blade all the way.
8. Install the end of the wiper blade into the
cap.
9. Slide the holder onto the wiper arm until it
Holder locks.
10. Lower the passenger side wiper arm first,
Cap then the driver side.
11. Set the power mode to ON and hold the
wiper switch in the MIST position until
both wiper arms return to the standard
position.

Maintenance
599
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 600 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Checking and Maintaining Tires

Checking Tires
To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in 1Checking Tires
good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated.
3 WARNING
■ Inflation guidelines Using tires that are excessively worn or
Properly inflated tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and improperly inflated can cause a crash in
comfort. Refer to the driver’s doorjamb label or specifications page for the specified which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
pressure.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and manual regarding tire inflation and
are more likely to fail from overheating. maintenance.

Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards, Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This
and wear unevenly. means the vehicle has been parked for at least three
hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). If
Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the necessary, add or release air until the specified
others, check the pressure with a tire gauge. pressure is reached.

If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as

At least once a month or before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in
4–6 psi (30–40 kPa, 0.3–0.4 kgf/cm2) higher than if
all tires. Even tires in good condition can lose 1–2 psi (10–20 kPa, 0.1–0.2 kgf/cm2)
Maintenance

checked when cold.

per month.
Whenever tire pressure is adjusted, you must
■ Inspection guidelines calibrate the TPMS.
Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems. Look for: 2 TPMS Calibration P. 481
• Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts,
splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord. Have a dealer check the tires if you feel a consistent
• Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks. vibration while driving. New tires and any that have
been removed and reinstalled should be properly
• Uneven tread wear. Have a dealer check the wheel alignment.
balanced.
• Excessive tread wear.
2 Wear Indicators P. 605
• Cracks or other damage around valve stem.
600
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 601 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Loading Information Label

Tire and Loading Information Label

The label attached to the driver’s doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading 1Tire and Loading Information Label
information. The tire and loading information label attached to the
driver’s doorjamb contains:
Label a The number of people your vehicle can carry.
Example b The total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not
exceed this weight.
c The original tire sizes for front and rear.
d The proper cold tire pressure for front and rear.

Tire Labeling
Example Tire Size The tires that came on your vehicle have a
Tire number of markings. Those you should be
Identification aware of are described as shown.
Number (TIN) 1Tire Sizes
Following is an example of tire size with an

Maintenance
Maximum
Tire Load explanation of what each component means.
225/50R17 94V
Maximum
225: Tire width in millimeters.
Tire Pressure
50: Aspect ratio (the tire’s section height as a
Tire Size
percentage of its width).
R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial).
■ Tire Sizes 17: Rim diameter in inches.
94: Load index (a numerical code associated with the
Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size. maximum load the tire can carry).
V: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the
maximum speed rating).

Continued 601
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 602 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Labeling

■ Tire Identification Number (TIN) 1Tire Identification Number (TIN)

DOT B97R FW6X 2209
The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like
DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all
the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of the tire. requirements of the U.S. Department of
Transportation.
■ Glossary of Tire Terminology B97R: Manufacturer’s identification mark.
FW6X: Tire type code.
Cold Tire Pressure – The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at 22 09: Date of manufacture.
least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km).
Year
Load Rating – Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given
Week
inflation pressure.
Maximum Inflation Pressure – The maximum tire air pressure that the tire can
hold.
Maximum Load Rating – Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum
permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
Recommended Inflation Pressure – The cold tire inflation pressure
recommended by the manufacturer.
Treadwear Indicators (TWI) – Means the projections within the principal grooves
designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread.
Maintenance

602
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 603 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)

DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)

The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety
Requirements. All tires are also graded for treadwear, traction,
and temperature performance according to Department of
Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these
gradings.

■ Uniform Tire Quality Grading 1Uniform Tire Quality Grading

For example:
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall
Treadwear 200
between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
Traction AA
Temperature A
■ Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear All passenger car tires must conform
rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a to Federal Safety Requirements in
specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 addition to these grades.
would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance
of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,

Maintenance
and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in
driving habits, service practices and differences in road
characteristics and climate.

Continued 603
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 604 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)

■ Traction 1Traction
Warning: The traction grade
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C.
assigned to this tire is based on
Those grades represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement
straight-ahead braking traction tests,
as measured under controlled conditions on specified
and does not include acceleration,
government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
cornering, hydroplaning, or peak
C may have poor traction performance.
traction characteristics.

■ Temperature 1Temperature
Warning: The temperature grade for
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C,
this tire is established for a tire that is
representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its
properly inflated and not
ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions
overloaded. Excessive speed,
on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high
underinflation, or excessive loading,
temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and
either separately or in combination,
reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire
can cause heat buildup and possible
failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which
tire failure.
Maintenance

all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels
of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.

604
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 605 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWear Indicators

Wear Indicators
The groove where the wear indicator is 1Checking Tires
Example of a Wear located is 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) shallower than High speed driving
Indicator mark elsewhere on the tire. If the tread has worn so We recommend that you do not drive faster than the
that the indicator is exposed, replace the tire. posted speed limits and conditions allow. If you drive
Worn out tires have poor traction on wet at sustained high speeds (over 99 mph or 160 km/h),
adjust the cold tire pressures as shown below to
roads.
avoid excessive heat build up and sudden tire failure.
Tire Size 225/50R17 94V
Pressure Front: 35 psi (240 kPa, 2.4 kgf/cm2)
Rear: 33 psi (230 kPa, 2.3 kgf/cm2)

Tire Service Life

The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road
conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and
environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use).

In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is

recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five
years old. All tires should be removed from service after 10 years from the date of

Maintenance
manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear.

605
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 606 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Wheel Replacement

Tire and Wheel Replacement

Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and 1Tire and Wheel Replacement
maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tire’s sidewall). Using tires of a
different size or construction can cause certain vehicle systems such as the ABS and 3 WARNING
Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) system to work incorrectly. Installing improper tires on your vehicle can
affect handling and stability. This can cause
It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isn’t possible, replace the a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or
front or rear tires in pairs. killed.

Make sure that the wheel’s specifications match those of the original wheels. Always use the size and type of tires
recommended in this owner’s manual.
Maintenance

606
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 607 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Rotation

Tire Rotation
Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the driver information 1Tire Rotation
interface helps to distribute wear more evenly and increase tire life. Tires with directional tread patterns should only be
rotated front to back (not from one side to the other).
■ Tires without rotation marks Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation
Rotate the tires as shown here. indication mark facing forward, as shown below.

Front FRONT

Direction Mark

■ Tires with rotation marks

Whenever tires are rotated, you must calibrate the
Rotate the tires as shown here.
TPMS.
2 TPMS Calibration P. 481

Maintenance
Front

607
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 608 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWinter Tires

Winter Tires
If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked M+S tires, snow tires, 1Winter Tires
or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles when
driving. 3 WARNING
Using the wrong chains, or not properly
Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent installing chains, can damage the brake
skidding. lines and cause a crash in which you can be
seriously injured or killed.
Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the
law. Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding the selection and use of
When mounting, refer to the following points. tire chains.

For winter tires: NOTICE

• Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires. Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly
• Mount the tires to all four wheels. installed can damage your vehicle’s brake lines,
For tire chains: suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are
• Install them on the front tires only. hitting any part of the vehicle.
• Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the
When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain
Maintenance

chains listed below: manufacture’s instructions regarding vehicle

Cable-type: SCC Radial Chain SC1036 operational limits.

• Follow the chain manufacturer’s instruction when installing. Mount them as If your vehicle is equipped with summer tires, be
tightly as you can. aware that these tires are not designed for winter
• Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension. driving conditions. For more information, contact a
• Drive slowly. dealer.

608
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 609 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

12-Volt Battery
Checking the 12-Volt Battery
The condition of the battery is monitored by a 112-Volt Battery
sensor located on the negative terminal of the
battery. If there is a problem with this sensor, 3 WARNING
the driver information interface will display a The battery gives off explosive hydrogen
warning message. If this happens, have you gas during normal operation.
vehicle inspected by a dealer.
A spark or flame can cause the battery to
Check the battery terminals for corrosion explode with enough force to kill or
monthly. seriously hurt you.

When conducting any battery

If your vehicle’s battery is disconnected or goes dead:
maintenance, wear protective clothing and
• The audio system is disabled.
a face shield, or have a skilled technician do
2 Reactivating the audio system P. 241
it.
• The clock resets.
2 Clock P. 164
Canadian models WARNING: Battery post, terminals,
• The immobilizer system needs to be reset. and related accessories contain lead
2 Immobilizer System Indicator P. 98 and lead compounds.

Maintenance
Wash your hands after handling.

609
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 610 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uu12-Volt BatteryuCharging the 12-Volt Battery

Charging the 12-Volt Battery

Disconnect both battery cables to prevent damaging your vehicle’s electrical system. 112-Volt Battery
Always disconnect the negative (–) cable first, and reconnect it last. When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals
by applying a baking powder and water solution.
Clean the terminals with a damp towel. Cloth/towel
dry the battery. Coat the terminals with grease to
help prevent future corrosion.

When replacing the battery, the replacement must be

of the same specifications.
Consult a dealer for more information.

The Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) system, Vehicle

Stability Assist® (VSA®) OFF, adaptive cruise control
(ACC) with low speed follow (LSF), safety support,
and low tire pressure/TPMS indicators may come on
in amber along with a message in the driver
information interface when you set the power mode
to ON after re-connecting the 12-volt battery.
Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/
h). Each indicator should go off. If any do not, have
your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Maintenance

610
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 611 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Remote Transmitter Care

Replacing the Button Battery
If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery. 1Replacing the Button Battery
Battery type: CR2032
3 WARNING
1. Remove the built-in key. CHEMICAL BURN HAZARD
The battery that powers the remote
transmitter can cause severe internal burns
and can even lead to death if swallowed.
Keep new and used batteries away from
children.

2. Remove the upper half of the cover by If you suspect that a child has swallowed
carefully prying on the edge with a coin. the battery, seek medical attention
u Remove carefully to avoid losing the immediately.
Battery buttons.
u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent NOTICE
scratching the smart entry remote. An improperly disposed of battery can damage the
3. Make sure to replace the battery with the environment. Always confirm local regulations for
correct polarity. battery disposal.

Maintenance
Replacement batteries are commercially available or
at a dealer.

611
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 612 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Climate Control System Maintenance

Air Conditioning
To ensure proper and safe operation, the Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE 1Air Conditioning
J2845) recommends that the refrigerant system only be serviced by trained and NOTICE
certified technicians. Vented refrigerant is harmful to the environment.
To avoid refrigerant from venting, never replace the
Never repair or replace the air conditioning evaporator (cooling coil) with one evaporator with one removed from a used or
removed from a used or salvaged vehicle. salvaged vehicle.

Refrigerant in your vehicle’s air conditioning system is

New replacement mobile air conditioning evaporators must be certified (and
flammable and can be ignited during servicing if
labeled) as meeting SAE Standard J2842. proper procedures are not followed.

The air conditioner label is found under the hood:

2 Safety Labels P. 79
2 Specifications P. 660

Canadian models
: Caution

: Flammable Refrigerant

: Requires Registered
Maintenance

Technician to Service

: Air Conditioning
System
Dust and Pollen Filter
The climate control system is equipped with a dust and pollen filter that collects 1Dust and Pollen Filter
pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The Maintenance MinderTM messages will let If the airflow from the climate control system
you know when to replace the filter. deteriorates noticeably, and the windows fog up
easily, the filter may need to be replaced. Please
contact a dealer for replacement.
We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your
vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust.
612
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 613 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Cleaning
Interior Care
Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt. 1Interior Care
Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue. Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle. Electrical
devices and systems may malfunction if liquids are
■ Cleaning Seat Belts splashed on them.

Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts. Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices
Let the belts air dry. Wipe the openings of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth. such as audio devices and switches. Doing so may
cause the items to malfunction or cause a fire inside
the vehicle. If a silicone based spray is inadvertently
Opening used on electrical devices, consult a dealer.

Depending on their composition, chemicals and

liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles,
and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles.
Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as
benzene or gasoline.

After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them

away using a dry cloth.
Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts
or textiles for long periods of time without washing.

Maintenance
■ Cleaning the Window 1Cleaning the Window
Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window.
Wipe using a glass cleaner. Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a
soft cloth so as not to damage them.

Be careful not to spill fluids, such as water or glass

cleaner, on or around the cover of both the front
sensor camera and the rainfall/light sensor *.

* Not available on all models Continued 613

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 614 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuCleaninguInterior Care

■ Floor Mats 1Floor Mats

If you use any floor mats that were not originally
The driver’s floor mat hooks over the floor provided with your vehicle, make sure they are
Unlock anchors, which keep the mat from sliding designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and
forward. To remove a mat for cleaning, turn are securely anchored by the floor anchors.
the anchor knobs to the unlock position. Position the rear seat floor mats properly. If they are
Lock When reinstalling the mat after cleaning, turn not properly positioned, the floor mats can interfere
with the front seat functions.
the knobs to the lock position.

Do not put additional floor mats on top of

the anchored mat.

■ Maintaining Genuine Leather * 1Maintaining Genuine Leather *

It is important to clean or wipe away dirt or dust as
To properly clean leather: soon as possible. Spills can soak into leather resulting
1. Use a vacuum or soft dry cloth first to remove any dirt or dust. in stains. Dirt or dust can cause abrasions in the
2. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a solution comprised of 90% leather. In addition, please note that some dark
water and 10% neutral soap. colored clothing can rub onto the leather seats
3. Wipe away any soap residue with a clean damp cloth. resulting in discoloration or stains.
Maintenance

4. Wipe away residual water and allow leather to air dry in the shade.

614 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 615 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuCleaninguExterior Care

Exterior Care
Dust off the vehicle body after you drive. Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches 1Washing the Vehicle
on painted surfaces. A scratch on a painted surface can result in body rust. If you Do not spray water into the air intake vents. It can
find a scratch, promptly repair it. cause a malfunction.

■ Washing the Vehicle

Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following
conditions:
• If driving on roads with road salt.
• If driving in coastal areas.
• If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces.
Air Intake Vents

Do not spray water onto the fuel fill door directly. A

high-pressure spray may cause it to open.

Do not spray water onto the capless unit when the

fuel fill door is open. It can cause damage to the fuel
■ Using an Automated Car Wash system or engine.

Maintenance
• Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the automated car wash. If you need to lift the wiper arms away from the
• Fold in the door mirrors. windshield, first set the wiper arms to the
• Turn off the automatic intermittent wipers *. maintenance position.
2 Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber P. 597

■ Using High Pressure Cleaners 1Using an Automated Car Wash

• Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body. When using an automated car wash that pulls the
• Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to vehicle through with a conveyor, make sure vehicle is
in car wash mode.
enter the vehicle interior.
2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N
• Do not spray high pressure water directly into the engine compartment. Instead, position [car wash mode] P. 469
use low pressure water and a mild detergent.
* Not available on all models Continued 615
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 616 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuCleaninguExterior Care

■ Applying Wax 1Applying Wax

NOTICE
A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicle’s paint from the
Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage
elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicle’s paint to the the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe
elements, so reapply as necessary. away spills immediately.

■ Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts 1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
Ask a dealer about the correct coating material when
If you get gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they you want to repair the painted surface of the parts
may be stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and made of resin.
clean water.

■ Cleaning the Window

Wipe using a glass cleaner.

■ Maintaining Aluminum Wheels

Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road
Maintenance

contaminants. When necessary, as early as possible use a sponge and mild detergent
to wipe away these contaminants. Do not use a stiff brush or harsh chemicals
(including some commercial wheel cleaners). These can damage the protective finish
on aluminum alloy wheels, resulting in corrosion. Depending on the type of finish,
the wheels also may lose their luster or appear burnished. To avoid water stains,
wipe the wheels dry with a cloth while they are still wet.

616
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 617 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuCleaninguExterior Care

■ Fogged Exterior Light Lenses

The inside lenses of exterior lights (headlights, brake lights, etc.) may fog temporarily
if you have driven in the rain, or after the vehicle has been run through a car wash.
Dew condensation also may build up inside the lenses when there is a significant
enough difference between the ambient and inside lens temperatures (similar to
vehicle windows fogging up in rainy conditions). These conditions are natural
processes, not structural design problems in the exterior lights.

Lens design characteristics may result in moisture developing on the light lens frame
surfaces. This also is not a malfunction.

However, if you see large amounts of water accumulation, or large water drops
building up inside the lenses, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.

Maintenance
617
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 618 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Accessories and Modifications

Accessories
When installing accessories, check the following: 1Accessories and Modifications
• Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and
delay your reaction to driving conditions. 3 WARNING
• Do not install accessories over areas marked SRS AIRBAG, on the sides or backs Improper accessories or modifications can
of the front seats, on front or side pillars, or near the side windows. affect your vehicle’s handling, stability, and
Accessories installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the performance, and cause a crash in which
vehicle’s airbags or may be propelled into you or another occupant if the airbags you can be seriously hurt or killed.
deploy.
• Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with Follow all instructions in this owner’s
proper operation of your vehicle. manual regarding accessories and
2 Fuses P. 651 modifications.
• Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact a dealer for
assistance. If possible, have a dealer inspect the final installation.
3 WARNING
Use of improperly designed, engineered or
manufactured high-voltage battery
assemblies could cause a fire in your
vehicle.
Maintenance

A vehicle fire could result in a crash or

injury.

Only use a genuine Honda high-voltage

battery assembly, or its equivalent, in your
vehicle.

Honda Genuine accessories are recommended to

ensure proper operation on your vehicle.

618
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 619 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuAccessories and ModificationsuModifications

Modifications
Do not modify your vehicle in a manner that may affect its handling, stability, or
reliability, or install non-genuine Honda parts or accessories that may have a similar
effect.

Even minor modifications to vehicle systems can affect overall vehicle performance.
Always make sure all equipment is properly installed and maintained, and do not
make any modification to your vehicle or its systems that might cause your vehicle
to no longer meet federal, state, province, territory, and local regulations.

The on-board diagnostic port (OBD-II/SAE J1962 connector) installed on this vehicle
is intended to be used with automobile system diagnostic devices or with other
devices that Honda has approved. Use of any other type of device may adversely
affect the vehicle’s electronic systems or allow them to be compromised, possibly
resulting in a system malfunction, drained battery, or other unexpected problems.

Do not modify or attempt to repair your vehicle’s high-voltage hybrid power system
or otherwise modify vehicle electrical systems. Disassembling or modifying electrical
equipment can result in a crash or a fire.

Maintenance
If you ever need to replace your vehicle’s high-voltage battery assembly outside of
warranty coverage, we highly recommend that you only use a genuine Honda high-
voltage battery assembly. Genuine Honda high-voltage battery assemblies are
designed to work with your vehicle’s hybrid power system and have been designed,
engineered and manufactured to avoid overcharging situations. Non-genuine high-
voltage battery assemblies may not have been similarly designed, engineered and
manufactured, and installation of such assemblies could result in overcharging, fires,
loss of power, or other conditions that may increase the likelihood of a crash or
injury.

619
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 620 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

620
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 621 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Handling the Unexpected

This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles.

Tools Indicator, Coming On/Blinking If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator

Types of Tools .................................. 622 If the Low Oil Pressure Symbol Appears... 644 Comes On or Blinks ....................... 649
If a Tire Goes Flat If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks
Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire....... 623 Indicator Comes On ....................... 644 along with the Warning Message... 650
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes Fuses
Handling of the Jack......................... 635
On or Blinks ................................... 645 Fuse Locations ................................. 651
Power System Won’t Start If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 654
Checking the Procedure ................... 636 On or Blinks ................................... 646 Emergency Towing........................... 655
If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak .. 637 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill
Emergency Power System Off........... 638 On or Blinks at the Same Time When the
Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes Door................................................. 656
Jump Starting.................................... 639 When You Cannot Open the Trunk.....657
On ................................................. 647
Overheating If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Refueling
How to Handle Overheating............. 641 Indicator Comes On ....................... 648 Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container ....658

621
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 622 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Tools
Types of Tools
1Types of Tools
The tools are stored in the trunk.

Funnel
Handling the Unexpected

Tire Repair Kit

622
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 623 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

If a Tire Goes Flat

Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
If the tire has a large cut or is otherwise severely damaged, you will need to have the 1Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
vehicle towed. If the tire only has a small puncture, from a nail for instance, you can The kit should not be used in the following situations.
use the temporary tire repair kit so that you can drive to the nearest service station Instead, contact a dealer or roadside assistance to
for a more permanent repair. have the vehicle towed.
• The tire sealant has expired.
• More than one tire is punctured.
If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually
• The puncture or cut is larger than 3/16 inch (4 mm).
to reduce speed. Then stop in a safe place. • The tire side wall is damaged or the puncture is
outside the contact area.
1. Park the vehicle on a firm, level, and non-slippery surface and apply the parking
brake.
When the puncture is: Kit Use
2. Put the transmission into (P .

Handling the Unexpected

3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF. Smaller than 3/16 inch
Yes
(4 mm)
Contact
Area Larger than 3/16 inch
No
(4 mm)

• Damage has been caused by driving with the tire

extremely under inflated.
• The tire bead is no longer seated.
• The rim is damaged.

Do not remove a nail or screw that punctured the

tire. If you remove it from the tire, you may not be
able to repair the puncture using the kit.

Continued 623
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 624 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

■ Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire 1Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire
Repair notification label and speed restriction label
are applied to the side of temporary tire repair kit.
Power Plug
Sealant/Air Hose When making a temporary repair, carefully read the
instruction manual provided with the kit.

AIR Side
Selector Knob Instruction Manual
REPAIR Side Tire Sealant
Pressure Gauge Expiration Date
Handling the Unexpected

Pressure Relief Button Inflator Switch

Repair Notification Label Speed Restriction Label

U.S. Canada
U.S. Canada

624
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 625 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

1. Open the trunk floor lid.

Floor Lid

2. Take the kit out of the case.

3. Place the kit face up, on flat ground near

Handling the Unexpected

the flat tire, and away from traffic. Do not
place the kit on its side.

Tire Repair Kit

Continued 625
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 626 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

■ Injecting Sealant and Air 1Injecting Sealant and Air

Valve Cap 1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve 3 WARNING
stem. Tire sealant contains substances that are
harmful and can be fatal if swallowed.

If accidentally swallowed, do not induce

vomiting. Drink plenty of water and get
medical attention immediately.

Tire Valve Stem For skin or eye contact, flush with cool
water and get medical attention if
Handling the Unexpected

Sealant/ 2. Remove the sealant/air hose from the

Air Hose packaging. necessary.

In cold temperatures, the sealant may not flow easily.

In this situation, warm it up for five minutes before
using.

The sealant can permanently stain clothing and other

materials. Be careful during handling and wipe away
any spills immediately.
Sealant/Air Hose 3. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire
valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.

Tire Valve Stem

626
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 627 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

Center Pocket 4. Plug in the compressor to the accessory 1Injecting Sealant and Air
power socket.
u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a 3 WARNING
door or window. Running the engine with the vehicle in an
u Do not plug any other electric devices enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
into other accessory power sockets. cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon
2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 223 monoxide.
5. Turn the power system on.
2 Turning on the Power P. 458 Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can
Console Compartment cause unconsciousness and even death.
u Keep the power system on while
injecting sealant and air. Only run the engine to power the air

Handling the Unexpected

2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 78 compressor with the vehicle outdoors.

NOTICE
Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit
compressor for more than 15 minutes. The
compressor can overheat and become permanently
damaged.
6. Turn the selector knob to REPAIR.
There are two accessory power sockets:
• In the console compartment
• In the center pocket

Until the sealant injection is complete, the pressure

shown on the pressure gauge will appear higher than
actual. After the sealant injection is complete the
REPAIR Side
pressure will drop and then begin to rise again as the
tire is inflated with air. This is normal. To accurately
measure the air pressure using the gauge, turn the air
compressor off only after the sealant injection is
complete.

Continued 627
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 628 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

Pressure Gauge 7. Press the inflator switch to turn on the kit. 1Injecting Sealant and Air
u The compressor starts injecting sealant If the required air pressure is not reached within 10
and air into the tire. minutes, the tire may be too severely damaged for
u When the sealant injection is complete, the kit to provide the necessary seal, and your vehicle
ON continue to add air. will need to be towed.
8. After the air pressure reaches to specified
See a dealer for a replacement sealant bottle and
pressure, turn off the kit.
proper disposal of an empty bottle.
u To check the pressure, occasionally turn
OFF
off the compressor and read the gauge.
u Refer to the driver’s doorjamb label for
the specified pressure.
Handling the Unexpected

Sealant/Air Hose 9. Unplug the power plug from the accessory

power socket.
10. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
11. Press the pressure relief button until the
Tire Valve Stem
gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).

Pressure Relief
Button
Repair Notification Label 12. Apply the repair notification label to the
U.S. flat surface of the wheel.
u The wheel surface must be clean to
ensure the label adheres properly.

Canada

628
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 629 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

■ Distributing the Sealant in the Tire

1. Apply the speed restriction label to the
U.S.
location as shown.
2. Drive the vehicle for about 10 minutes.
u Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
3. Stop the vehicle in a safe place.
Canada

Speed Restriction Label

Handling the Unexpected

4. Recheck the air pressure using the sealant/
Sealant/Air Hose
air hose on the compressor.

Continued 629
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 630 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

Center Pocket 5. Turn the selector knob to AIR. 1Distributing the Sealant in the Tire
u Do not turn the air compressor on to
check the pressure. 3 WARNING
2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire Running the engine with the vehicle in an
P. 632 enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon
monoxide.

Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can

Console Compartment cause unconsciousness and even death.
Only run the engine to power the air
Handling the Unexpected

compressor with the vehicle outdoors.

AIR Side

ON

630
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 631 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

6. If the air pressure is

• Less than 25 psi (175 kPa):
Do not add air or continue driving. The leak is too severe. Call for help and have
your vehicle towed.
2 Emergency Towing P. 655
• Front: 33 psi (230 kPa)/rear: 33 psi (225 kPa) or more:
Continue driving for another 10 minutes or until you reach the nearest service
station, whichever is sooner. Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). If you have not
reached a service station, stop and check the tire pressure.
u If the air pressure does not go down after the 10 minute drive, you do not
need to check the pressure any more. Drive to the nearest service station to

Handling the Unexpected

fix or replace the tire.
• Greater than 25 psi (175 kPa), but less than specified pressure:
Turn the air compressor on to inflate the tire until the tire pressure reaches
specified pressure.
2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 632
Then drive carefully for 10 more minutes or until you reach the nearest service
station, whichever is sooner. Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). If you have not
reached a service station, stop and check the tire pressure.
u You should repeat this procedure as long as the air pressure is within this
range.
7. Unplug the kit from the accessory power
socket.
8. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
9. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).
10. Repackage and properly stow the kit.

Pressure Relief Button

Continued 631
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 632 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

■ Inflating an Under-inflated Tire 1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire

NOTICE
You can use the kit to inflate a non-punctured under-inflated tire.
Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit
Sealant/ 1. Open the trunk floor lid. compressor for more than 15 minutes. The
Air Hose 2 Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair compressor can overheat and become permanently
the Flat Tire P. 624 damaged.
2. Remove the kit from the case.
3. Place the kit, face up, on flat ground near
the flat tire, away from traffic. Do not
place the kit on its side.
4. Remove the sealant/air hose from the kit.
Handling the Unexpected

5. Remove the valve cap.

Valve Cap

Sealant/Air Hose 6. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire

valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.

Tire Valve Stem

632
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 633 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

Center Pocket 7. Plug in the kit to the accessory power 1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
socket.
u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a 3 WARNING
door or window. Running the engine with the vehicle in an
u Do not plug any other electronic enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
devices into other accessory power cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon
sockets. monoxide.
2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 223
8. Turn the power system on. Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can
Console Compartment 2 Turning on the Power P. 458 cause unconsciousness and even death.
u Keep the power system on while Only run the engine to power the air

Handling the Unexpected

injecting air. compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 78

9. Turn the selector knob to AIR.

AIR Side 10. Press the inflator switch to turn on the kit.
u The compressor starts to inject air into
the tire.
ON 11. Inflate the tire to the specified air pressure.

Continued 633
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 634 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

12. Turn off the kit.

u Check the pressure gauge on the air
compressor.
u If overinflated, press the pressure relief
button.
13. Unplug the kit from the accessory power
socket.
14. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire
Pressure Relief Button valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
15. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).
Handling the Unexpected

16. Repackage and properly stow the kit.

634
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 635 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Handling of the Jack

Your vehicle has jacking points as shown.

When replacing your tires, consult a dealer.

Handling the Unexpected

Jacking Points

635
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 636 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Power System Won’t Start

Checking the Procedure
When the READY indicator does not come on and the Ready To Drive message 1Checking the Procedure
does not appear on the driver information interface, check the following items and If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an
take appropriate action. assisting vehicle or booster battery to jump start it.
2 Jump Starting P. 639

Checklist Condition What to Do

Check if the related The Temperature Is Too Cold For Vehicle To Operate 2 Driver Information Interface Warning and
indicator or driver message appears. Information Messages P. 108
information interface The To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message
messages come on. appears. 2 If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
Handling the Unexpected

uMake sure the smart entry remote is in its operating range. P. 637
2 POWER Button Operating Range P. 188
The POWER SYSTEM indicator comes on. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
The transmission system indicator blinks and Transmission
2 If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks
System Problem. Apply Parking Brake When Parked. See
along with the Warning Message P. 650
Your Dealer. message appears.
Check the brightness The interior lights are dim or do not come on at all. Have the 12-volt battery checked by a dealer.
of the interior lights. The interior lights come on normally. Check all fuses, or have your vehicle checked by
a dealer.
2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 654
Check the shift The transmission is not in (P . Put the transmission into (P .
position.
Check the When the immobilizer system indicator is blinking, the power
immobilizer system system cannot be turned on. 2 Immobilizer System Indicator P. 98
indicator.

636
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 637 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuPower System Won’t StartuIf the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak

If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak

If the beeper sounds, the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message
appears on the driver information interface, and the POWER button flashes, the
READY indicator does not come on. Turn on the power system as follows:
1. Touch the center of the POWER button
with the H logo on the smart entry remote
while the POWER button is flashing. The
buttons on the smart entry remote should
be facing you.
u The POWER button flashes for about 30
seconds.

Handling the Unexpected

2. Depress the brake pedal and press the
POWER button within 10 seconds after the
beeper sounds and the POWER button
changes from flashing to on.
u The READY indicator comes on.
u If you don’t depress the pedal, the mode
will change to ACCESSORY.

637
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 638 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuPower System Won’t StartuEmergency Power System Off

Emergency Power System Off

The POWER button may be used to turn the power system off due to an emergency 1Emergency Power System Off
situation even while driving. If you must turn the power system off, do either of the Do not press the button while driving unless it is
following operations: absolutely necessary for the power system to be
• Press and hold the POWER button for about two seconds. turned off.
• Firmly press the POWER button three times.

The steering wheel will not lock. However, because turning off the power system
disables the power assist the power system provides to the steering and braking
systems, it will require significantly more physical effort and time to steer and slow
the vehicle. Use both feet on the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle and stop
immediately in a safe place.
Handling the Unexpected

The transmission automatically changes to (P after the vehicle comes to a complete

stop. Then, the power mode changes to VEHICLE OFF.

638
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 639 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Jump Starting

■ Jump Starting Procedure 1Jump Starting

Turn off the power to electric devices, such as audio and lights. Turn off the power 3 WARNING
system, then open the hood. A 12-volt battery can explode if you do not
1. Open the cover on the positive + terminal. follow the correct procedure, seriously
2. Connect the first jumper cable to your injuring anyone nearby.
vehicle’s 12-volt battery + terminal.
3. Connect the other end of the first jumper Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking
cable to the booster battery + terminal. materials away from the 12-volt battery.
u Use a 12-volt booster battery only.
u When using an automotive battery Securely attach the jumper cables clips so that they

Handling the Unexpected

charger to boost your 12-volt battery, do not come off when the engine vibrates. Also be
select a lower charging voltage than 15- careful not to tangle the jumper cables or allow the
Booster Battery cable ends to touch each other while attaching or
volt. Check the charger manual for the
proper setting. detaching the jumper cables.
4. Connect the second jumper cable to the
12-volt battery performance degrades in cold
booster battery - terminal. conditions and may prevent the engine from starting.

5. Connect the other end of the second

jumper cable to the upper torque mounting
bolt as shown. Do not connect this jumper
cable to any other part.
6. If your vehicle is connected to another
vehicle, start the assisting vehicle’s engine
and increase its rpm slightly.
7. Attempt to start your vehicle’s engine. If it
turns over slowly, check that the jumper
cables have good metal-to-metal contact.

Continued 639
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 640 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuJump Startingu

■ What to Do After the Engine Starts 1What to Do After the Engine Starts
The Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) system, Vehicle
Once your vehicle’s engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the following Stability Assist® (VSA®) OFF, adaptive cruise control
order. (ACC) with low speed follow (LSF), safety support,
and low tire pressure/TPMS indicators may come on
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s ground. in amber along with a message in the driver
2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery - information interface when you set the power mode
to ON after re-connecting a 12-volt battery.
terminal.
Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h).
3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s 12-volt battery + terminal. Each indicator should go off. If any do not, have your
4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery + vehicle checked by a dealer.
terminal.
Handling the Unexpected

Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or a dealer.

640
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 641 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Overheating
How to Handle Overheating
Overheating symptoms are as follows:
• The Power System Temperature High. Power May Be Reduced. message
appears on the driver information interface.
• The Engine Temperature Too Hot. Do Not Drive. Allow Engine To Cool.
message appears on the driver information interface.
• Steam or spray comes out of the engine compartment.

■ The Power System Temperature High. Power May Be

Reduced. Message Appears on the Driver Information
Interface

Handling the Unexpected

The Power System Temperature High. Power May Be Reduced. message
appears on the driver information interface when the power system temperature is
high.
2 Driver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages P. 108
1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place.
u Put the transmission into (P , and set the parking brake. Turn off all accessories
and turn on the hazard warning lights.
2. Keep the power mode on, and wait until the message disappears.
u If the message does not disappear, have your vehicle inspected at a dealer.

Continued 641
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 642 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating

■ The Engine Temperature Too Hot. Do Not Drive. Allow 1The Engine Temperature Too Hot. Do Not Drive. Allow
Engine To Cool. Message Appears on the Driver Information Engine To Cool. Message Appears on the Driver Information
Interface Interface

■ First thing to do 3 WARNING

1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place. Steam and spray from an overheated
2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights.
engine can seriously scald you.
u No steam or spray present: Keep the power system on and open the hood.
u Steam or spray is present: Turn off the power system and wait until it Do not open the hood if steam is coming
subsides. Then open the hood. out.
Handling the Unexpected

NOTICE
Continuing to drive with the Engine Temperature
Too Hot. Do Not Drive. Allow Engine To Cool.
message on the driver information interface may
damage the engine.

642
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 643 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating

■ Next thing to do 1The Engine Temperature Too Hot. Do Not Drive. Allow
1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and Engine To Cool. Message Appears on the Driver Information
Engine
Coolant turn the power system off once the Engine Interface
Reserve Temperature Too Hot. Do Not Drive.
Tank Allow Engine To Cool. message 3 WARNING
disappears. Removing the radiator cap while the
u If the cooling fan is not operating, engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
MAX immediately turn the power system off. out, seriously scalding you.
2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect
MIN Always let the engine and radiator cool
the coolant level and check the cooling
system components for leaks. down before removing the radiator cap.

Handling the Unexpected

u If the coolant level in the engine coolant
reserve tank is low, add coolant until it If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs.
reaches the MAX mark.
u If there is no coolant in the reserve tank, Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only.
check that the radiator is cool. Cover the Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze
as soon as possible.
radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open
the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to
the base of the filler neck, and put the
cap back on.

■ Last thing to do
Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, turn the power system on.
If the Engine Temperature Too Hot. Do Not Drive. Allow Engine To Cool.
message does not appear, resume driving. If it appears again, contact a dealer for
repairs.

643
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 644 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Indicator, Coming On/Blinking

If the Low Oil Pressure Symbol Appears
■ Reasons for the symbol to appear 1If the Low Oil Pressure Symbol Appears
Appears when the engine oil pressure is low. NOTICE
■ What to do as soon as the symbol appears Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause
1. Immediately park the vehicle on level ground in a safe place. serious mechanical damage almost immediately.
2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights on.
■ What to do after parking the vehicle
1. Turn the power system off and let the engine sit for about three
minute.
2. Open the hood and check the oil level.
u Add oil as necessary.
2 Oil Check P. 579
Handling the Unexpected

3. Start the engine and check the low oil pressure symbol.
u The symbol disappears: Start driving again.
u The symbol does not disappear within 10 seconds: Turn the power
off and contact a dealer for repairs immediately.

If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System Indicator

Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when the 12-volt battery is not being charged.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Turn off the climate control system, rear defogger, and other electrical
systems, and immediately contact a dealer for repairs.

644
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 645 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks

If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or

Blinks 1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks

■ Reasons for the indicator lamp to come on or blink NOTICE

• Comes on if there is a problem with the engine emissions control If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on,
system. the emissions control system and the engine could be
damaged.
• Blinks when engine misfiring is detected.
■ What to do when the indicator lamp comes on If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when
Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a restarting the engine, drive to the nearest dealer at
dealer. 31 mph (50 km/h) or less. Have your vehicle
■ What to do when the indicator lamp blinks inspected.
Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least
10 minutes or more with the engine stopped until it cools.

Handling the Unexpected

645
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 646 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks

If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or

Blinks 1If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks

U.S. ■ Reasons for the indicator to come on Have your vehicle repaired immediately.
It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there
• The brake fluid is low.
is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop
• There is a malfunction in the brake system. immediately in a safe place. If necessary, downshift
Canada ■ What to do when the indicator comes on while driving the transmission.
Depress the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure.
• If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop. If the brake system indicator (red) and ABS indicator
• If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the come on simultaneously, the electronic brake
transmission to slow the vehicle using regenerative braking. distribution system is not working. This can result in
vehicle instability under sudden braking.
■ Reasons for the indicator to blink
Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer immediately.
• There is a problem with the electric parking brake system.
Handling the Unexpected

■ What to do when the indicator blinks If the brake system indicator (red) blinks at the same
• Avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle checked by a time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes
dealer immediately. on, the parking brake may not work.
Avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle
checked by a dealer immediately.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes
On or Blinks at the Same Time When the
Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On
P. 647

If you repeatedly operate the electric parking brake in

a short period of time, the brake stops operating to
prevent heating of the system and the indicator
blinks.
It returns to its original state in approximately one
minute.

646
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 647 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks at the Same Time When the Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On

If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or

Blinks at the Same Time When the Brake System 1 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks at the Same
Indicator (Amber) Comes On Time When the Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On
If you apply the parking brake, you may not be able
U.S. ■If the brake system indicator (red) comes on or blinks at the to release it.
same time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes on,
release the parking brake manually or automatically. If the brake system indicator (red) and the brake
2 Parking Brake P. 539 system indicator (amber) come on at the same time,
Canada
the parking brake is working.
•If the brake system indicator (red) continuously comes on or blinks at
If the brake system indicator (red) blinks at the same
the same time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes on, time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes
(Red)
stop the vehicle in a safe place and have it inspected by a dealer on, the parking brake may not work because it is

Handling the Unexpected

immediately. checking the system.
U.S. u Preventing the vehicle from moving
Put the transmission into (P .

Canada •If only the brake system indicator (red) is turned off, avoid using the
parking brake and have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.

(Amber)

647
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 648 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On

If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator

Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
• Comes on if there is a problem with the EPS system.
• If you depress the accelerator pedal repeatedly to increase the engine
speed while the engine is idling, the indicator comes on, and
sometimes the steering wheel becomes harder to operate.
• Comes on when EPS steering angle center point memory is lost. This
could be due to a number of problems to include: 12-volt battery
disconnect, main fuse blow, low battery causing reset of the EPS
system, or wire damage to the EPS harness. The Vehicle Stability
Assist® (VSA®) system, Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) OFF, adaptive
Handling the Unexpected

cruise control (ACC) with low speed follow (LSF), safety support, and
low tire pressure/TPMS indicators also come on in amber along with a
message in the driver information interface.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
• Stop the vehicle in a safe place and turn on the power system again.
If the indicator comes on and stays on, immediately have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.
• If the Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) system, Vehicle Stability Assist®
(VSA®) OFF, adaptive cruise control (ACC) with low speed follow (LSF),
safety support, and low tire pressure/TPMS indicators also come on in
amber along with a message in the driver information interface, you
need to calibrate the VSA® and EPS systems.
Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h) to calibrate the
VSA® and EPS systems.
If the indicators come on and stay on, park your vehicle in a safe
place, turn off and restart the power system, then repeat the above
operation.
If the indicators still come on and stay on, immediately have your
vehicle inspected by a dealer.
648
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 649 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks

If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or

Blinks 1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink NOTICE
A tire pressure is significantly low, or the TPMS has not been calibrated. Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause
If there is a problem with the TPMS, the indicator blinks for about one it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always
inflate your tires to the prescribed level.
minute, and then stays on.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Drive carefully and avoid abrupt cornering and hard braking.
Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the
pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on
the driver side doorjamb.
u Calibrate the TPMS after the tire pressure is adjusted.

Handling the Unexpected

■ What to do when the indicator blinks, then remains on
Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible.

649
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 650 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message

If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along

with the Warning Message 1If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the
■ Reasons for the indicator to blink Warning Message
The transmission is malfunctioning. You may not be able to turn on the power system.
■ What to do when the indicator blinks
Make sure to set the parking brake when parking
• Immediately have your vehicle inspected by a dealer. your vehicle.

Call a professional towing service if you need to tow

your vehicle.
2 Emergency Towing P. 655
Handling the Unexpected

650
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 651 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Fuses
Fuse Locations
If any electrical devices are not working, set ■ Circuit protected and fuse rating Circuit Protected Amps
the power mode to VEHICLE OFF, and check
Circuit Protected Amps RFC 40 A
to see if any applicable fuse is blown.
1 Battery 150 A − (30 A)
− (70 A) SRM2 30 A
■ Engine Compartment Fuse EPS 70 A
5
ABS/VSA Motor 40 A
Box − (30 A) IG Main 2 30 A
Located near the 12-volt battery. Push the Fuse Box Main 2 60 A ENG EWP 30 A
2
tabs to open the box. Electric Servo Brake 40 A 6 SRM1 30 A
Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box ABS/VSA FSR 40 A 7 − −
cover. Locate the fuse in question by the SBW 1 30 A 8 Wiper Motor 30 A

Handling the Unexpected

fuse number and box cover number. IG Main 1 30 A 9 Brake Light 10 A
Rear Defogger 40 A 10 EVTC 20 A
Fuse Box Main 1 60 A 11 PCU EWP 15 A
− (30 A) 12 RFC Coil 10 A
Heater Motor 40 A 13 IGP 15 A
3
− (40 A) 14 IG Hold 10 A
− (30 A) 15 FI ECU 10 A
− (30 A) 16 Battery Sensor 7.5 A
− (30 A) 17 DBW 15 A
− (30 A) 18 Ignition Coil 15 A
Fuse Box Option 2 * (70 A) 19 Hazard 15 A
4
− (40 A) 20 − −
Fuse Box Option 1 60 A 21 P-ACT ECU 7.5 A
22 Heated Steering Wheel *, *1 (10 A)
23 − −
24 Audio 15 A
*1:Canadian models

* Not available on all models Continued 651

 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 652 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuFusesuFuse Locations

■ Circuit protected and fuse rating

Circuit Protected Amps ■ Interior Fuse Box
25 Rear Seat Heaters * (20 A) Located under the dashboard. Circuit Protected Amps
26 Heated Windshield*1 (15 A) 1 − −
27 Back Up 10 A 2 Driver’s Side Door Unlock 10 A
28 Horn 10 A Passenger’s Side Door
3 10 A
29 Front Fog Lights * (10 A) Unlock
30 A/C EWP (10 A) 4 ACCESSORY 10 A
31 − − 5 ACC Key Lock 7.5 A
32 Washer Motor 15 A 6 SRS 10 A
Fuse Label 7 − −
33 − −
Handling the Unexpected

34 − (10 A) 8 IG Hold2 (10 A)

35 Audio Sub * (7.5 A) Fuse locations are shown on the label on 9 SMART 10 A
36 IGPS (LAF) 7.5 A the side panel. 10 − −
37 IG1 E-PARKING 7.5 A Locate the fuse in question by the fuse 11 Driver’s Side Door Lock 10 A
38 IG1 IPU 10 A number and label number. 12 Driver’s Door Lock (10 A)
39 IG1 TCU 10 A 13 Passenger’s Side Door Lock 10 A
40 IG1 Fuel Pump 20 A 14 IG2_Option 10 A
41 IG1 ABS/VSA 7.5 A 15 Daytime Running Lights 10 A
42 IG1 ACG 10 A Accessory Power Socket
16 (20 A)
43 IG1 RFC 7.5 A (Console Compartment)
44 IG1 Monitor 7.5 A 17 Moonroof * (20 A)
45 − − 18 − −
19 − −
*1:Canadian models
20 Shift By Wire ECU (10 A)
21 Driver’s Door Unlock (10 A)
22 − −
23 − −
24 Premium Audio * (20 A)
652 * Not available on all models
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 653 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuFusesuFuse Locations

Circuit Protected Amps Circuit Protected Amps

25 − − 49 Door Lock 20 A
26 − − Front Accessory Power
50 20 A
27 − − Socket
28 − − Rear Passenger’s Side
51 20 A
29 − − Power Window
30 − − Rear Driver’s Side Power
52 20 A
31 − − Window
32 IG Hold3 (15 A) Front Passenger’s Power
53 20 A
33 Driver’s Power Seat Sliding * (20 A) Window
54 Driver’s Power Window 20 A

Handling the Unexpected

Passenger’s Power Seat
34 (20 A) 55 − −
Sliding *
35 IG1_Option2 10 A
36 Meter 10 A
37 IG1_Option1 10 A
Driver’s Power Seat
38 (20 A)
Reclining *
Passenger’s Power Seat
39 (20 A)
Reclining *
40 Driver’s Lumbar Support * (10 A)
41 − −
42 Front Air Ventilated Seat * (20 A)
43 +B_Option 10 A
44 ADS * (20 A)
45 − −
46 SRS 10 A
47 − −
48 Head-Up Display * (10 A)
* Not available on all models 653
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 654 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuFusesuInspecting and Changing Fuses

Inspecting and Changing Fuses

Screw 1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF. Turn 1Inspecting and Changing Fuses
headlights and all accessories off. NOTICE
Blown Fuse 2. Remove the fuse box cover. Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating
3. Check the large fuse in the engine greatly increases the chances of damaging the
compartment. electrical system.
u If the fuse is blown, use a Phillips-head
screwdriver to remove the screw and Replace fuse with a spare fuse of the same specified
amperage.
Combined replace it with a new one.
Confirm the specified amperage using the charts on
Fuse
P. 651 to 653.
4. Inspect the small fuses in the engine
Fuse Puller compartment and the vehicle interior. There is a fuse puller on the back of the engine
Handling the Unexpected

u If there is a blown fuse, remove it with compartment fuse box cover.

the fuse puller and replace it with a new
one.

654
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 655 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Emergency Towing

Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle. 1Emergency Towing
NOTICE
■ Flat bed equipment Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will
The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a truck. cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed
This is the best way to transport your vehicle. to support the vehicle’s weight.

■ Wheel lift equipment NOTICE

The tow truck uses two pivoting arms that go under the front tires and lift them off Improper towing such as towing behind a
the ground. The rear tires remain on the ground. This is an acceptable way to motorhome or other motor vehicle can damage the
transmission.
tow your vehicle.
Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain.

Handling the Unexpected

It is very dangerous since ropes or chains may shift
from side to side or break.

655
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 656 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door

■ What to Do When Unable to Unlock the Fuel Fill Door 1When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have
If you cannot unlock the fuel fill door, use the following procedure. your vehicle checked.
1. Open the trunk.
2. Pull the release cord beneath the rear tray
as shown.
u The release cord unlocks the fuel fill door
Release Cord when it is pulled.
Handling the Unexpected

656
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 657 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

When You Cannot Open the Trunk

■ What to Do When Unable to Open the Trunk 1When You Cannot Open the Trunk
Following up:
If you cannot open the trunk, use the following procedure. After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have
1. Remove the built-in key from the smart your vehicle checked.
entry remote.
2. Remove the cover with the key.
u Wrap a key with a cloth to prevent
scratching the cover.

Trunk Release Cover

Handling the Unexpected

3. Insert the key into the cylinder and turn it
clockwise.
4. Replace the cover.

657
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 658 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Refueling
Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container
If you have run out of fuel and need to refuel your vehicle from a portable fuel 1Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container
container, use the funnel provided with your vehicle.
1. Turn off the power system. 3 WARNING
Funnel
2. Press on the edge of the fuel fill door to Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive.
make it pop up slightly. You can be burned or seriously injured
u The fuel fill door opens. when handling fuel.
3. Take the funnel out of the tool case in the
trunk. • Turn the power system off, and keep
2 Types of Tools P. 622 heat, sparks, and flame away.
4. Place the end of the funnel on the lower • Handle fuel only outdoors.
part of filler opening, then insert it slowly • Wipe up spills immediately.
Handling the Unexpected

and fully.
u Make sure that the end of the funnel NOTICE
goes down along with the filler pipe. Do not insert the nozzle of a portable fuel container
5. Fill the tank with fuel from the portable fuel or any funnel other than the one provided with your
container. vehicle. Doing so can damage the fuel system.
u Pour fuel carefully so you do not spill any. Do not try to pry open or push open the sealed fuel
tank with foreign objects. This can damage the fuel
6. Remove the funnel from the filler neck.
system and its seal.
u Wipe up any fuel from the funnel before
storing it. Make sure the fuel in the portable fuel container is
7. Shut the fuel fill door by hand. gasoline before you refuel.

658
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 659 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Information
This chapter includes your vehicle’s specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other
information required by regulation.

Specifications .................................... 660 Emissions Testing

Identification Numbers Testing of Readiness Codes.............. 665
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Warranty Coverages ........................ 667
Engine Number, Motor Number, and Authorized Manuals......................... 669
Transmission Number..................... 662 Customer Service Information......... 670
Devices that Emit Radio Waves ....... 663
Reporting Safety Defects ................. 664

659
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 660 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Specifications

■ Vehicle Specifications ■ Engine Specifications ■ Light Bulbs

Model Honda Accord Hybrid Displacement 121.6 cu-in (1,993 cm3) Headlights (Low Beam) LED
No. of Passengers: Spark Plugs NGK DILZKAR7D11S 60W (HB3)*1
Headlights (High Beam)
Front 2 LED*2
Rear 3 Fog Lights * LED
■ Fuel
Total 5 Parking/Daytime Running Lights LED
Fuel: Unleaded gasoline, Pump octane number Front Turn Signal Lights LED
Weights:
Type of 87 or higher
Gross Vehicle U.S.: 4,519 lbs (2,050 kg) Front Side Marker Lights LED
Fuel Tank Capacity 12.81 US gal (48.5 L)
Weight Rating Canada: 2,050 kg Side Turn Signal Lights *
LED
Gross Axle Weight (on Door Mirrors)
Rating (Front) U.S.: 2,557 lbs (1,160 kg) ■ Washer Fluid Brake Lights LED
Canada: 1,160 kg U.S.: 2.6 US qt (2.5 L) Rear Side Marker/Taillights LED
Gross Axle Weight Tank Capacity Rear Turn Signal Lights 21W (Amber)
Canada: 4.5 L
Rating (Rear) U.S.: 2,248 lbs (1,020 kg) Brake Lights (on Trunk) * LED
Canada: 1,020 kg Taillights (on Trunk) LED
Back-Up Lights (on Trunk) 16W
■ Air Conditioning High-Mount Brake Light LED
Rear License Plate Light LED
Refrigerant Type HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf)
Interior Lights
Charge Quantity 13.9 – 15.7 oz (395 – 445 g)
Map Lights 8W
Lubricant Type ND-OIL 11
Ceiling Light 8W
Quantity 7.3 – 8.2 cu-in (120 – 135 cm3)
Vanity Mirror Lights 1.4W
Center Pocket Light LED
Information

Console Compartment Light * LED

Door Inner Handle Lights * LED
Door Courtesy Lights * 2CP
Trunk Light 5W
*1: Models with halogen high beam headlights
*2: Models with LED high beam headlights

660 * Not available on all models

18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 661 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuSpecificationsu

■ Brake Fluid ■ Engine Oil ■ Tire

Specified Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 ·Genuine Honda Motor Oil 0W-20 Size 225/50R17 94V
Recommended
·API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil Pressure
Change 3.7 US qt (3.5 L) Regular psi (kPa [kgf/cm2])
■ Transmission Fluid Change Front 33 (230 [2.3])
Capacity
Honda ATF DW-1 including 4.0 US qt (3.8 L) Rear 33 (225 [2.3])
Specified
(automatic transmission fluid) filter Wheel Size Regular 17 x 7 1/2J
Capacity Change 2.3 US qt (2.2 L)
■ Engine Coolant
Specified Honda Long-Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2
Ratio 50/50 with distilled water
1.29 US gal (4.88 L)
Capacity (change including the remaining
0.17 US gal (0.66 L) in the reserve tank)

■ Inverter Coolant
Specified Honda Long-Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2
Ratio 50/50 with distilled water
0.219 US gal (0.83 L)
Capacity (change including the remaining
0.048 US gal (0.18 L) in the filler tank)

Information
661
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 662 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number,
Motor Number, and Transmission Number 1Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, Motor
Number, and Transmission Number
Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your
vehicle for warranty purposes, and for licensing and insuring your vehicle. The interior vehicle identification number (VIN) is
located under the cover.
The locations of your vehicle’s VIN, engine number, motor number, and
transmission number are shown as follows.

Vehicle Identification Number

Cover
Engine Number
Motor Number

Transmission Number
Certification Label/
Vehicle Identification Number Vehicle Identification
Number
Information

662
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 663 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Devices that Emit Radio Waves

The following products and systems on your vehicle emit radio waves when in operation.
Audio System
Blind Spot Information System *
Bluetooth® Audio
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM*
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver *
Immobilizer System
Keyless Access System
Remote Transmitter
Wireless Charger *

Each of the above complies with the appropriate requirements or the required standards of
FCC (Federal Communications Commission) and Industry Canada Standard, described below:

As required by the FCC:

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is
subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not

Information
cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to
operate the equipment.
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference
that may cause undesired operation of the device.
* Not available on all models 663
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 664 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Reporting Safety Defects

In the U.S.
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to
notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists
in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-
9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE.,
Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://
www.safercar.gov.

In Canada
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada.
Information

If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety
defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada
cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc.

To contact Transport Canada’s Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may call 1-800-333-0510. For
more information on reporting safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to http://www.tc.gc.ca/
roadsafety.

664
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 665 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes
Your vehicle has readiness codes as part of the onboard self diagnostic system. 1Testing of Readiness Codes
Some States use these codes for testing to verify whether your vehicle’s emissions The readiness codes are erased when the 12-volt
components are working properly. battery is disconnected, and set again only after
The codes may not be read properly if testing is performed just after the 12-volt several days of driving under a variety of conditions.
battery has gone dead or been disconnected.
If a testing facility determines that the readiness
codes are not set, you may be requested to return at
To check if they are set, set the power mode to ON, without turning the power a later date to complete the test.
system on. The malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it
then goes off, the readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes If the testing facility determines the readiness codes
are not set. are still not set, see a dealer.

If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready,
prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following:

1. Fill the gas tank to approximately 3/4 full.

2. Park the vehicle and leave the power system off for six hours or more.
3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40°F and 95°F (4°C and 35°C).
4. Turn the power system on.

Information
Continued 665
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 666 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuEmissions TestinguTesting of Readiness Codes

5. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed
of 50 to 60 mph (80 to 97 km/h) for at least 20 minutes. Drive on the highway in
(D . Do not use cruise control. When traffic allows, drive for 90 seconds without
moving the accelerator pedal. (Vehicle speed may vary slightly; this is okay.) If you
cannot do this for a continuous 90 seconds because of traffic conditions, drive for
at least 30 seconds, then repeat it two more times (for a total of 90 seconds).
6. Drive in city or suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes. When traffic conditions
allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal
or the brake pedal.
7. Park the vehicle and leave the power system off for 40 minutes.
Information

666
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 667 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Warranty Coverages

■ U.S. Owners
Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties:

New Vehicle Limited Warranty – covers your new vehicle, except for the
emissions control systems and accessories, against defects in materials and
workmanship.

Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance

Warranty – these two warranties cover your vehicle’s emissions control systems.
Time, mileage, and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for
exact information.

Seat Belt Limited Warranty – a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered
by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details.

Rust Perforation Limited Warranty – all exterior body panels are covered against
rusting from the inside out for the specified time period, regardless of mileage.

Information
Accessory Limited Warranty – Honda accessories are covered under this
warranty. Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other
factors. Please read your warranty booklet for details.

Replacement Parts Limited Warranty – covers all Honda replacement parts

against defects in materials and workmanship.

Continued 667
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 668 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

uuWarranty Coveragesu

Replacement 12-Volt Battery Limited Warranty – provides prorated coverage

for a replacement battery purchased from your dealer.

Replacement Muffler Lifetime Limited Warranty – provides coverage for as

long as the purchaser of the muffler owns the vehicle.

Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the Honda
warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on
warranty coverages. Your vehicle’s original tires are covered by their manufacturer.
Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet.

■ Canadian Owners
Please refer to the warranty manual that came with your vehicle.

■ EPA Contact Information

An owner may obtain further information concerning emission warranties or report
violations of the terms of the emission warranties by contacting:
Information

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency

Office of Transportation and Air Quality
Compliance Division, Light-Duty Vehicle Group
Attn: Warranty Complaints
2000 Traverwood Drive
Ann Arbor, MI 48105
Email: [email protected]

668
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 669 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Authorized Manuals

■ Service Express
For electronic copies of service publications, you can purchase a subscription to
Service Express. Visit www.techinfo.honda.com for pricing and options.

■ For U.S. Owners

Manuals can be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can order a manual by
phone at 1 (800) 782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at www.helminc.com.

■ For Canadian Owners

Please contact a dealer to order any manuals that you may require.

Information
669
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 670 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Customer Service Information

Honda dealership personnel are trained professionals who should be able to deal 1Customer Service Information
with any problems you may encounter with your vehicle. If, however, you are faced When you call or write, please give us the following
with a problem that they cannot resolve to your satisfaction, contact Honda information:
Customer Services. • Vehicle Identification Number
2 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
Engine Number, Motor Number, and
Transmission Number P. 662
U.S. Owners Canadian Owners
• Date of purchase
American Honda Motor Co., Inc. Honda Canada Inc. • Odometer reading of your vehicle
Honda Automobile Customer Services Customer Relations • Your name, address, and telephone number
Mail Stop 100-5E-8A 180 Honda Boulevard • A detailed description of the problem
1919 Torrance Blvd. Markham, ON • Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you
Torrance, CA 90501-2746 L6C 0H9
Tel: 1 (800) 999-1009 Tel: 1-888-9-HONDA-9
Fax: 1-877-939-0909
E-mail: [email protected]

In Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin

Islands
Bella International
Information

P.O. Box 190816

San Juan, PR 00919-0816
Tel: 1 (787) 620-7546

670
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 671 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Index
Index
Numbers Air Conditioning System (Climate Control Audio System............................................ 238
System) .................................................... 232 Adjusting the Sound........................ 251, 289
12-Volt Battery
Changing the Mode ................................ 232 Audio/Information Screen................ 247, 268
Charging System Indicator ........................ 90
Defrosting the Windshield and Display Setup .................................. 252, 290
12-Volt Battery Charging System
Windows ............................................... 233 Error Messages........................................ 340
Indicator ........................................... 90, 644
Dust and Pollen Filter ............................... 612 General Information ................................ 345
Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode ................... 232 Home Screen........................................... 276
A Sensors.................................................... 235 How to Update Wirelessly ....................... 283
Synchronization Mode ............................. 234 How to Update with a USB Device........... 287
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System).................. 546
Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 232 How to use Siri ® Eyes Free .............. 266, 332
Accessories and Modifications ................ 618
Air Pressure ....................................... 601, 661 iPod ................................................ 255, 310
Accessory Power Sockets ......................... 223
Airbags ........................................................ 49 Limitations for Manual Operation ............ 291
Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System............ 476
Advanced Airbags ..................................... 55 MP3/WMA/AAC.............................. 260, 313
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
After a Collision......................................... 52 Near Field Communication (NFC)............. 329
Speed Follow (LSF) ................................. 502
Airbag Care ............................................... 64 Pandora®................................................. 258
Indicator (Amber).................................... 102
Event Data Recorder .................................... 0 Reactivating ............................................ 241
Indicator (Green)..................................... 102
Front Airbags (SRS) .................................... 52 Remote Controls ..................................... 242
Adaptive Damper System ........................ 477
Indicator .............................................. 62, 93 Security Code.......................................... 241
Additives
Knee Airbags ............................................. 56 Selecting an Audio Source....................... 291
Coolant .......................................... 583, 585
Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator ......... 63 Status Area ............................................. 281
Engine Oil ............................................... 578
Sensors...................................................... 49 System Updates....................................... 283
Washer ................................................... 588
Side Airbags .............................................. 59 Theft Protection ...................................... 241
Additives, Engine Oil ............................... 578
Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 61 USB Flash Drives ...................... 260, 313, 346
Adjusting
AM/FM Radio .................................... 253, 295 USB Ports ................................................ 239
Armrest .................................................. 216
Ambient Lights ......................................... 218 Wallpaper Setup.............................. 249, 274
Front Seats.............................................. 208
Android AutoTM ........................................ 336 Audio/Information Screen ............... 247, 268

Index
Head Restraints....................................... 214
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 546 Authorized Manuals ................................ 669
Mirrors.................................................... 206
Indicator .................................................... 93 Auto Door Locking/Unlocking................. 177
Rear Seats............................................... 212
Apple CarPlayTM ........................................ 333 Customize............................................... 394
Steering Wheel ....................................... 205
Armrest ..................................................... 216 Auto High-Beam....................................... 195
Agile Handling Assist............................... 480
Audio Remote Controls............................ 242 Indicator.................................................... 93

671
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 672 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Automatic Brake Hold.............................. 544 Fluid........................................................ 587 Child Safety ................................................ 65

Indicator ............................................ 88, 544 Foot Brake............................................... 543 Childproof Door Locks ............................ 176
Automatic Brake Hold System Indicator (Amber) .............................. 84, 647 Emergency Trunk Opener........................ 180
Indicator ............................................ 88, 544 Indicator (Red)........................... 83, 646, 647 Child Seat ................................................... 65
Automatic Intermittent Wipers ............... 199 Parking Brake .......................................... 539 Booster Seats ............................................ 77
Automatic Lighting .................................. 192 Brightness Control (Instrument Panel).... 201 Child Seat for Infants ................................ 67
Average Fuel Economy............................. 140 Built-in Key ............................................... 166 Child Seat for Small Children .................... 68
Average Fuel Economy Records............... 153 Bulb Replacement .................................... 589 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat
Average Speed.......................................... 142 Brake Lights, Taillights, Rear Side Marker Belt ......................................................... 72
Lights, and Rear Turn Signal Lights ........ 592 Larger Children ......................................... 76
Fog Lights ............................................... 591 Rear-facing Child Seat............................... 67
B Front Side Marker Lights.......................... 591 Selecting a Child Seat ............................... 69
Battery................................................. 11, 609 Front Turn Signal Lights........................... 591 Using a Tether .......................................... 74
12-Volt .................................................... 609 Headlights............................................... 589 Childproof Door Locks............................. 176
Charging (12-Volt Battery) ....................... 610 High-Mount Brake Light .......................... 596 Cleaning the Exterior............................... 615
High Voltage ..................................... 11, 489 Parking/Daytime Running Lights .............. 591 Cleaning the Interior ............................... 613
Jump Starting .......................................... 639 Rear License Plate Light ........................... 596 Climate Control System ........................... 232
Maintenance (Checking the 12-Volt Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Changing the Mode................................ 232
Battery).................................................. 609 Lights .................................................... 591 Defrosting the Windshield and
Maintenance (Replacing the Button Taillights, Brake Lights, and Back-Up Windows .............................................. 233
Battery).................................................. 611 Lights .................................................... 594 Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 612
Belts (Seat) .................................................. 42 Bulb Specifications ................................... 660 Recirculation and Fresh Air Mode ............ 232
Beverage Holders...................................... 221 Sensors ................................................... 235
Blind spot information (BSI) System ........ 486 Synchronization Mode ............................ 234
Bluetooth® Audio ............................. 263, 316 C Using Automatic Climate Control............ 232
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® ............. 400, 424 Carbon Monoxide Gas ............................... 78 Clock ......................................................... 164
Index

Booster Seats (For Children)....................... 77 Cargo Hook............................................... 227 CMBSTM (Collision Mitigation Braking
Brake System............................................. 539 Carrying Cargo ................................. 453, 455 SystemTM) ................................................ 493
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ................... 546 Center Pocket ........................................... 219 Coat Hook ................................................ 227
Automatic Brake Hold.............................. 544 Certification Label.................................... 662 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM
Brake Assist System ................................. 547 Changing Bulbs ........................................ 589 (CMBSTM) ................................................. 493

672
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 673 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Console Compartment............................. 220 Doors ......................................................... 166 Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
Controls .................................................... 163 Auto Door Locking .................................. 177 Indicator............................................ 95, 648
Coolant (Engine) ...................................... 583 Auto Door Unlocking............................... 177 Electronic Stability Control (ESC)............. 478
Adding to the Radiator ........................... 584 Door and Trunk Open Message ................. 41 Emergency ................................................ 655
Adding to the Reserve Tank .................... 583 Keys ........................................................ 166 Emergency Trunk Opener................ 180, 657
Overheating............................................ 641 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from Emissions Testing (Readiness Codes)....... 665
Coolant (Inverter) ............................ 585, 661 the Inside............................................... 174 Engine ....................................................... 662
Cooling System......................................... 583 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from Coolant........................................... 583, 661
Creeping (Transmission) .......................... 464 the Outside............................................ 168 Jump Starting.......................................... 639
Cross Traffic Monitor ............................... 554 Lockout Prevention System ...................... 173 Oil................................................... 578, 661
Cup Holders.............................................. 221 DOT Tire Quality Grading ........................ 603 Engine Coolant
Customer Service Information ................ 670 Driver Information Interface ................... 135 Adding to the Radiator............................ 584
Customized Features ....................... 367, 378 Switching the Display .............................. 135 Adding to the Reserve Tank..................... 583
Warning and Information Messages ........ 108 Overheating ............................................ 641
Driving....................................................... 451 Engine Oil ................................................. 578
D Braking.................................................... 539 Adding.................................................... 580
Daytime Running Lights .......................... 194 Shifting ................................................... 465 Checking................................................. 579
Dead Battery (12-Volt)............................. 639 Transmission............................................ 464 Displaying Oil Life.................................... 570
Deceleration Paddle Selector .................. 472 Turning on the Power .............................. 458 Low Oil Pressure Symbol.......................... 644
Indicator ................................................... 90 Driving Position Memory System............. 203 Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 578
Defaulting All the Settings...................... 396 Driving Support Information ................... 151 EPS (Electric Power Steering) System ...... 648
Defrosting the Windshield and Dust and Pollen Filter ............................... 612 EV Button.................................................... 13
Windows................................................. 233 EV Indicator ................................................ 87
Devices that Emit Radio Waves............... 663 EV Mode Indicator ..................................... 87
Dimming E Exhaust Gas Hazard (Carbon Monoxide) .. 78
Headlights .............................................. 191 Eco Assist® System ...................................... 16 Exterior Care (Cleaning)........................... 615

Index
Rearview Mirror ...................................... 206 Eco Drive Display ........................................ 17 Exterior Mirrors ........................................ 207
Dipstick (Engine Oil) ................................ 579 ECON Button............................................. 475
Directional Signals (Turn Signal)............. 191 ECON Mode
Display Button.......................................... 247 Indicator .................................................. 100
Door Mirrors............................................. 207 Elapsed Time ............................................. 142

673
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 674 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

F Fuel Economy ........................................... 564 HFL Menus...................................... 402, 427

Fuel Fill Door .............................. 30, 562, 656 HFL Status Display ........................... 401, 426
Features..................................................... 237
Fuses.......................................................... 651 In Case of Emergency ..................... 322, 447
Filters
Inspecting and Changing......................... 654 Limitations for Manual Operation.... 401, 426
Dust and Pollen ....................................... 612
Locations......................................... 651, 652 Making a Call ................................. 418, 436
Oil ........................................................... 581
Options During a Call...................... 423, 439
Flat Tire ..................................................... 623
Phone Setup ................................... 406, 429
Floor Mats ................................................. 614 G Receiving a Call............................... 422, 439
Fluids
Gasoline (Fuel) Receiving a Text Message........................ 441
Brake............................................... 587, 661 Economy ................................................. 564 Ring Tone ....................................... 412, 432
Engine Coolant................................ 583, 661
Gauge..................................................... 133 Selecting a Phone ................................... 442
Inverter Coolant............................... 585, 661
Information ..................................... 561, 660 Speed Dial .............................................. 415
Transmission.................................... 586, 661 Instant Fuel Economy .............................. 140 To Clear the System ................................ 413
Windshield Washer.......................... 588, 660
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 92 To Set Up a Text Message Options .......... 440
FM/AM Radio .................................... 253, 295
Refueling......................................... 561, 658 Hazard Warning Button .............................. 4
Fog Lights.................................................. 193 Gauges ...................................................... 133 HD RadioTM ............................................... 298
Indicator .................................................... 97
Glass (care)........................................ 613, 616 Head Restraints ........................................ 214
Folding Down the Rear Seat .................... 212
Glove Box.................................................. 219 Headlights ................................................ 191
Foot Brake................................................. 543
Aiming.................................................... 589
Front Airbags (SRS) ..................................... 52
Auto High-Beam ..................................... 195
Front Seats H Automatic Operation .............................. 192
Adjusting................................................. 208 Halogen Bulbs .......................................... 589 Dimming......................................... 191, 194
Front Sensor Camera ................................ 536 Handling of the Jack ................................ 635 Operating ............................................... 191
Fuel ...................................................... 30, 561 Handling the Unexpected........................ 621 Head-Up Display ...................................... 157
Economy ................................................. 564 HandsFreeLink® (HFL)....................... 400, 424 Heated Steering Wheel ........................... 228
Gauge ..................................................... 133 Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Heaters (Seat)........................... 229, 230, 231
Index

Instant Fuel Economy............................... 140 Call History.................................... 414, 433 HFL (HandsFreeLink®) ...................... 400, 424
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 92 Automatic Transferring.................... 412, 432 High Beam Indicator .................................. 97
Range...................................................... 140 Displaying Messages................................ 443 High Voltage Battery ............................... 489
Recommendation .................................... 561 Favorite Contacts .................................... 434 Hill Start Assist System ............................. 463
Refueling ......................................... 561, 658 HFL Buttons..................................... 400, 424 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ........... 397

674
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 675 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Honda App License Agreement .............. 347 ECON Mode .................................... 100, 475 Supplemental Restraint System............ 62, 93
Honda SensingTM ................................ 31, 492 Electric Power Steering (EPS) System .. 95, 648 System Message........................................ 99
HondaLink® .............................................. 318 EV ............................................................. 87 Transmission System.......................... 91, 650
Hybrid Vehicle EV Mode ................................................... 87 Turn Signal................................................ 97
SPORT HYBRID i-MMD (intelligent Multi Mode Fog Light ................................................... 97 Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) OFF............ 95
Drive) ...................................................... 10 Hazard Warning ........................................ 97 Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®)
High Beam ................................................ 97 System ............................................ 94, 478
Immobilizer System.................................... 98 VSA® On and Off .................................... 479
I Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Information .............................................. 659
Identification Numbers (Amber) ................................................. 103 Instant Fuel Economy............................... 140
Engine, Motor, and Transmission ............ 662 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Instrument Panel ........................................ 81
Vehicle Identification............................... 662 (Green) .......................................... 103, 520 Brightness Control................................... 201
Illumination Control Lights On................................................... 97 Interior Lights ........................................... 217
Dial......................................................... 201 Low Fuel.................................................... 92 Interior Rearview Mirror.......................... 206
Immobilizer System.................................. 181 Low Oil Pressure Symbol .......................... 644 Inverter Coolant ....................................... 585
Indicator ................................................... 98 Low Tire Pressure/TPMS ..... 96, 481, 484, 649 iPhone ....................................................... 346
Indicators.................................................... 82 Malfunction Indicator Lamp ............... 89, 645 iPod ........................................... 255, 310, 346
12-Volt Battery Charging System ...... 90, 644 Parking Brake and Brake System
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed (Amber) ........................................... 84, 647
Follow (LSF)........................................... 502 Parking Brake and Brake System
J
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed (Red)........................................ 83, 646, 647 Jump Starting ........................................... 639
Follow (LSF) (Amber) ............................. 102 POWER SYSTEM ........................................ 86
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed READY ...................................................... 87
Follow (LSF) (Green) .............................. 102 Safety Support (Amber) ........................... 104
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................... 93 Safety Support (Green/Gray) .................... 107
Auto High-Beam ....................................... 93 Seat Belt Reminder .............................. 43, 92

Index
Automatic Brake Hold....................... 88, 544 Security System Alarm ............................... 98
Automatic Brake Hold System ........... 88, 544 Shift Position ............................................. 90
Deceleration Paddle Selector ..................... 90 SPORT Mode ................................... 101, 471

675
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 676 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

K Load Limits................................................ 455 Remote Transmitter ................................ 611

Locking/Unlocking.................................... 166 Replacing Light Bulbs .............................. 589
Key
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking.................. 177 Safety ..................................................... 567
Type and Functions.................................. 166
Childproof Door Locks............................. 176 Service Items........................................... 573
Key Number Tag ....................................... 167
From Inside ............................................. 174 Tires........................................................ 600
Keyless Lockout Prevention ..................... 173
From Outside .......................................... 168 Transmission Fluid ................................... 586
Keys ........................................................... 166
Keys ........................................................ 166 Under the Hood...................................... 576
Built-in Key .............................................. 166
Using a Key ............................................. 173 Malfunction Indicator Lamp ............. 89, 645
Lockout Prevention .................................. 173
Lockout Prevention System ..................... 173 Map Lights................................................ 218
Number Tag ............................................ 167
Low Battery Charge (12-Volt).................. 644 Maximum Load Limit............................... 455
Rear Door Won’t Open ............................ 176
Low Fuel Indicator...................................... 92 Meters, Gauges ........................................ 133
Remote Transmitter ................................. 172
Low Oil Pressure Symbol.......................... 644 Mirrors ...................................................... 206
Valet Key ................................................. 180
Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Adjusting ................................................ 206
Knee Airbags............................................... 56
Strength .................................................. 167 Door ....................................................... 207
Lower Anchors............................................ 70 Exterior ................................................... 207
L Luggage (Maximum Load Limit) ............. 455 Interior Rearview ..................................... 206
Lumbar Support ....................................... 209 Modifications (and Accessories) .............. 618
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ......... 518
Lumbar Support Adjustment Switch....... 209 Moonroof ................................................. 187
LaneWatchTM ............................................. 490
Motor Number ......................................... 662
Language (HFL)......................................... 401
MP3................................................... 260, 313
LATCH (Child Seats) .................................... 70 M MP3/WMA/AAC........................................ 313
Lights ................................................. 191, 589
Maintenance..................................... 144, 565 Multi-View Rear Camera ......................... 558
Auto High-Beam...................................... 195
12-Volt Battery........................................ 609
Automatic ............................................... 192
Brake Fluid .............................................. 587
Bulb Replacement.................................... 589
Cleaning ................................................. 613 N
Daytime Running Lights ........................... 194
Climate Control System........................... 612 Navigation................................................ 143
Index

Fog Lights................................................ 193

Coolant........................................... 583, 585 Near Field Communication (NFC)............ 329
High Beam Indicator .................................. 97
Maintenance MinderTM ............................ 569 Numbers (Identification) ......................... 662
Interior .................................................... 217
Oil........................................................... 579
Light Switches ......................................... 191
Precautions ............................................. 566
Lights On Indicator .................................... 97
Radiator .................................................. 584
Turn Signals............................................. 191

676
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 677 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

O Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator READY Indicator......................................... 87

(Red) .......................................... 83, 646, 647 Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
Odometer ................................................. 137
Parking Sensor System ............................. 549 Button ..................................................... 200
Oil (Engine) .............................................. 578
Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator ....... 63 Rear Seat (Folding Down)........................ 212
Adding ................................................... 580
Passing Indicators ..................................... 191 Rear Seat Heaters ..................................... 231
Checking ................................................ 579
Phone ........................................................ 145 Rearview Mirror ....................................... 206
Displaying Oil Life ................................... 570
Playing Bluetooth® Audio ................ 263, 316 Refueling .................................................. 561
Low Oil Pressure Symbol ......................... 644
POWER Button.......................................... 188 Fuel Gauge.............................................. 133
Oil Life .................................................... 144
Power System Gasoline.................................. 561, 658, 660
Recommended Engine Oil ............... 578, 661
Turning on .............................................. 458 Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 92
Viscosity.......................................... 578, 661
Won’t Start ............................................. 636 Refuel Recommend ................................. 449
Open Source Licenses .............................. 361
POWER SYSTEM Indicator .......................... 86 Regulations............................... 484, 603, 663
Opening
Power Windows........................................ 184 Remote Transmitter ................................. 172
Trunk.............................................. 178, 657
POWER/CHARGE Gauge ........................... 146 Replacement
Opening/Closing
Precautions While Driving Battery .................................................... 611
Hood ...................................................... 577
Rain......................................................... 464 Bulbs....................................................... 589
Moonroof ............................................... 187
Pregnant Women ....................................... 47 Fuses............................................... 651, 652
Power Windows...................................... 184
Puncture (Tire) .......................................... 623 Tires ........................................................ 606
Trunk...................................................... 178
Wiper Blade Rubber ................................ 597
Outside Temperature Display ................. 138
Reporting Safety Defects ......................... 664
Overheating ............................................. 641 R Resetting a Trip Meter ..................... 138, 140
Radiator .................................................... 584 Reverse Tilt Door Mirror .......................... 207
P Radio (AM/FM).................................. 253, 295 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) ......... 526
Radio (FM/AM).................................. 253, 295 On and Off.............................................. 528
Pandora® .................................................. 258
Radio (SiriusXM®) ..................................... 299
Panic Mode............................................... 183
Radio Data System (RDS).................. 254, 297

Index
Parking ..................................................... 548
Range ........................................................ 140
Parking Brake........................................... 539
RDS (Radio Data System).................. 254, 297
Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator
Readiness Codes (Emissions Testing) ....... 665
(Amber)............................................. 84, 647

677
 18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 678 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

S Selector Knob (Audio).............................. 246 T

Shift Button Positions
Safe Driving................................................. 37 Temperature
Transmission ........................................... 465
Safety Check................................................ 41 Outside Temperature Display .................. 138
Shift Position Indicator ...................... 90, 467
Safety Labels ............................................... 79 Temperature Sensor ........................ 138, 235
Shoulder Anchor ........................................ 46
Safety Message ............................................. 1 Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Side Airbags................................................ 59
Seat Belts..................................................... 42 (TPMS)..................................................... 481
Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 61
Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor .................. 46 Indicator ........................................... 96, 649
Siri® Eyes Free ................................... 266, 332
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners.................. 44 Tires .......................................................... 600
SiriusXM® Radio........................................ 299
Checking ................................................... 48 Air Pressure..................................... 601, 661
Smart Entry with Push Button Start
Fastening................................................... 45 Checking and Maintaining ...................... 600
System ..................................................... 168
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Inspection ............................................... 600
Snow Tires................................................. 608
Belt.......................................................... 72 Labeling.................................................. 601
Spark Plugs ............................................... 660
Pregnant Women ...................................... 47 Puncture (Flat Tire) .................................. 623
Specifications............................................ 660
Reminder................................................... 43 Regulations............................................. 603
Specified Fuel ................................... 561, 660
Warning Indicator................................ 43, 92 Rotation.................................................. 607
Speedometer ............................................ 133
Seat Heaters .............................. 229, 230, 231 Summer.................................................. 608
SPORT Mode ............................................. 471
Seat Ventilation ........................................ 230 Tire Chains.............................................. 608
Indicator.......................................... 101, 471
Seats .......................................................... 208 Wear Indicators....................................... 605
SRS Airbags (Airbags)................................. 52
Adjusting................................................. 208 Winter .................................................... 608
Steering Wheel
Front Seats .............................................. 208 Tools ......................................................... 622
Adjusting ................................................ 205
Rear Seats................................................ 212 Towing a Trailer....................................... 457
Stopping ................................................... 548
Seat Heaters ............................ 229, 230, 231 Towing Your Vehicle ............................... 457
Summer Tires ............................................ 608
Seat Ventilation ....................................... 230 Emergency.............................................. 655
Sunglasses Holder..................................... 228
Security System ......................................... 181 TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)........ 52
Immobilizer System Indicator ..................... 98 System).................................................... 481
Switches (Around the Steering
Index

Security System Alarm Indicator ................. 98 Indicator ........................................... 96, 649

Wheel)............................................. 4, 5, 188
Select Button Traffic Sign Recognition System ............. 530
System Message Indicator.......................... 99
Operation ................................................ 467
System Updates ........................................ 283
Selecting a Child Seat ................................. 69

678
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 679 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分

Transmission..................................... 464, 465 Turning on the Power .............................. 458 W

Creeping................................................. 464 Does Not Activate.................................... 636
Wallpaper ......................................... 249, 274
Fluid ............................................... 586, 661 Jump Starting .......................................... 639
Warning and Information Messages....... 108
Operating the Shift Button...................... 467
Warning Indicator On/Blinking ............... 644
Shift Position Indicator ...................... 90, 467
Shifting................................................... 465
U Warning Labels........................................... 79
Unlocking the Doors ................................ 168 Warnings................................................... 144
Transmission System
Warranties (Warranty Manual provided
Indicator ........................................... 91, 650 Unlocking the Front Doors from
separately) .............................................. 667
Trip Computer.................................. 139, 141 the Inside........................................... 22, 174
USB Flash Drives........................ 260, 313, 346 Watts......................................................... 660
Trip Meter ................................ 138, 140, 142
Wear Indicators (Tire) .............................. 605
Troubleshooting ...................................... 621 USB Ports ................................................... 239
Wi-Fi Connection...................................... 327
Blown Fuse ..................................... 651, 652 Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start
System ..................................................... 168 Window Washers ..................................... 198
Brake Pedal Vibrates ................................. 34
Adding/Refilling Fluid .............................. 588
Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door ......... 34
Switch..................................................... 198
Emergency Towing ................................. 655
Noise When Braking ................................. 35
V Windows (Opening and Closing) ............ 184
Valet Key ................................................... 180 Windshield................................................ 198
Overheating............................................ 641
Vanity Mirrors ............................................... 7 Cleaning ......................................... 613, 616
Power System Won’t Start ...................... 636
Vehicle Identification Number ................ 662 Defrosting/Defogging.............................. 233
Puncture/Flat Tire .................................... 623
Vehicle Speed ........................................... 160 Washer Fluid ........................................... 588
Rear Door Won’t Open ..................... 34, 176
Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) ................ 478 Wiper Blades ........................................... 597
Warning Indicators............................ 82, 644
Off Indicator .............................................. 95 Wipers and Washers................................ 198
Trunk ........................................................ 178
On and Off .............................................. 479 Winter Tires
Lid .......................................................... 178
System Indicator ........................................ 94 Snow Tires .............................................. 608
Light Bulb ............................................... 660
Ventilation ................................................ 232 Tire Chains .............................................. 608
Main Switch............................................ 180
Viscosity (Oil) .................................... 578, 661 Wipers and Washers................................. 198
Unable to Open ...................................... 657

Index
Voice Control Operation .......................... 292 Automatic Intermittent Wipers ................ 199
Turn Signals.............................................. 191
Voice Portal Screen .................................. 293 Checking and Replacing Wiper Blades ..... 597
Indicators (Instrument Panel) ..................... 97
Voice Recognition.................................... 292 Wireless Charger ...................................... 224
Turn-by-Turn Directions .......................... 161
VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist®) ................ 478 WMA ................................................. 260, 313
Worn Tires ................................................ 600

679
18 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6000.book 680 ページ ２０１８年１月３０日　火曜日　午後７時３８分
 owners.honda.com (U.S.)
myhonda.ca (Canada)
31TWA600
OM-06761 2018 Honda Accord Hybrid Owner’s Manual
00X31-TWA-6000 ©2018 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. — All Rights Reserved Printed in U.S.A.